Home

PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual

1. Preface leah rimi deh rimi Theme e L fi 9 o FT e 2 2 E o i IE e e un o O 7 LA 1 2 1 JL Il i NB n ral Ib EE ESI E ru Jo o P 3 o 1 Oe 95 9 eO o een L de 9 T L nt i J LL 9 DL V S ag s B B ES B o o Or im C E Tl 9 m ppm d T I gt Il nio ui B a o eJ i ng e flr 71 a o eo gt LL gt eo Do C Oo i e Bs ai A le a o o P o o Dg o LLI n A CAUTION FRRTEMI SHC MLA 7 VER C18 WA DFU SECRET CZ Je PEAT LAB I EE SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE INSTALLING THIS UNIT Warning label location PCI Box xii WEBI KEMIT CSU COND TIAL a ae amr EAR dome PIA PUE TG ERSA ZA REAM DISCONNECT ALL POWER SUPPLY CORDS VOLTAGE SERVICE ENGINEER BEFORE SERVICE TO AVOID ELECTRIC SHOCK ONLY TOUCH THE INSIDE EXCEPT FOR ACTIVE MAINTENANCE ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE DEVICES C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Preface Notes on Handling the Product Adding optional products For stable operation of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server use only a Fujitsu certified optional product as an added option Note that the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server is not guaranteed to operate
2. 5 Add MMLAN to the fifth INPUT chain before the REJECT setting and to the OUTPUT chain For details on the iptables option see the man manual sbin iptables I INPUT 5 j MMLAN sbin iptables A OUTPUT j MMLAN 6 Execute the iptables L command and confirm that the MMLAN chains added to the INPUT and OUTPUT chains are not interrupted by the previous REJECT DROP or other settings Example of settings iptables L Chain INPUT policy ACCEPT target prot opt source destination ACCEE 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 state RI iD ESTABLISHE ACCEE j 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ACCEE 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 state NEW tcp dpt 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 ECT all 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 reject with icmp host hibited hain FORWARD policy ACCEPT target prot opt source destination REJECT all 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 reject with icmp host prohibited Chain OUTPUT policy ACCEPT target prot opt source destination 150 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E all 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 n MMLAN 2 references et prot opt source destination udp 192 168 192 168 0 1 udp 192 168 0 192 168 0 0 24 udp 192 168 0 192 168 0 1 dp 192 168 0 1 192 168 0 0 24 dp 192 168 1 192 168 dp 192 168 0 1 192 168 dp 192 1
3. sess 48 FIGURE 3 26 BlueScreenTimeout setting Configuration tab esseeeneeeenneen e 50 FIGURE 3 27 BlueScreenTimeout setting Misc settings seseeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeernnnee nnne 51 FIGURE 3 28 Partition Configuration window example sssssesseseeeeeeenenrene ener 52 FIGURE 3 29 Mode Window EIICIICL P ME 54 FIGURE 3 30 Console Redirection Setup window example ssseeeenenenn 55 FIGURE 3 31 Inremaalien window Kamle eerte penetrate pen rere re teet knee 56 FIGURE 3 32 Backup Restore MMB Configuration window example sss 57 FIGURE 4 1 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu eseseseeeeneennn 63 FIGURE 4 2 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu c cccceeeceeeecteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaeeeseeeeeeees 69 FIGURE 4 3 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu sese 75 FIGURE 44 Mode window example rre tier sesusnccasucssdessneesausaceactagdsdessdeneeeesncs iienaa 76 FIGHBE 435 install Vldagws WIIBONW ceci tette tree ne eth tenente ye rt abbr etae Ee etn neues 77 FIGURE 4 6 Install Windows WINGOW cree enn eut tre noe abere entente e tnra ess 77 FIGURE 4 7 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu seseeeeeeenenns 84 FIGURE 4 8 Mode window example eR
4. 12 2 8 Mounting the Main Unit in a 19 inch Rack 13 2 9 Connecting the Power Cables susss 14 Preparing for Main Unit PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 2 Preparing for Main Unit Installation 2 1 Safety Precautions Observe the following precautions when installing the main unit ACAUTION Failure to do so cause damage to the unit or abnormal operation Follow the precautions warnings and instructions shown on the main unit Do not block the vent holes Do not install the main unit in a location exposed to direct sunlight or close to a device that may generate large amounts of heat Do not install the main unit in a location exposed to large amounts of dust corrosive gas or salt spray Do not install the main unit in a location subject to strong vibration Install the main unit on a flat surface Use grounded Category 3 wiring or better Using another type of grounded wiring may cause abnormal operation Do not route cables under the main unit Do not allow cables to become taut Do not disconnect the power cables while the main unit power is on If it is hard to push the connector latch of a LAN cable or other cable when attempting to disconnect the cable push it with a flathead screwdriver Forcibly inserting a finger may cause personal injury or damage the unit Do not place anything on top of the main unit Do not work above or on top
5. sseesssess 113 TABLES T TO O us LC EE 116 TABLE 5 2 Message for advance notification of replacement and replacement notification message RAID card EE 135 TABLE 5 3 Message for advance notification of replacement and replacement notification message UPS 137 TABLE C ITD GI WONG utr eer te het e reed pe cete dein Feu deest Eod nl pence Fe ta 140 TABLE 6 2 Confirmation of the required settings for PSA operation and corresponding features about the settings CE 141 TABLE 6 3 Settings automatically added changed during PSA installation eesssssess 142 TABLE 6 4 Ports to open for the management LAN interfaces ssssssssseeeeeennneennn nennen 147 TABLE 6 5 Ports to open for the PSA to MMB communication LAN interfaces sseeesssessess 151 TABLE CO CHE DES gjpcM EE 154 TABLE 6 7 Confirmation of the required settings for PSA operation and corresponding features about the settings E 161 TABLE 6 8 Settings automatically added changed during PSA installation essssssss 162 TABLE 6 9 Confirmation of the required settings for PSA operation and corresponding features about the settings LR T 175 TABLE 6 10 Settings automatically added changed during PSA installation ssssssssss 176 TABLE 5 11 Protocol and Ports setting tems ue rere PEE EXER
6. prohibited policy ACCEPT prot opt source all 0 0 0 0 0 icmp 0 0 0 0 all 0 0 0 a tcp 0 0 0 0 Chain FORWARD target REJECT prohibited policy ACCEPT prot opt source all 0 0 0 0 0 Chain OUTPUT target policy ACCEPT prot opt source Chain PSA MMB LAN 2 references target prot opt source destination 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 state R state ESTABLISHE NEW tcp dpt 22 reject with icmp host destination 0 0 0 0 0 reject with icmp host destination destination ACCEE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ACCEE 0 0 0 0 ACCEE 0 0 0 0 ACCEE 0 0 0 0 icmp icmp type 8 type 0 ACCEE 0 0 0 0 udp dpt 161 ACCEE 0 0 0 0 udp s pt 161 ACCEE 0 0 0 0 tcp dpt 24450 tcp spt 24450 252 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation 2 Add the jump setting for the PSA MMB LAN chain to INPUT and OUTPUT chains Make the setting such that there are no interruptions by an existing REJECT setting in an INPUT or OUTPUT chain or by a user definition chain Here use the following command to add the setting to the fifth INPUT chain
7. ssssessssssesessssseseenee nennen nnne nnnm nennen nsn nne en nnns nnns 110 4 11 4 Configuring bundled software after the completion of installation seeeesessesees 113 4 11 5 Connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation 114 CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 sess 115 CAN Rr WOR A T Rc 116 6 2 Gonligaring SVS S vagenbfeVITIGO 2 edi mner tdi u generan cd ve sU aadi 117 g3 Sening of SRAM E 118 5 4 Setting Up the Dump Environment Windows sesssesssssseesssssee eene enne 128 5411 Memory dump fles and paging MeS ausu lics tede re dedo teresa iaaiiai 128 5 5 Setting Up the Dump Environment LINUX 1ieeuuuuueesciseeceetececten nnn ianitor kt dnt nna 129 NIMM HOW TO USE GAQUM ET 129 5 6 Conigumo Me NIF CIENI A 132 5 7 Saving Management and Configuration Information sess 133 5 7 1 Saving MMB configuration information sesssssssssessesessseeneenee nennen nennen enne nnne nnn 133 5 7 2 Saving BIOS contin reldob TOR BEEOI ior ereae ec Lutetiae ee ente deae ana a een o tnn a exeun 134 5 8 Configuring Service Life Monitoring by RAS Support Service ssssssssseeee 135 5 8 1 BBU service lite monitoring Tor a RAID GEL uiii eec etnies eniai 135 5 8 2 Battery unit se
8. sssssssese 316 FoS Event TASK SEINGE Me 318 c E A EE 325 xxi C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Figures Figures Warning label location PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 1800E rear ssssssssssssssseseeeeeen nennen xi Warning label location PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 1800E rear IOBs removed seeseeeees xii Warming label locaran POLBO EE xii FIGURE 2 1 Power cable socket locations PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 1800E sese 15 FIGURE 2 2 Power cable socket locations PCI BOX nete entere tnn nera nnnc 15 FIGURE 3 1 Mounting location and external interfaces of the MMB ssessseeenneeennnmen nn 21 FIGURE 3 2 MMB USER BOITIGOSIOE trn rrr teer Er Rene ertet e anDen race exe x Rue enne Marinus 23 FIGURE 3 3 Network configuration and IP addresses of the management LAN sees 24 FIGURE 3 4 MMB WebUl login WNQOW AR M 26 FIGURE 3 5 Information displayed in he WIDE 1er tre orte tienen teer tre aKa aa 27 FIGURE 3 6 Maintenance status display entr reete E anaa aaaeeeaa EEn 28 FIGURE 3 7 NSN Me TT esas 29 FIGURE J A NG C aE Ea 30 FIGURE 3 8 Network Interface window example erret eno ennt ninh eth knee 33 FIGURE 3 10 Network Protocols window example sess enne 34 F
9. 85 FIGURE 4 9 install WIndows lp aM RR 86 FIGURE 4 10 install Windows WNAOW 1 eire rane RR e metere er aaa euh iS 86 FIGURE 4 11 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu sse 99 FIGURE 4 12 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu ssseeeeen 103 FIGURE 4 13 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu essen 107 FIGURE 4 14 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu sssseeeen 112 FIGURE 5 1 Example of the Device Manager MBN eese p etre ranae nea ken eR eng 119 gta ee cor TU EIS aiii m 119 ie d iErecicc me Pope qd ed P 120 PIGURE 54 sad mp setup MENU ge 120 FIGURE SS EDCHD UTI 110 0 cR 121 xxii C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Figures FIGURE 5 6 Dump device maintenance menu ssssssssssssseeseeeese nennen innen nnns ener ns sentent nnne 121 FIGURE 5 7 Dump device configuration Menu scncese elds detente anes 122 FIGURE 5 8 Dump device selection menu ssssssssssssssssesssessee nennen nnnm nnne nent nns enn trnnn tenni rnnt 122 FIGURE 5 9 Dump device eelection Menu ausit iee aici ea adenine alin ia Ene R eina 123 FIGURE 5 10 D mp device configaration Menu aieeuieeuesese ene cuse in ttne bett that ttn iaa eunte tke c cited nan 124 FIGURE 5 11 Dump device maintenance ISP acere cce nere ce nite ice tace Co creda ee ket cnr enn
10. Task Scheduler Local Connect to Another Com T Create Basic Task Create Task Import Task Eg Display All Running Tasks AT Service Account Conf View G Refresh H Hp FIGURE F 12 Task Scheduler window 2 Select Create Basic Task at the right of the window Create Basic Task Wizard appears 3 Enter a chosen task name in Name on the Create a Basic Task screen and click the Next button Example On the screen below ntp sync is an arbitrary task name 303 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows Create Basic Task Wizard E 9 Create a Basic Task Create a Basic Task Use this wizard to quickly schedule a common task For more advanced options or settings Trigger such as multiple task actions or triggers use the Create Task command in the Actions pane Action Finish Name nte synd Description FIGURE F 13 Create Basic Task Wizard window Create a Basic Task 4 Select When a specific event is logged on the Task Trigger screen Click the Next button create sasic Task wizara NN NN x 9 Task Trigger Create a Basic Task When do you want the task to start ws When an EventIsLogged Action a Finish Monthly C Onetime When the computer starts C Whenllog on When a specific event is logged lt Back cance FIGURE F 14 Create Basic Task Wizar
11. sss 39 Event Task Settings essssss 303 309 318 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu 03 609 75 S4 99 103 107 112 Example of the Device Manager menu 119 Examples of firewall configurations 288 Export List window example 207 Export window example esses 208 External interfaces of the MMB sss 21 External network configuration 218 G General Description and Types of Bundled Software 270 General tab in SNMP Service UDP In Properties 182 I If the folder contains one file 79 88 If the folder contains two files e 79 88 Information displayed in the window 27 Information window example sss 56 Installation complete window sees 266 Installation Overview esee 1 Installation Procedure for the Operating System and Bundled Nnnc m 60 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Index Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 59 Installing VMware 4 x Bundled Software ZI Installing VMware 5 x Bundled Software 294 Install Windows window seeseessss 77 86 Internet Time
12. rr D ug r FIGURE 7 7 SNMP Community window example 2 Enter values in the required fields You can set up to 16 Community lines Enter values for the specified community accessible IP addresses SNMP version access permission and authentication To delete a line clear the Community and IP address items 3 Click the Apply button Setting SNMP trap destinations Operations 1 Click Network Configuration SNMP Configuration Trap The SNMP Trap window appears For details on the SNMP Trap window see SNMP Trap window in 1 5 6 SNMP Configuration menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 229 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation Nlinlelt reru KS ENIK Ariko RSI Part Number MCTEACLL FITS Syria Nuala LEALL SNM Trap p UE the Spb Bao oo qui el ange Trag Tecuinsum as 47 ITE Dedi zEd f0ax4T713 336 Aga Casca leat toa 4 I p FIGURE 7 8 SNMP Trap window example 2 Enter destinations You can set up to 16 trap destinations Set the community or user name IP address of the trap destination SNMP version and authentication level 3 Click the Apply button Click the Test Trap button to send a test trap to the specified trap destination Configuring SNMP v3 Specify the ID of the engine specific to
13. opt FJSVpsa bin cilog p opt FJSVpsa bin cios p 4578 S 0 opt FJSVpsa bin cisalchild 1 4819 S 0 opt FJSVpsa bin webgate p 21670 pts 5 0 grep psa This indicates that there is no line feed 2 If PSA startup is in progress execute the service command to stop PSA Syntax sbin service y30FJSVpsa stop 3 Execute the ps command to check whether snmpd is active Syntax ps ax grep snmpd Example of output If the command displays usr sbin snmpd as follows snmpd startup is in progress ps ax grep snmpd 32611 S 0 04 usr sbin snmpd Lsd Lf dev null p var run snmpd a This indicates that there is no line feed 4 If snmpd startup is in progress execute the service command to stop snmpd Syntax sbin service snmpd stop 5 Change the oldEngineID value defined in the var net snmp snmpd conf file Change it to an appropriate hexadecimal value consisting of up to 34 digits However be sure to use a value that is unique in the partitions in the same cabinet Example of changing the oldEngineID value to 0x19760523 158 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E fvi var net snmp snmpd conf EngineID 0x19760523 6 Execute the service command to start snmpd Syntax sbin service snmpd start 7 Move to the opt FJS Vpsa sh directory to generate another SNMPv3 password for
14. For details on operations see the RAS Support Service User s Guide for Linux or Windows 2 The Service Life Component Names list on the Component Service Life Information and Settings screen of RAS Support Service displays Battery RAID_Card xx in order of PCI bus number You can enter a value for a RAID card in the Mounting Dates list to enable battery service life monitoring In the Mounting Dates list enter the mounting dates of the RAID cards for which to set service life monitoring Notes Note the following points about BBU service life monitoring for a RAID card in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server Of the mounted RAID cards shown in FIGURE 6 33 RAS Support Service screens no BBU the RAID card without a BBU is not monitored by RAS Support Service 211 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Partition 0 RAID card 01 RAS Support Service screen Partition 0 with BBU Battery RAID_Card 01 yyyy mmi dd RAID card 02 without BBU Battery RAID_Card 02 yyyy mmi dd RAID card 03 with BBU FIGURE 6 33 RAS Support Service screens no BBU After moving a monitored RAID card to another partition through a partition configuration change you need to correct the RAS Support Service settings First in the Mounting Dates list clear the RAID card mounting date on the original source partition Then set the RAID ca
15. JE You can use Task Scheduler to create and manage common tasks that your computer will carry J J out automatically at the times you specify To begin click a command in the Action menu Tasks are stored in folders in the Task Scheduler Library To view or perform an operation on an individual task select the task in the Task Scheduler Library and click on a command in the Action Task Status Status of tasks that have started in the following time period Last 24 hours HJ Summary 0 total 0 running 0 succeeded 0 stopped O failed Task Name Run Result Run Start Run End Triggered By Active Tasks Active tasks are tasks that are currently enabled and have not expired Summary 30 total Task Name Next Run Time Triggers Last refreshed at 11 1 2012 11 43 54 PM Location Refresh Task Scheduler Summary Last refreshed 11 1 2012 11543154 PM Connect to Another Com 18 Create Basic Task Create Task Import Task A Display All Running Tasks S Enable All Tasks History AT Service Account Confi View Q Refresh H Help FIGURE F 44 Task Scheduler window 2 Select Create Basic Task at the right of the window Create Basic Task Wizard appears 3 Enter a chosen task name in Name on the Create a Basic Task screen and click the Next button Example On the screen below ntp sync is an arbitrary task name
16. Medel PRIMPQOUEST 190E Arnve DIMM Reg Past Naxbrt MCD3ACIU Fujitsu Serial Number 145651460 Ste UE Pane Partter Conipaaeon Partition Configuration Select a patter ther chek the Add BRecnovy Ure Set Parssen Namn ce Herne buttons to configure the partidor Note R eepeeacats Ren H rrprerects Home SS 9 represents kuudes SEAOBISIE tier duo Ge aset Sat Patton Nove Added temo na Hers Cancel uL B FIGURE 3 22 Partition Configuration window example Remarks The above window shows the maximum configuration Click the radio button of a partition number to remove an SB IOB or GSPB from that partition Click the Remove Unit button gt gt The Remove SB IOB GSPB from Partition window appears The window displays a list of SBs IOBs and GSPBs These SBs IOBs and GSPBs are incorporated in the partition selected in step 2 For details on the Remove SB IOB GSPB from Partition window see Remove SB IOB GSPB from Partition window in 1 3 4 Partition Configuration window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 45 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Medal PRIMPOURST png Actwe DIM Ret p Past uxbrt MCDSACHI Fujtrsu Serial Nune 149093400 State inte Parttor Parster Conigexten Remove SB IOB GSPB from Partition Het Select an SE IOB of GSPE to rasore Fom the parties 8C thee
17. 257 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation PRIMEQUEST Server Agent InstallShield Wizard xi Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for PRIMEQUEST Server Agent The InstallShield Wizard will install PRIMEQUEST Server Agent on your computer To continue click Next FIGURE B 2 Setup window 3 Specify the installation destination Then click the Next button The default installation path for PSA is Program Files Fujitsu or Program Files x86 Fujitsu To change the installation destination click the Browse button and specify another installation destination PRIMEQUEST Server Agent InstallShield Wizard Ba Select Features l Select the features setup will install Select the features you want to install and deselect the features you do not want to install i PRIMEGUEST Server Agent Destination Folder C Program Files x86 Fujitsu Browse Space Required on C 110 MB Space Avalsble on T 129122 MB Disk Space InstallShield lt Back Cancel FIGURE B 3 Select Features window 4 After the installation is completed the following window appears Click the Finish button 258 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation PRIMEQUEST Server Agent InstallShield Wizard InstallShield Wizard Complete Setup has finished installing PRIMEQUE
18. For details on how to specify any duplication of the management LAN with PRIMECLUSTER GLS see the applicable PRIMECLUSTER manuals To use PRIMECLUSTER linkage configure the firewall for the management LAN interfaces After making those settings follow the procedure in 5 2 4 Checking the firewall function opening ports Then configure the management LAN interfaces 6 2 8 Configuring SNMP to use duplicate disks This section describes the required settings for using duplicate disks Remarks Make settings only as needed You can use duplicate disks from a partition in a single cabinet to configure a new partition To do so you need to manually change EngineID of SNMPv3 for internal PSA communication Change EngineID by using the following procedure Perform the procedure with root privileges Operations 1 Execute the ps command to check whether PSA is active Syntax ps ax grep psa Example of output If the command displays the processes in opt FJSVpsa bin as follows PSA is running f ps ax grep psa 562 opt FJSVpsa bin pm o 70 etc opt JSVpsa global pmpsa conf 563 S opt FJSVpsa bin loggetd p 564 S opt FJSVpsa bin sisp p 565 S opt FJSVpsa bin mmbm p 157 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E opt FJSVpsa bin mmbs p opt FJSVpsa bin fs p opt FJSVpsa bin ciipmi p
19. 316 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows A p ie S Results for regedit regedit i Files a Internet Explorer FIGURE F 40 Registry Editor selection window 2 Open the following key and set 900 for the SpecialPollInterval value HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet Services W32Time TimeProviders NtpClient SpetcialPollInterval Type File Edit View Favorites Help EG_DWORD Data 900 decimal b vsmraid b i vss b VSTXRAID 4 J W32Time J Config Parameters J Security a J TimeProviders NtpClient jy NtpServer b VMICTimeProvider b i Triggerinfo Ji WacomPen bj Wanarp b i Wanarpv6 b J WesPluglnService b wa lt Name m H lt ab Default 8 AllowNonstandardModeC REG DWORD 15 CompatibilityFlags REG DWORD ab DIIName 33 Enabled EventLogFlags InputProvider LargeSampleSkew REG DWORD ResolvePeerBackoffMaxTi REG DWORD ResolvePeerBackoffMinutes REG DWORD RunOnVirtualOnly REG_DWORD SignatureAuthAllowed REG_DWORD 11 SpecialPollinterval REG_DWORD ab SpecialPollTimeRemaining REG MULTI SZ Type REG SZ CrossSiteSyncFlags REG DWORD REG EXPAND SZ REG DWORD REG DWORD REG DWORD Data value not set 0x00000001 1 0x80000000 214748 0x00000002 2 Ssystemroot syst 000000001 1 0x00000001 1 0x00000001 1 000000003 3 0x00000007 7 0x000
20. Server Update now The clock was successfully synchronized with ME 9 on 7 8 2010 at 12 49 AM tee FIGURE F 8 Internet Time Settings window 4 Click the OK button to close the Internet Time Settings dialog box 5 Click the OK button to close the Date and Time dialog box F 3 2 Synchronization Interval Setting 1 Select Start Run Enter regedit exe in the dialog box and click the OK button The Registry Editor appears Cs S Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it for you Open regedit exe x This task will be created with administrative privileges Cancel Browse FIGURE F 9 Run window 2 Open the following key and set 900 for the SpecialPollInterval value HKEY LOCAL MACHIN ENSYST EM CurrentControlSet Services W32Time TimeProviders NtpClient SpetcialPollInterval Type REG DWORD Data 900 decimal 5 Registry Editor File Edit View Favorites Help Ej W32Time Config Parameters lj TimeProviders NtpClient NtpServer Type Data REG_SZ value not set AllowNonstandar REG DWORD 0x00000001 1 ompatibilityFlags REG DWORD 0x80000000 2147483648 Me CrossSiteSyncFlags REG DWORD 0x00000002 2 REG EXPAND SZ systemroot system32 w32time dll SAE REG_DWORD 0x00000001 1 REG_DWORD 0x00000001 1 Wanarp E Wanerpv6
21. Starting the system and confirming system 3 2 Starting the System startup Start the system and confirm that it has started normally Saving setting information 3 5 Saving Configuration Save the setting information for the MMB Information Installing the Install the operating system and bundled software CHAPTER 4 Installing the OS and Operating System and Bundled bundled Software software Work after Specify the monitoring method and save the specified CHAPTER 5 Work after installation information Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Configuring Configure SNMP and security CHAPTER 7 Work after SNMP and Installation security 3 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 1 Installation Overview 4 C122 E107 10EN CHAPTER 2 Installation This chapter describes the preparation before main unit installation This preparation includes work up to power cable connection 2 1 Safety Precautions uui centri cct 2 2 Before Installing the Main Unit sss 2 3 Checking Environmental Conditions 2 4 Preparing the Power Supply Equipment 2 5 Checking the Installation Site sss 10 2 6 Preparing to Install the Main Unit 11 2 7 Confirming the Supplied Parts
22. The MMB Web UI may display a confirmation dialog box for process execution or notification dialog box for process completion If the MMB Web UI is running in IE and the dialog box remains displayed for more than two minutes the MMB Web UI connection is terminated In such cases log in to the MMB Web UI again 3 3 6 Configuring the MMB network Configure the MMB network For the items already set at this time confirm the setting contents For the items not set make the settings Set the following IP addresses Virtual IP address used to access the Web UI Physical IP address assigned to the MMB interface etc For details on how to back up the specified information see 3 5 Saving Configuration Information Notes When the MMB is not duplicated and the PRIMECLUSTER linkage is disabled the physical IP address setting for the MMB is not necessary Log in with Administrator privileges to configure the MMB network To change an IP address on the MMB side between PSA and the MMB change the IP address setting on all partitions in the same cabinet For details on how to change the setting see 6 2 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN or 6 3 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN If the PSA to MMB communication LAN setting is Disable the PSA Web UI does not appear Moreover REMCS notifications and e mail notifications related to PSA PRIMEQUEST 1800E or SVS PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 are not output If you change a
23. 113 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 11 5 Connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation For connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN Also for details on driver parameters see the readme file that comes with the driver 114 C122 E107 10EN CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 This chapter describes how to make settings after operating system installation on the PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 o1 Types of WOR ERA 116 5 2 Configuring SVS SVagent SVmco 117 5 3 Setting afr Seg criias ainne 118 5 4 Setting Up the Dump Environment Windows 128 5 5 Setting Up the Dump Environment Linux 129 5 6 Configuring the NTP Client sssssss 132 5 7 Saving Management and Configuration Information 133 5 8 Configuring Service Life Monitoring by RAS Support 197 MARE 135 PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 5 1 Types of Work TABLE 5 1 Types of work lists the types and details of the work performed after operating system installation TABLE 5 1 Types of work Configuring Configuring Linux or Windows 5 2 Configuring SVS SVagent SVS SVagent SVage
24. 2 or more SBs must use NTP If an SB failure causes SB degradation and the Home SB is replaced the operating system reads the RTC value of the new Home SB This may result in a difference between the times before and after the Home SB replacement All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors 2 1 How NTP operates in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series This section describes how NTP is used to correct the time of each partition in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series The time is set at the following two types of units in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server MMB Each partition For details on how to set the MMB as an NTP client see 7 2 2 Setting an NTP server The NTP client of the installed operating system corrects the time of each partition For stable NTP operation specify multiple NTP servers at least three servers in RHEL5 from each NTP client FIGURE 7 2 Operation with external NTP servers three NTP servers shows a diagram outlining operation with NTP servers other than the MMB Note When using two or more NTP servers match the stratum layer of the servers 219 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation E NTP server NTP server NTP server Primary Secondary Other uU TAX NTP client System clock RTC FIGURE 7 2 Operation with external NTP servers three NTP
25. 6 Set the destinations of SNMP trap from the partition 88 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 10 11 12 13 14 For direct transfer of a PSA expansion trap from a partition set the trap destination and PSA trap notification For details see 6 3 3 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition Remarks You can confirm a trap destination setting by using the standard trap of the SNMP service See How to confirm a trap destination setting in 6 3 3 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition Set the destinations of SNMP trap and e mail via the MMB Make settings only as needed such as for linkage with operations management software 1 Display the SNMP Configuration menu in the MMB window and enable SNMP 2 Set the destinations of SNMP traps via the MMB See 7 5 2 Configuring SNMP Configure the firewall For Windows Server 2003 See 6 3 5 Configuring the Windows Firewall For Windows Server 2008 See 6 4 6 Configuring the Windows Firewall For Windows Server 2012 See the ServerView Mission Critical Option User Manual Setthe Watchdog Timer for monitoring after a STOP error For details see 6 3 6 Setting the Watchdog Timer for monitoring after a STOP error fatal system error 1 Edit the PSA configuration file pnwatchdog conf 2 Set the following key values Section WATCHDOG Key TIMER Se
26. Een P P R REMCS port 192 168 3 200 192 168 1201 C CE port UO USER port 0 U1 USER port 1 FIGURE 3 3 Network configuration and IP addresses of the management LAN Connect the management USER ports of MMB 0 and MMB 1 to an external switching hub with LAN cables At this time also connect the MMB console PC to the external switching hub The MMB console PC is used for MMB Web UI operations Set the physical IP addresses and virtual IP addresses of MMB 0 and MMB 1 in the same subnet Each MMB has the following two addresses Physical IP address in the above figure MMB 0 192 168 1 100 MMB 1 192 168 1 101 Virtual IP address in the above figure 192 168 1 102 An external connection e g Web browser maintenance terminal REMCS uses the virtual IP address for communication TABLE 3 4 Required settings for external LAN connections The external switch used in the Select disable for the spanning tree protocol of the ports of the configuration is a switching hub that switching hub and main unit Alternatively set domain separation supports functions preventing cycling to on to disable the functions preventing cycling e g Spanning Tree Protocol Domain Separation Configuration that meets any of the The firewall or mail server settings must permit packets with the following conditions physical IP address of MMB 0 or MMB 1 to pass The send destination server becomes an external s
27. Enter the command as shown below for each interface displayed in step 1 Then check the results The NIC of the PSA to MMB communication LAN is bus info SEG BUS DEV FUNC number 0000 00 19 00 0 Syntax sbin ethtool i interface name gt Example of output The execution results for ethO in the example show the matching NIC for the PSA to MMB communication LAN sbin ethtool i eth0 driver e100 version 3 0 27 k2 NAPI firmware version N A 144 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E bus info 0000 00 19 0 Corresponds to NIC of PSA to MMB communication LAN Configuring the NIC of the PSA to MMB communication LAN Configure the NIC of the PSA to MMB communication LAN by using the following procedure Operations 1 Edit the ifcfg file of the corresponding interface in etc sysconfig network scripts NIC interface file name for the PSA to MMB communication LAN ifcfg NIC interface name Example ifcfg ethO Change the IP address by editing the ifcfg file of the interface The following example shows a command for editing the ifcfg file of the NIC interface for the PSA to MMB communication LAN f vi etc sysconfig network scripts ifcfg NIC interface name hange the following lines ROADCAST BROADCAST address of PSA to MMB PADDR IP address of PSA to MMB communication LAN B communication
28. How he cli ind time zone FIGURE F 21 Date and Time window 1 2 Click the Change settings button on the Internet Time tab Date and Time Additional Clocks Internet Time This computer is set to automatically synchronize with ee ve rege art Next synchronization 7 13 2010 at 10 34 PM The clock was successfully synchronized with WE mE on 7 6 2010 at 10 34 PM What is Internet time synchronization OK Cancel amp pply FIGURE F 22 Date and Time window 2 3 Set the following parameters in the Internet Time Settings dialog box Synchronize with an Internet time server Check the check box 307 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows wf Internet Time Settings LE Coi Iv Server Enter an NTP server name nfigure Internet time settings Syn Server 7 6 2010 at 10 34 PM Em bd Update now The clock was successfully synchronized with WE mEn on xi FIGURE F 23 Internet Time Settings window 4 Click the OK button to close the Internet Time Settings dialog box 5 Click the OK button to close the Date and Time dialog box F 4 2 Synchronization Interval and Startup Settings of NTP Service 1 Select Start Run Enter regedit exe in the dialog box and click the OK button The Registry Editor appears Type the name of a program folder document or Int
29. PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 15 Configure RAS Support Service For details see 6 9 Configuring Service Life Monitoring by RAS Support Service For service life monitoring of the BBU of a RAID card See 6 9 1 BBU service life monitoring for a RAID card For service life monitoring of the battery of a UPS See 6 9 2 Battery unit service life monitoring for a UPS 4 4 5 Connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation For details on connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN 1 Change and check the setting of detailed FC card information For details see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN 2 Start HBAnyware Set the following driver parameters For details on the setting values see the manual of the SAN storage unit Topology Queue Depth Queue Target Link Speed 3 Check registry information For details on how to check it see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN For details on the setting values see the manual of the SAN storage unit TimeOutValue 81 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 5 Windows Installation Procedures on the Built in HDD This se
30. Windows For details on SVIM see the ServerView Installation Manager 5 8 1 BBU service life monitoring for a RAID card The BBU on a RAID card is a service life component RAS Support Service performs service life monitoring When starting RAS Support Service checks for the RAID cards that have a BBU in order of PCI bus number according to ServerView RAID information It will monitor those RAID cards RAS Support Service performs service life monitoring and sends messages for replacement notification at the following times TABLE 5 2 Message for advance notification of replacement and replacement notification message RAID card Start time for sending messages for advance notification Time for sending replacement notification of replacement message After about 2 years from the start of use or replacement i After about 3 years of the battery unit Operations 1 Start the GUI of RAS Support Service Windows Log in to the operating system Start the GUI Linux Open a Web browser Access the specified URL Log in For details on operations see the RAS Support Service User s Guide for Linux or Windows 2 The Service Life Component Names list on the Component Service Life Information and Settings screen of RAS Support Service displays Battery RAID_Card xx in order of PCI bus number You can enter a value for a RAID card in the Mounting Dates list to enable battery service life monitoring In the Mounting Dates
31. Wrist strap Used to prevent main unit damage from static electricity discharged from your body Conductive mat Required for some system configurations To order any of the accessories Ethernet Category 5 cable or better contact the distributor where you purchased your product or your sales representative Console PC to LAN cable for user LAN External switching hub Used to connect the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server to an external switching hub via a LAN Multitester Used to check the input AC voltage 11 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 2 Preparing for Main Unit Installation 2 7 Confirming the Supplied Parts Confirm that the supplied parts match the shipping list provided with the main unit If any of the parts listed in the shipping list or performance records are missing incorrect or damaged contact the distributor where you purchased your product or your sales representative Note If you also purchased optional modules for installation such as additional memory modules or PCI Express cards first confirm that the main unit functions normally before mounting the optional modules in the main unit 12 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 2 Preparing for Main Unit Installation 2 8 Mounting the Main Unit in a 19 inch Rack The PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server is mounted for use in a 19 inch rack For details on mounting see Appendix A Racks in the PR
32. before the REJECT setting and to the OUTPUT chain For details on the iptables option see the man manual sbin iptabl sbin iptabl les I INPUT 5 j PSA MMB LAN les A OUTPUT j PSA MMB LAN 3 Execute the iptables L command and confirm that the PSA MMB LAN chains added to the INPUT and OUTPUT chains are not interrupted by the previous REJECT DROP or other settings f iptables L policy ACCEPT Chain INPUT targe prot al ESTABLISHE PSA Example of settings opt source 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 destination 0 0 0 0 0 state 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 EW tcp dpt 22 0 0 0 0 0 REJECT prohibit Chain FORWARD target REJECT ed prohibited Chain OUTPUT target PSA MMB LAN prot all 0 0 0 0 0 policy ACCEPT opt source 109 520 0 0 policy ACCEPT prot all opt source 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 reject with icmp host destination 0 0 0 0 0 reject with icmp host destination 0 0 0 0 0 Chain MM target ACCEPT ACCEP LAN 2 references prot opt source 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 destination 05 00 00 0 0 0 0 0 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation icmp type 8 icmp type 0 udp dpt 161 udp spt
33. menu in the MMB Web UI window to save BIOS configuration information Operations 1 Select Maintenance Backup Restore Configuration Backup BIOS Configuration gt gt The Backup BIOS Configuration window appears Medel PRIMPQUEST 190E Active MAM 5 Past Number MICDOACLLI FUJITSU Serial Number 1480960 Sri TT Manran Bang Ranae Coefigrater Paceap BIOS Confgarasce Backup BIOS Configuration Hej Select a paster Gen cdcr the Eackuc butce uL a FIGURE 5 18 Backup BIOS Configuration window example 2 Select the radio button of the partition to which to back up the configuration information Then click the Backup button gt gt The save destination dialog box appears 3 Select the save destination path Then click the OK button The backup file of the BIOS configuration has the following default name partition number_backup date_BIOS version dat 134 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 5 8 Configuring Service Life Monitoring by RAS Support Service For the use of RAID cards and UPSs configure the BBU Battery Backup Unit service life monitoring by RAS Support Service SVIM automatically installs the RAS Support Service For details on the manual installation and service life monitoring setting procedures for RAS Support Service see the RAS Support Service User s Guide for Linux or
34. 161 tcp dpt 24450 tcp spt 24450 tcp spt 5000 tcp dpt 5000 D SD C Oe O COCOS ESE 69 oOooooooo oOooooooo C cC X O O CC O 69 oOooooooo oOooooooo 4 Log in to the MMB Web UI and confirm that the PSA screen appears 5 Save the firewall configuration sbin service iptables save Setting the destinations of traps from a partition For details on how to set the destinations of traps from a partition see 6 2 5 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB You can set the destinations of traps and mail sent via the MMB by using the Web UI For details on MMB trap destinations see 7 5 2 Configuring SNMP For details on e mail destinations see 3 3 9 Configuring Alarm E Mail Remarks Make settings only as needed Operations management software such as Systemwalker needs these settings to manage events by partition Configuring SNMP to use duplicate disks For details on how to configure SNMP to use duplicate disks see 6 2 8 Configuring SNMP to use duplicate disks B 1 7 Installing a PSA update For details on how to install a PSA update see 6 2 9 Installing a PSA update B 1 8 Uninstalling PSA For details on how to uninstall PSA see 6 2 10 Uninstalling PSA 254 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation B 2 Manually Installing PSA Windows Server 2003
35. 72 4 4 Windows Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage Unit ssesssssseeseeeeneee 73 AAT ROMANCE SEUD M 73 44 2 Prepanng for pris M 73 2 4 3 Installing the operating Sy Stet cessas cec cederet cte raconte t eena iaia ia aiiin 73 4 4 4 Configuring bundled software after the completion of installation seesseeeeess 78 4 4 5 Connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation sssssseseeeeene 81 4 5 Windows Installation Procedures on the Built in HDD sesssssssseseeeeeeeennnene nnne nennen 82 CENE e cIc P iE 82 45 2 dcus rris RET 82 3 5 3 Installing the operating System ciui sedi einai dievst innana aaaea aiaa 82 4 5 4 Configuring bundled software after the completion of installation cccsssccccecesssssseeeeeeeessessneees 87 4 5 5 Connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation ssssssseeeeee 90 4 6 VMware 4 x Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage Unit sssesssssseeeeee 91 ADT AGVONCO SETUP T 91 18 2 Pienanng TOF MSNA iiie iouis cec ennt sci arae ba terere eene tn Etre nae a Senec ole cetur entend et endete ug danas 91 2 0 3 Gr Ed gl 92 4 6 4 Insrallin burded SOARS ccc aca eid nce atra neret nbn near iiiaae opadania iads 92 4 6 5 Configuring burded Sonwane C 92 4 6 6 Configuring a
36. 8 2 Preparing for Installation To prepare for installation also see the VMware information Forthe VMware information contact the distributor where you purchased your product or your sales representative Prepare the following 1 Prepare the following disk image VMware 5 x media 97 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 2 Change FC cabling to single path connecting only one FC cable 4 8 3 Installing VMware 5 x This section describes the operating system installation with SVIM SVIM can perform the following types of operating system installation For the procedure for each mode see the ServerView Suite ServerView Installation Manager TABLE 4 9 Operating system installation by SVIM Quick mode You can simply use the minimum settings Use this mode to readily install the OS necessary for operating system installation This mode uses Fujitsu s recommended settings Guide mode You can specify setup information by This mode enables detailed settings following the instructions of the wizard Use the mode if you want to configure You can save the specified information in a installation with detailed RAID and configuration file for use during OS settings reinstallation All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors Operat
37. Create a Basic Task Use this wizard to quickly schedule a common task For more advanced options or settings Trigger such as multiple task actions or triggers use the Create Task command in the Actions pane Action Name ntp synd Finish Description FIGURE F 45 Create Basic Task Wizard window Create a Basic Task 4 Select When a specific event is logged on the Task Trigger screen Click the Next button 319 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows e Task Trigger Create a Basic Task When an Event Is Logged Action Finish When do you want the task to start gt Daily O Weekly O Monthly O Onetime O When the computer starts O When I log on When a specific event is logged FIGURE F 46 Create Basic Task Wizard window Task Trigger 5 When a Specific Event Is Logged screen appears Set the following parameters Log System Source Time Service Event ID 37 6 When a Specific Event Is Logged Create a Basic Task Trigger Action Finish Log System Source Time Service Event ID 3j FIGURE F 47 Create Basic Task Wizard window When a Specific Event Is Logged Click the Next button 6 Select Start a program on the Action screen Click the Next button 320 C
38. E eda eae te E dee edeeu tan eee see liad de E 22 3 3 3 Setting up the connection environment for actual operation ccccccccccssssssseeeeeeeesssesseeeeeeeessesnnaeees 23 Lacs Logona mio Mo MMB eR 25 3 3 5 How to viow the VFB HUI s e 27 2 845 Gonfigarng the MMB REWOK riitusten dte eee dances be netten at a aE ress Ea aaia aaa baee 32 Aa GOMOUNNO OMET iaaa Ea E EE EREE Eaa E E a EEE 33 TaS Vos PWIND A DNS SENO FUE 34 2 2 9 Conigurng Alarm E Mall encre nexu ERR x RR Desadecevnaecussixdenssaceesbepauareaseseee 35 244 10 Registering a Usor COOOL us coetu reete ni err eee te erdt Ce etr br rete tre nd 37 2 9 11 Selling ihe SSL CT NAME cere ien daves a a an EQ e epe quK Pap RE NEAFFaRe OEE EOR 39 ode Seino iedate and ITI siisii eL Eo teet Eo in rere AAEE Aea n aee euet rum edd ERE ae ud 40 TA MUNG a PATIO M E 43 SET Sang a paion contig ON as se coner tere Free retten ertet td eek es beue ce nteger xcu 43 zm ERE Soig a Home SB CER 46 Ae ORIG a RESEN ed DB oniiir a a a aa AAE ASEE aA aaa e a aaa aa aaa KA AEE 47 2 14 Saing a paikon Name Air sia a E a aaa A Ea EEE Eaa 51 oD UUM VARIOUS o E EE E A A aseetbeabes avecetesd iapeednetkbiaens 52 3 4 6 Contouring Console Redirection scissioni aana anaiena 55 LEN ELS OTUIE ol and on eh ripis ecien EaR NEA ia tevdestadeeitestuiaecebeeaadeeeees eas 55 3 4 8 Checking pariton Moma UOM siiin ranea aa aK aaa iaaiiai anaE NaRa 56 So evi COMO Erie edu ui m 57 3 5 1 Backing up MMB configuration informa
39. Editor 4 Open Start Administrative Tools Services 299 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows A Services E Bi x File Action View Help 9 7 B SAR m gt m m Services Local 54 Services Local Windows Time Mame Description Status Windows Audio Manages a Stop the service y Windows FirewallI Provides n Restart the service Sy Windows Image Ac Provides im Sy Windows Installer Adds modi Description Sy Windows Managem i Started Maintains date and time synchronization on all clients and servers in the network Si windows Managem If this service is stopped date and time synchronization will be unavailable IF this service is disabled any services that Sy WinHTTP Web Prox Implement Started xplcidy degend on Kiia ta start Sy Wireless Configurat Enables au Started By WMI Performance Provides p Sy Workstation Creates an Started Ene X Extended Standard Emus sweater FIGURE F 5 Services window 5 Right click the Windows Time service Select Restart from the context menu 300 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows F 3 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2008 The procedures in this chapter require Administrator privileges All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed co
40. Express card hard disk failure notification and trap notification to the administrator are disabled Failure notification using symptom detection and trap notification to the administrator are disabled Threshold exceeded in S M A R T monitoring of HDDs 141 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Operations management software cannot collect information on the partition side Even under an REMCS agreement no software errors are reported Hot maintenance of hard disks is disabled The partition must be stopped for maintenance PRIMECLUSTER linkage is disabled Remarks SVIM installs PSA as it installs the operating system For details on SVIM see the ServerView Suite ServerView Installation Manager For details on how to manually install PSA see APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation The following table lists settings for PSA operation The installer automatically adds or updates these settings during PSA installation TABLE 6 3 Settings automatically added changed during PSA installation Exeewme Mie Peces jum eei jMiem services files A ng Added port The installer does not check for duplicate port numbers when a setting is added to the fj webgate 24450 services file Change settings as needed n dd setti IUCTTERNBICTENN NNNM ange d setti h Dedicated PSA to MMB Set IP a
41. For the setting of the PSA to MMB communication LAN use the following procedure Note In the following cases you can use neither the screen display nor event notification function of PSA Interface of MMB PSA IP Address in the Network Configuration Network Interface window of the MMB Web UI is Disable The following operation execution of the configuration command of PSA to MMB communication LAN is not performed 1 Execute the PSA to MMB communication LAN setting command 163 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E PSA installation folder opt FJS Vpsa sh setpsalan bat Note If the operating system has not been restarted after PSA installation the PS A to MMB communication LAN setting command in step 1 will fail Execute the PSA to MMB communication LAN setting command after restarting the operating system 2 Restart the operating system Performing the above procedure sets the following values IP address gt 172 30 0 partition ID 22 24 Example Partition ID of 2 172 30 0 4 24 Communication settings Auto Negotiation off Speed 100 Mbps Duplex full In the following cases change the IP addresse setting The automatically set IP address is the same as the IP address or subnet used for a production network or management network You are configuring a new partition using a duplicate disk from another part
42. InetellstlOfl 1 aco correre ttr Rep Preterea tte 5 2 ale FP PMNS iudicem E aa EE MP RR EDI EE REI EEEde 6 2 2 B foe ketaling ihe 51 E 7 2 3 Checking Environmental CondiliBIlg 2 re etri Ere bear aaia x Fans Aaa raa ces 8 2 4 Preparing the Power Supply EUIDITIBIIE occ cscs ce cec rcr rete ente rere nre Det eek ra eunte ena edes 9 2 AV exscr ME Hm 9 2 4 2 Facility power requirements and characteristics cccccccceeeeeecceceeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseessenaeeeeeneneaes 9 KAE elg eN T e coetui ere at s sented pesante pare esaet era E ta rete pasce uade eia ans 9 FEIN e Drag ricum C aa 10 2 6 Preparing to install the Main UNII MEER 11 2 7 Conitmng the LAPSE PANS orcii oniran iei eiaa aa AEE aa Eaa RKE da S raaa EAA a aaa AARE 12 2 8 Mounting the Main Unit in a 19 4nchi Back 1 anA ANN EENEN 13 29 Ort LIne the Power Gabes dan alidada daade 14 CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation erret tette konnen tnnt 17 cw Barore aring SAUD c aa a aaa E aa a N a E E EA 18 SN ILE ui ea E a S 18 APA poe ts 6 e MR eee E reer E E E E E E E T 18 Deonna Ne yA MEET bhatt Weiser ai DEL OU 19 3 2 1 Powering dm and oif the man WML uo retire nia iaaii aaia aiae 19 A Connecting and Comigo ihe MMB iicet a ete aaa ana i tet a oe e ere tree teet AEEA TAKERE 20 3 3 1 Connecting the MMB console PC aeree tein reiner remet ri tenia Reed er Ra anaus 21 t sce MULAN ZICH PUES STUD
43. Installation Windows ServerView Suite Describes how to install and start ServerView None ServerView Operations Operations Manager in a Linux environment Manager Quick Installation Linux ServerView Suite Describes the installation procedure using None ServerView Installation ServerView Installation Manager Manager ServerView Suite Provides an overview of server monitoring using None ServerView Operations ServerView Operations Manager and describes Manager Server the user interface of ServerView Operations Management Manager iv C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Preface ServerView Suite Describes RAID management using ServerView None ServerView RAID RAID Manager Management User Manual ServerView Suite Describes the basic concepts of ServerView None Basic Concepts Suite ServerView Operations Describes installation and update installation of None Manager ServerView Linux Agent Installation ServerView Agents for Linux ServerView Operations Describes installation and update installation of None Manager ServerView Windows Agent Installation ServerView Agents for Windows ServerView Mission Critical Describes the necessary functions unique to None Option User Manual PRIMEQUEST notification via the MMB hot replacement command and ServerView Mission Critical Option SVmco which is required for supporting these functions Also includes explanation of ServerView Mission Crit
44. Installation of the bundled software For details on the software installed automatically by SVIM see 3 3 Bundled Software in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series General Description C122 B022EN For an overview of SVIM see the ServerView Suite ServerView Installation Manager There are also points to consider regarding SVIM See the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series ServerView Suite Notes C122 E149EN Note For installation in the SAN boot environment and VMware installation also check the following Configuring the SAN boot environment If the SAN boot environment is to be installed configure it before installing the operating system For details on configuring the SAN boot environment see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN Installing the operating system and bundled software A different procedure applies to VMware installation For details on the VMware installation procedure see APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors 60 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 2 RHEL Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage Unit This section describes the procedures for installing RHEL on the SAN storage unit Confirm the MMB configuration and successful login to the MMB before starting the
45. Installing VMware 4x Bundled SOW ANG oreet tte ttt tenen ttp ba ken entes 277 E31 Installing ServerView AOI oin en erret aena FE tante ER EE aeaa aeaa Ran A XR ERES 277 eva helling sewer Vaw RAID PEE 277 E 3 3 Installing RAS Support Service PRIMEQUEST essesessssssseeee eene tnnt enne 277 E 3 4 Installing VMware 4 x HRM server PRIMEQUEST sseesesssssesseseeeennee entree nnne nens 278 E35 Insra ling VMware 4 x PSA uiii terit DRE E Pam ERR EE Sede a E exa EIER M Ea aA EAEE 280 ELEM Tc M E Een B RIETI TEE OE LOO 1L L0 1505505512 055205 20m 281 E 4 Settings after VMware 4 x PSA Installation esssssssessssseseeseeee nennen nennen nnns 282 Ed 1 GOD p CEDE BOR ccena erre sence tice nete pent Fee react pte eate pnt De T 282 E4 Conigunng he Tewa EM 288 E43 Conigonng the deiat gateway iniiaiee iaiia NA a x e tu te eere t eo ced a kv ai 289 E 4 4 Retrieving VMware 4 x PSA maintenance information sssssssssseeeeneeennne 290 E45 Noies on YNWA PIA oisin auraa aaa naa aaa aoaaa a E aaa iea aaa 291 E 5 Settings after VMware 4 x SVmco Installation sssesesssseseeessseeeeeenennne nennen nnne nnns 292 E 6 Building a RAID Environment Using VMware 5 x Built in Disks eee 293 E 7 Installing VMware 5 x Bundled Software ccecccccesccceseceeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaeeseenaeeesaaeeeseaaeeeesaeeseeneeeseaeeesaaes 294 E i lest rng ae ibd s ar
46. NTP and security 7 1 Duplicate Network Adapter Configuration 218 re resiistir m gn a 219 7 3 Configuring a DNS Server ssseussss 223 FA Gonfigunmng SM TR uuise aeterne cete 224 25 Conilgunna SEGUY oiiaii 225 7 6 Scheduled Operations ssssuussss 234 PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation 7 1 Duplicate Network Adapter Configuration For the network configuration after installation make teaming multipath settings as follows by using a utility compatible with each network adapter Network adapter Intel Gigabit Ethernet GbE settings Make the network redundancy settings for the management LAN and production LAN The target networks are shown in 2 in the following figure For Windows configure teaming using Intel PROSet R 1 For details see the help for Intel PROSet R NIC teaming a standard operating system function is available in Windows Server 2012 or later m m E Onboard LAN LAN PRIMEQUEST Onboard LAN LAN A Management LAN ae eis Ll num card card B Maintenance LAN IOB IOB C Operation LAN 1 Onboard 2 GbE SB Partition 3 ret 3 GSPB gt fese GSPB Onboard GbE MMB o0 Active MMB 1 Standby USER USER REMCS CE port port port port USER USER REMCS CE port port port port Dd ees es e FST Operations osc cS man
47. OS T 283 Network Interface window example 33 35 Network Protocols window example 34 228 232 233 New Inbound Rule Wizard Action 189 New Inbound Rule Wizard Name 191 New Inbound Rule Wizard Profile 190 New Inbound Rule Wizard Program 186 New Inbound Rule Wizard Protocol and Ports 187 New Inbound Rule Wizard Rule Type 185 New Inbound Rule Wizard Scope 188 New Outbound Rule Wizard Protocol and Ports 192 194 Notes on VMware 4 x Installation 274 Notes on VMware Installation eeeeeess IE NTP Settings in Windows Server 2003 208 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2008 301 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2008 R2 307 326 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2012 315 O Operating system installation by SVIM 62 68 74 83 98 102 106 110 Operation with external NTP servers three NTP servers 220 Overview of NTP Client Settings 296 P Packages required for PSA operation RHEL 247 Packages required for PSA operation RHEL6 247 Packages require
48. OS from the external DVD CD drive media The n in UEFI DVD CD n is a sequential number starting from 0 assigned in the order that DVD CD devices are recognized The assigned number remains stored based on the connection location information as long as the device is not disconnected from the system UEFI Embedded DVD CD Specify this item when using the built in DVD drive for installation in UEFI mode UEFI Shell Specify this menu when starting UEFI Shell The PRIMEQUEST 1000 series does not use UEFI Shell Legacy Boot Specify this item for BIOS mode Also specify Legacy Boot when using the built in DVD drive for installation in BIOS mode 3 Specify Commit Changes and Exit Reset System to reboot the partition 3 After a moment the language selection window appears Select English for installation in English 4 Click the Next button on the initially displayed window without setting anything 5 Select Deployment in the Welcome to ServerView Installation Manager window 6 Select an installation mode and the operating system to be installed Then set up the operating system 69 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software Remark The IP address of the LAN cannot be set through the operating system setup Set the IP address after the installation of the operating system 7 Click Install Installation begins 8 Replac
49. PSA trap notification on the partition side as needed For details see 6 2 5 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition Remarks You can confirm a trap destination setting by using the standard trap of the SNMP service For details see How to confirm a trap destination setting in 6 3 3 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition 5 Setthe destinations of SNMP traps and e mail via the MMB Make settings only as needed such as for linkage with operations management software 1 Set the destinations of SNMP traps via the MMB See 7 5 2 Configuring SNMP 2 If Alarm E Mail is to be configured set the notification destination and filter See 3 3 9 Configuring Alarm E Mail 6 Set the management LAN IP address Make this setting only if you need to change the management LAN IP address For details see 6 2 7 Setting the management LAN IP address 7 If the FC card is installed install HBAnyware Remarks For RHELS 6 or later replace HBAnyware with OneCommand Manager 1 The libnl package is required to use HBAnyware Execute the following command to display the libnl package information and confirm that libnl has been installed rpm qi libnl If libnl has not been installed execute a search for the install medium of the distribution for the libnl package and execute the following command to install the package rpm ivh libnl version release arch rpm Remark version release
50. Posen bm DEUDUON ucc ete ener tere erp rn ee e tbt nun tu gb eee eee eee ae eee Gea re 237 APPENDIX A Cisis Of Selina LINKS 12er p entere eee repetam rea te Ee e tete trente asa 239 A MME SE nc ye 240 4l c 0 Em 241 Pega IEcra EUER 242 BAD BMO SEIS coepit rere eten A tree dett na evi Eee rotae ba per rae eoe n E Ee gea p aae gehe aeui be taza eee rap ce ug Et 243 APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation sse 245 B 1 Manually Installing PSA Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux ssssseeee 246 BT WS e M m 246 B 1 2 Checks before PSA instalation a crece creto nire deretur ee he tener tar nuoc nde tens 246 manc ariaa 249 B 1 4 Automatic configuration during PSA installation essssssssssseeeeeeenennnee nennen 249 B 15 Restaring the AU cr MEE 250 H 1 6 Setiings alter PSA inetallatigrt auia erede cire rie tener iae xr eas end ag c aecenas 250 Bi Installing a PSA UDCB IG n ied dettes ee mpra pee ctae qr dre dece cub lancsnes Sees qe adei aar e aiaia 254 CHROM ue MEME 254 B 2 Manually Installing PSA Windows Server 2003 sssssssssssssssseseeene nennen 255 LEM CRI EEUU 255 B 22 Checks before PSA instalation uiui dec ater neckc eodera telnet tpe naked da cea nene nhac ehe idea 256 Lees dnce ps uico PP EAA 257 B 2 4 Automatic configuration during PSA ins
51. REG_DWORD 0x00000001 1 E N WesPlugInservice REG_DWORD 0x00000003 3 wd REG DWORD 0x00000007 7 Widfo1000 ind REG DWORD 0x0000000f 15 EI WdiServiceHost z REG_DWORD 0x00000384 900 gt REG MULTI SZ time windows com 7a8064b Computer HKEY LOCAL MACHINEISYSTEM currentControlSetlServices W 3ZTime TimeProviders NtpClient z FIGURE F 10 Registry Editor window 3 Close the Registry Editor 302 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows 4 Open Start Administrative Tools Services Q Services Ele Action View Help esm eed ol m m Services Local Windows Time Name Restart the service Maintains date and time synchronization E 4 Windows Firewall Stop the service 4 Windows Installer 4 Windows Managem 4 Windows Modules I Description s Windows Remote M on all dients and servers in the network Mrd des If this service is stopped date and time 4 Windows Update synchronization will be unavailable If this S4 WinHTTP Web Prox service is disabled any services that 21 Wired AutoConfig explicitly depend on it will fail to start eee Frances 4 Workstation Description Windows Fi Adds modi Provides a Enables ins Windows R Maintains d Enables th WinHTTP i This servic Provides p Creates an Status Started Starte
52. Remarks SVIM installs PSA as it installs the operating system For details on SVIM see the ServerView Installation Manager The installer installs some components for REMCS function on the operating system side during PSA installation Only Fujitsu certified service engineers make settings for REMCS The following table lists settings for PSA operation The installer automatically adds or updates these settings during PSA installation Note Do not change the settings that were automatically added or changed during PSA installation Otherwise PSA may not operate normally TABLE 6 10 Settings automatically added changed during PSA installation 1 Service settings PRIMEQUEST Server Agent PRIMEQUEST PEM Command Service PRIMEQUEST PSA Environment Control Service 2 Environment variable PATH variable Adds the value used by PSA to the existing settings PATH variable FJSVpsa_INSTALLPATH variable Adds a new variable 3 Port settings It sets PSA to use the TCP 24450 port 4 SNMP security settings Security is set for SNMP Service because PSA needs to accept SNMP packets from the MMB The task varies depending on the parameter selected on the Security tab in the SNMP Service Properties window during PSA installation With Accept SNMP packets from any host selected SNMP security is not configured With Accept SNMP packets from these hosts selected If neither the MMB IP address nor localhost is specified localhost and SNM
53. SNMP v3 and the user Remarks If you change the engine ID or IP address you need to specify again all the users that are set for SNMP v3 access The changes for the specified users take effect only after the SNMP Service is stopped and restarted For this reason clicking the Apply button in the window temporarily stops SNMP Service Operations 230 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation 1 Click Network Configuration SNMP Configuration SSNMP v3 Configuration The SNMP v3 Configuration window appears For details on the SNMP v3 Configuration window see SNMP v3 Configuration window in 1 5 6 SNMP Configuration menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Medel PRIMPOURST 1900F Active DIME Past Nusaber MCDSACLU Fujitsu Sepia Nune 145651460 State me wo Metuccrie Configurazen SNMP Cenfgarasee SHMTSS Configriton SNMP 33 Configuration Hej Cock the Apply Button to apply al changer Appy Canes uL 2 FIGURE 7 9 SNMP v3 Configuration window example 2 Enter values for SNMP v3 users You can register up to 16 users 3 Click the Apply button This restarts the SNMP Service to apply the values for the selected users 5 3 Configuring SSH Configure SSH for the MMB You can set it with Administrator privileges Operations 1 Click Network Configuration Network Protoc
54. Settings Recent Tasks x Target Details Iniiatedby Requested Start Ti Start Time Completed Time FIGURE E 7 VMware vSphere 4 x Client 289 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation 5 Click the Routing tab and make the Default gateway setting in the Service Console area Then click the OK button 7 DNS and Routing Configuration x DNS Configuration r Service Console Default gateway Gateway device Mkernel Default gateway e ee FIGURE E 8 DNS and Routing Configuration dialog box Note For details on VMware vSphere 4 x Client see the manual of VMware 4 x E 4 4 Retrieving VMware 4 x PSA maintenance information When a problem regarding PSA occurs execute the PSA troubleshooting information collection command getopsa and then execute the vm support command 1 getopsa command opt FJSVpsa sh getopsa file name gt 2 vm support command Execution example Remarks 290 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation In VMware 4 x the core file is output in var core and is not automatically deleted After executing the vm support command we recommend deleting the core file as required E 4 5 Notes on VMware 4 x PSA Note the following points on PSA in VMware 4 x PSA can run only on the conso
55. Settings window 302 308 316 IP Address dialog box 184 IP addresses to be set for virtual ports 287 L Lists of Settings Links 239 M Main menu sadump ssss Maintenance status display sese 28 Management LAN Port Configuration window example REPE 42 Manually Installing PSA Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux Es 246 Manually Installing PSA Windows Server 2003 253 Manually Installing PSA Windows Server 2008 261 Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation 245 Message for advance notification of replacement and replacement notification message RAID card 135 211 Message for advance notification of replacement and replacement notification message UPS 137 213 MMB connection and configuration flow 20 MMB Set nps isie erect rero iea aei 240 MMB USER port location esee 23 MMB Web UI login window eee 26 Mode window example 54 76 85 Mounting location and external interfaces of the MMB 21 Mounting the Main Unit in a 19 inch Rack 13 N Network configuration after setup ssss 288 Network configuration and IP addresses of the management 24 Network configuration immediately after installation of
56. Wait a few minutes Then refresh the display If you change the MMB IP address or the management LAN IP address on the partition be sure to then restart PSA Otherwise a display error may occur in the PSA window of the Web UI Moreover PSA would not be able to report detected errors Notes on configuring Windows Server 2008 From Properties in the Event Viewer do not change the operation in When maximum log size is reached for the system log or application log to Do not overwrite events clear log manually Otherwise after the log reaches the maximum log size no errors are output to the log so PSA will be unable to detect any errors Do not stop the Windows Print Spooler service The information collection function of the operating system uses WMI to collect configuration information If the Print Spooler service is stopped the function cannot collect the correct configuration information because WMI reports an error If the set value of the following registry key is less than 20000 20 seconds the system may hang during operating system shutdown Be sure to set a value equal to or greater than 20000 20 seconds HKEY LOCAL MACHINENSYSTEMNCurrentControlSetNControl WaitToKillServiceTimeout Type REG DWORD Default 20000 You can use the above registry key to specify the wait time ms before the service is terminated in the shutdown sequence 6 4 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communi
57. Windows features on or off 8 2 Y Name gt Publisher Install Size M iSi PRIMEQUEST Server Agent Fujitsu Ltd 12 17 2009 38 2 MB FIGURE 6 25 Program and Features window 2 Select PRIMEQUEST Server Agent from the list of currently installed programs Then click Remove The Preparing to Install window appears Then a deletion confirmation message appears 200 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E InstallShield Wizard iT Preparing to Install PRIMEQUEST Server Agent Setup is preparing the InstallShield Wizard which will quide you through the program setup process Please wait Preparing to Install FIGURE 6 26 Preparing to Install window 3 Click the Yes button gt gt Uninstallation begins PRIMEQUEST Server Agent InstallShield Wizard x Do you want to completely remove the selected application and all of its Features 73 w FIGURE 6 27 Confirmation message dialog box Immediately after uninstallation is completed the Uninstall Complete window appears 201 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E PRIMEQUEST Server Agent InstallShield Wizard Uninstall Complete InstallShield Wizard has finished uninstalling PRIMEQUEST Server Agent 2 Back Sarcel FIGURE 6 28 Unins
58. a UPS The battery unit on a UPS is a service life component RAS Support Service performs service life monitoring RAS Support Service sends messages for replacement notification at the following times TABLE 6 17 Message for advance notification of replacement and replacement notification message UPS Start time for sending messages for advance Time for sending replacement notification of replacement notification message After about 1 year and 9 months from the start After about 2 years of use or replacement of the battery unit Operations 1 Determine which partitions to set for service life monitoring Then start the GUI of RAS Support Service Windows Log in to the operating system Start the GUI Linux Open a Web browser Access the specified URL Log in For details on operations see the RAS Support Service User s Guide for Linux or Windows 2 The Service Life Component Names list on the RAS Support Service screen displays UPS battery Since you can enter a value in the Mounting Dates list enter the battery unit mounting date in the list Notes Note the following points about battery unit service life monitoring for a UPS in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server If there are multiple partition configurations set battery unit service life monitoring for a UPS for only one partition arbitrary Otherwise advance notifications of replacement will be issued from multiple partitions 213 C122 E107 10E
59. a a a aaa 73 4 5 Windows Installation Procedures on the Built in HDD 82 4 6 VMware 4 x Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage L1 RR EP ES 91 4 7 VMware 4 x Installation Procedures on the Built in HDD 4 8 VMware 5 x Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage JA ARE S 97 4 9 VMware 5 x Installation Procedures on the Built in HDD An 101 4 10 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 2 Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage Unit 105 4 11 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 2 Installation Procedures on the Built in HDD 110 PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 1 Installation Procedure for the Operating System and Bundled Software Before installing the operating system deactivate BootWatchdog For deactivation procedure details see 9 4 1 Setting automatic partition restart conditions in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN You can set the x2APIC mode in the PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 Set Enabled or Disabled for xZAPIC mode according to the operating system For details see G 1 CPU in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN Use SVIM to install the operating system on a partition of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server SVIM is a setup support tool for the following operations Installation of the operating system Installation of the drivers required by the operating system
60. aati erit rt drei tee eee tine ee 30 325 Create Basic Task Wizard window Action 305 312 321 Create Basic Task Wizard window Create a Basic Task 304 i 310 319 Create Basic Task Wizard window Start a Program 305 312 i 321 Create Basic Task Wizard window Summary 305 313 322 Create Basic Task Wizard window Task Trigger 304 311 320 Create Basic Task Wizard window When a Specific Event IsS DOgBSed secueee tester ee tivi feret dis 304 311 320 D Date Time window example 41 221 Date and Time Properties window 1 298 298 Date and Time window 1 301 307 315 Date and Time window 2 301 307 316 Default user account and password s 26 DNS and Routing Configuration dialog box Dump device configuration menu 122 124 Date and Time Properties window 2 Dump device list menu ees 125 Dump device maintenance menu 121 124 126 Dump device selection menu 122 123 Dump device setting menu see 125 Dump Device Setting Menu sese 126 Duplicate Network Adapter Configuration 218 E Edit User window example
61. address while taking account of the proxy setting for the Web browser on the PC or workstation 3 Click the Apply button Deleting a filter Operations 1 Select the filter Then click the Remove Filter button A deletion confirmation window appears 2 Click the OK button to delete the filter The browser returns to the Access Control window Confirm that the filter was deleted from the list To cancel the deletion click the Cancel button C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation 0 2 Configuring SNMP Configure SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol Use Administrator privileges to configure SNMP Set whether to report any operational failure to an external destination the notification destination and other information You can make the following four types of setting Enabling SNMP Making advanced SNMP settings Setting SNMP trap destinations Configuring SNMP v3 Enabling SNMP Operations 1 Click Network Configuration Network Protocols The Network Protocols window appears For details on the Network Protocols window see 1 5 4 Network Protocols window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Bledel PRIMPQUEST 1808 Actwe DIM Ran 5 Past Nucaber MCDSACLU FUJITSU Serial Nunbei 1495093400 Sri PE etuccrie Configuraaen Veturece Pretocete Network Protocols He Cart the Apply Button to apply al c
62. an NTP Server 1 Select Control Panel Date and Time The Date and Time Properties dialog box appears Date and Time Properties E 21x Date amp Time Time Zone Internet Time Date Time E 20 ENTE E i5 1 2 49 4 5 0 7 8 S9 AD F j E 4 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 od E 18 19 20 21 22 24 i E 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 fio s 4eam 4 Current time zone Tokyo Standard Time FIGURE F 1 Date and Time Properties window 1 2 Click the Internet Time tab Set the following parameters Automatically synchronize with an Internet time server Check the check box Server Enter an NTP server name Date and Time Properties L _2 x Date amp Time Time Zone Internet Time Server e Y Update Now The time has been successfully synchronized with on 7 23 2010 at 10 36 AM Next synchronization 7 30 2010 at 10 36 AM Synchronization can occur only when your computer is connected to the Internet Learn more about time synchronization in Help and Support Center FIGURE F 2 Date and Time Properties window 2 3 Click the OK button to close the Date and Time Properties dialog box F 2 2 Synchronization Interval Setting 1 Select Start Run Enter regedit exe in the dialog box and click the OK button The Registry Editor appears 298 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Ser
63. and a trap manager to be able to receive standard SNMP Service traps The operation performed in step 12 on the trap source machine restarts SNMP Service After that operation a Cold Start trap is posted to the trap receiving application at the trap destination Cold Start is a standard SNMP Service trap snmptrapd runs on the Linux machine that is the trap destination to receive traps snmptrapd outputs the following message to the system log Confirm that the Linux machine received the trap normally Aug 17 14 50 03 pq server snmptrapd 2600 2005 08 17 14 50 03 pq server fujitsu com 192 168 0 162 via 192 168 0 162 TRAP SNMP vl community public SNMPv2 SMI enterprises 211 1 31 1 2 100 3 Cold Start Trap 0 Uptime 0 00 00 00 This indicates that there is no line feed 6 3 4 Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB You can set the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB by using the MMB Web UI For details on MMB trap destinations see 7 5 2 Configuring SNMP For details on e mail destinations see 3 3 9 Configuring Alarm E Mail Remarks Make settings only as needed Linkage to operations management software requires these settings 6 3 5 Configuring the Windows Firewall For operation with the Windows Firewall enabled the following two ports must be set as exceptions to enable them to send and receive data from the MMB TCP port 24450 used by PSA UDP port 161 used via SNMP A
64. breaker is off Then connect the power cables to AC power For details on the power cable connections see 2 4 2 Facility power requirements and characteristics 14 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 2 Preparing for Main Unit Installation e a i E EJ 15 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 2 Preparing for Main Unit Installation 16 C122 E107 10EN CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation This chapter describes the work that must be done before you install an operating system on the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server The chapter also describes the settings required for practical operation and the necessary setup work 3 1 Before Staring Setup anion te tere tene rene 18 3 2 Starting the SYSUOM iecit entis siaa 19 3 3 Connecting and Configuring the MMB 20 3 4 Configuring a Partition eese 43 3 5 Saving Configuration Information 57 PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation 3 1 Before Starting Setup This section describes the decisions that must be made before you start setup 3 1 1 MMB settings You need to decide the following to configure the MMB P address host name subnet mask and gateway address P address of the PC used as the MMB console referred to below as the
65. cannot collect information on the partition side Even under an REMCS agreement no software errors are reported B 3 1 Installation flow For the PSA installation flow see CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software For details on how to configure PSA see CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Remarks If you use SVIM to install the operating system you need not install PSA However after installation with SVIM you need to check and make settings according to B 3 2 Checks before PSA installation and B 3 5 Settings after PSA installation After installing PSA execute the SNMP security setting command setsnmpsec before you perform the operation in the following situations For details on the command see 4 8 SNMP Security Setting Command setsnmpsec in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN You will be changing the SNMP Service security setting from Accept SNMP packets from any host to Accept SNMP packets from these hosts You will be changing the MMB IP address In the initial startup of PSA after installation the Web UI may display the error message E 33077 PSA is Not Active 01 0000 inthe PSA window This happens because PSA requires extra time to acquire system sensor data only during the initial startup Wait a few minutes Then refresh the display If you change the MMB IP address or the management LAN IP address on the partition be sure t
66. chck de Apply Baten E n LI U a x E 2 me Moarter cf CVs m 1 Memory 9 16 6i o 0 LU Worker AFC Pers She Awy Caneel uL D FIGURE 3 23 Remove SB IOB GSPB from Partition window example 4 Click the radio button of an SB IOB or GSPB to remove it from the partition Only one SB IOB or GSPB can be selected at a time 5 Click the Apply button gt gt A confirmation dialog box appears 6 Click the OK button The partition releases the selected SB IOB or GSPB which becomes free 3 4 2 Setting a Home SB The Home SB in each partition is only one type of SB in the partition The first SB incorporated in a partition is automaticallyset as the Home SB If the Home SB is deleted the SB that is configured inthe partition has not degraded and has the smallest physical number isautomatically set as the Home SB You can use the USB port and VGA port as external connectors of the Home SB If you want to change the Home SB specify the change with the Web UI For details on the Home SB see 5 2 4 Home SB in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series General Description C122 B022EN Remarks Windows license verification may be required depending on the combination of the SB and enable kit For details see License authentication with SB and enable kit combinations in 3 4 Adding Components in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN Operations 1 Click Partitio
67. computer or computer group C Block the connection Leam more about actions FIGURE 6 16 New Inbound Rule Wizard Action 13 The wizard displays the Profile window as indicated at the upper left Check all the Domain Private and Public check boxes Then click the Next button 189 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E New Inbound Rule Wizard Profile Specify the profiles for which this rule applies j Steps Rule Type Program Protocol and Ports Scope Action Name Leam more about profiles FIGURE 6 17 New Inbound Rule Wizard Profile 14 The wizard displays the Name window as indicated at the upper left Enter PSAWG in Name Then click the Finish button 190 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 15 16 17 18 New Inbound Rule Wizard ES Name Specify the name and description of this rule Steps Rule Type Program Protocol and Ports Scope Name Action Psawel Profile Description optional a Name lt Back Fes Cancel FIGURE 6 18 New Inbound Rule Wizard Name Click Outbound Rules in the left pane of the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security window The Outbound Rules list appears in the c
68. deat 124 FIGURE 512 D mp device seting MENU iiic dateue reete dterd deter htc nnne aain iaaa 125 FIGURE 513 Dump device Is MEMU aricii ceder edere rera ener t e teca tede it retenta 125 FIGURE 5 14 D mp Device Setting Mel 1 nineteenth cence idian dert aententia 126 FIGURE 5 15 Dunip device Maintenance Menu 12i ceeieceece neenon eter aeuo naiai iaaiaee dainai 126 FIGURE 5 16 M in menu Ead ice scsi en crepe terere retira iat reato e ern ker dr Ea id eerie aan 127 FIGURE 5 17 Backup Restore MMB Configuration window example esee 133 FIGURE 5 18 Backup BIOS Configuration window example sesssssesesseeeneeeennns 134 FIGURE 5 19 RAS Support Service screens no BB usse tenerae cen nena ck Dre dian 135 FIGURE 5 20 RAS Support Service screens move to another partition sess 136 FIGURE 6 1 Add a Port dialog DoX PSA iuc cuis eee eru teeseite etin a Fa siete uen chaste needs eee 168 FIGURE 6 2 Add Port dialog box SNMP esae etu nrbi enata trn detenta ether iidane 169 FIGURE 6 3 Preparing to stall WANGOW cicer ettet cree pete tete Dr eer egeo nel 171 FIGURE 6 4 Update installation WIPOW 1 iiiiiiuieiesicett netten ertet nnne rrr baci nas ek cneeundebancesencseeene 172 FIGURE 6 5 Update installation complete windOw sessessssssssseseeeseeeeer nennen nenne nnne 173 FIGURE 6 6 Confirmation message dialog DOX sssessssssssssssesesse
69. display This field displays the number of the active MMB which is operating with the connected Web UI Maintenance status display The window displays the information area in gray to a field engineer who is performing maintenance on the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server using the Maintenance Wizard menu Also the area displays Under Maintenance in black characters and the partition number of the partition under maintenance below Under Maintenance Model PRIMEQUEST Active MMBSO 2 Port Namber ABCI2946 aM FUJITSU Serial Nanibwr ABCUTIU4667R9 Coder Maiwivasacs Srams Normal My Vartition 03 1 0 1 Partition under maintenance FIGURE 3 6 Maintenance status display Navigation bar Select a menu on the navigation bar to display the menu in the submenu area 28 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation The selected menu is displayed in black characters The menus not selected are displayed in white characters Logout Click here to log out from the Web UI Submenu breadcrumb trail This bar displays each level on the path to the menu that is displayed in the submenu area Click a level to display the window for that level Example System System Status Submenu area This area displays the submenu corresponding to the menu selected on the navigation bar Model PRIMEQUEST Active MMB 0 ES Part Number ABC12345 FUJITSU Serial Numbe
70. eR Renner Pneu nu epa ues 186 TABLE G12 Poops soting MONE MIT ERU 187 TABLE 6 13 Protocol and Ports setting tems cen rete te Dre pep n RE rng e RR re e bre bre eee 192 TABLE 6 14 Seppe SWNG MOME riroraa snacks aiia aaa eaaa aab odes een KANAE EEEa 192 TABLE 6 15 ess EIDEM 194 TABLE 6 16 Message for advance notification of replacement and replacement notification message RAID card Tr E 211 TABLE 6 17 Message for advance notification of replacement and replacement notification message UPS 213 TABLE B 1 Packages required for PSA operation RHELS5 sessssssssesseeee eene 247 TABLE B 2 Packages required for PSA operation RHEL6 c ccceccseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseaaeeseeeeeessaeeeneaees 247 TABLE B 3 Packages required for SIRMS operation RHEL6 sssssessseseeeeeenen nnns 248 xxvi C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Tables TABLE B 4 Settings automatically added changed during PSA installation esesssssssss 249 TABLE E 1 Settings after PSA Installation VMware 4 X ssssssssssssssseeeeeeennnenen nennen nnne 282 TABLE E 2 IP addresses to be set for virtual ports sessssssssssssssseeee entente enne 287 TABLE E 3 Configuring the firewall for PSA operation eessessssssssseseseeeeneee etnies 288 TABLE E 4 Examples of firewall configurations sssssissssesssesseeee eene
71. eder tede ceret arret et ennt cen tii dee nsdn eel 259 FIGURE B 5 Select Features WIPONW uuu iredi kde dete et e rated e rms dade redde ai e paa dE ek aed R euh 263 FIGURE B oTrepanne to Install Window coepere Dre co ania ladies dient eda 264 miei FSU yt D MEE 264 FIGURE B 8 Select Features WIMKOW imiinien ciencia tee treten ca dob e edu aiaa a aea kd rx ue een 265 FIGURE B 9 Installation complete windOW elsseseseseseeseeeseseseee nennen enn nnnn nennt nennt nnda ntn nent insane 266 FIGURE E 1 Completion of VMware 4 x installation 2 eocsuecce cecinere eicere kite orania anna 274 FIGURE E 2 Watchdog tab in the VMware 4 x software window ssssseeeenennnne 275 FIGURE E 3 Server Configuration WCIDW ciim eene tem e etra eec ende it ad nte orat tanget etica 275 FIGURE E 4 Software Watchdog WINGOW iii see ceinture tne kai detur ataca teatro ianiai een 276 FIGURE E 5 Network configuration immediately after installation of OS sess 283 FIGURE E 6 Network configuration after setup sssesessssesssssssseseeeeeen nnne nennen nnne nrn nennen 288 FIGURE E 7 VMware vSphere 4X Client iae n ceterorum tenaci eco eaae 289 FIGURE E 8 DNS and Routing Configuration dialog DOX ueris isee ertet rnaco cett theta 290 FIGURE F 1 Date and Time Properties window 1 sseessssssssseeseseeseseneeneneen nennen nnn nnn 298 FIGURE F 2 Date and Time Propert
72. even after referring to the manual contact your sales representative or a field engineer Before making contact confirm the model name and serial number shown on the label affixed to the main unit FIGURE 3 5 Information displayed in the window shows the information displayed in the window 1 5 P Model PRIMEQUEST Active MMBAD 2 Part Number ABCI2246 2 FUJITSU Social Naber ABCOI23456786 Under Mainieaxace Partition 0 3 a 75 Wan S sten Sidas N 4 3 Fujitsu logo link to Fujitsu s top page 3 Submenu breadcrumb trail Maintenance status display 5 Active MMB display FIGURE 3 5 Information displayed in the window The information area always displays the following information Model This field displays the model name of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server 27 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Part Number This field displays the part number of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server Serial Number This field displays the serial number of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server Status This field displays the status of the entire PRIMEQUEST 1000 series system The following table shows the three system status indicators TABLE 3 7 System status indicators Yellow A black mark in a yellow triangle A white x mark in a red circle Clicking a system status indicator displays the System Event Log window Active MMB
73. iptables A OUTPUT m state state NEW ESTABLISH j ACCEPT iptables A INPUT m state state ESTABLISH j ACCEPT icmp echo reply For receiving only Syntax sbin iptables L Use a command such as iptables to open ports For details on how to use the command see the respective manual such as with the man command usr bin man iptables 6 2 5 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition Direct transfer of a PSA expansion trap from a partition requires that the trap destination and PSA trap notification be set on the partition Remarks Make settings only as needed Even if this setting is skipped traps are sent via the MMB Operations management software needs these settings to manage events by partition Operations 1 Edit the etc opt FJS Vpsa user psatrap conf file Example of setting PSA trap notification fvi etc opt FJSVpsa usr psatrap conf Change the following line PSATRAP PSATRAP SET 0 or 1 Setting value 1 Enables PSA trap notification from the partition 0 Disables PSA trap notification from the partition 152 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Example of input PSATRAP PSATRAP S 2 Set trap destinations in the snmpd conf file For details see Editing snmpd conf 3 Restart PSA to apply the settings Syntax sbin service y30FJSVpsa st
74. list enter the mounting dates of the RAID cards for which to set service life monitoring Notes Note the following points about BBU service life monitoring for a RAID card in the PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 Of the mounted RAID cards shown in FIGURE 5 19 RAS Support Service screens no BBU the RAID card without a BBU is not monitored by RAS Support Service Partition 0 RAID card 01 RAS Support Service screen Partition 0 with BBU RAID card 02 Battery RAID_Card 01 yyyy mm dd without BBU Battery RAID_Card 02 yyyy mmi dd RAID card 03 with BBU FIGURE 5 19 RAS Support Service screens no BBU 135 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 After moving a monitored RAID card to another partition through a partition configuration change you need to correct the RAS Support Service settings First in the Mounting Dates list clear the RAID card mounting date on the original source partition Then set the RAID card mounting date on the destination partition Partition 0 RAID card 01 RAS Support Service screen Partition 0 with BBU RAID card 02 Battery RAID_Card 01 2009 11 01 without BBU Battery RAID_Card 02 2009 11 01 RAID card 03 with BBU Partition 0 RAID card 801 RAS Support Service screen Partition 0 with BBU RAID card 02 Battery RAID_Card 01 2009 11 01 without BBU Battery RAID_Card 02 Cle
75. mode Specify Commit Changes and Exit Press the ESC key to return to the Front Page Specify Boot Manager Specify UEFI DVD CD 0 to use the remote storage DVD Specify UEFI Embedded DVD CD to use the built in DVD 3 After a moment the language selection window appears Select English for installation in English 4 Click the Next button on the initially displayed window without setting anything 107 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 5 Select Deployment in the Welcome to ServerView Installation Manager window 6 Select an installation mode and the operating system to be installed Then set up the operating system Remark The IP address of the LAN cannot be set through the operating system setup Set the IP address after the installation of the operating system 7 Click Install Installationbegins 8 Replace the media with the operating system installation media according to the SVIM instructions 4 10 4 Configuring bundled software after the completion of installation After completing OS installation configure the bundled software For details about the following settings see the ServerView Mission Critical Option User Manual 1 Configure the PSA to MMB communication LAN network For details see the items in Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN 2 Configure the management LAN net
76. of video redirection remote storage and text console redirection 4 Click the Apply button Note After the installation disable the functions that will not be used 3 4 7 Powering off and on a partition To apply the configuration changes to a partition power off and on the partition For details on how to power off and on a partition see CHAPTER 8 Powering On and Off a Partition Remarks After POST ends processing continues until the EFI Shell window appears when the console is connected to the partition and then it stops 55 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation 3 4 8 Checking partition information Check partition information by displaying the partition status and partition related information You can also check the partition configuration of the entire PRIMEQUEST 1000 series system in the Partition Configuration window Operations 1 Click Partition Partition x Information gt gt The Information window appears For details on the Information window see Information window in 1 3 7 Partition x menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Bledel PRIMFQUEST 190E Artwe MDI p Past Nuxbrt MCD3ACHI FUJITSU Serial Number 145651460 Sri Information Bees Help i 2i FIGURE 3 31 Information window example Remarks Whether the PSA menu is displayed depends on the mod
77. or Group window Click the OK button 11 Click the OK button to close the Properties dialog box 323 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows 324 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Index Index A Access Control window example 226 Accessories required in main unit installation 11 Add a Port dialog box PSA ssssss 168 Add a Port dialog box SNMP sss 169 Add Filter window example 227 Add SB IOB GSPB to Partition window example 44 Add User window example sssss 38 Alarm E Mail Filtering Condition window example 3 Alarm E Mail window example Sd B Backup Restore MMB Configuration window example 57 Backup Restore MMB Configuration window example 133 209 Backup BIOS Configuration window example 134 210 Before Installing the Main Unit sees 7 Before Starting Setup sessseeeeerene 18 BlueScreenTimeout setting Configuration tab 50 BlueScreenTimeout setting Misc settings 51 BMG Settings cete epe oee eas 243 Building a RAID Environment Using VMware 4 x Built in 213 lrc D REE
78. see 6 2 9 Installing a PSA update 9 Configure the dump area Confirm that the hard disk has enough free space before collecting a memory dump 10 Configure the NTP client Configure the NTP server on the operating system side For details see 7 2 Configuring NTP 11 Save management and configuration information For details see 6 8 Saving Management and Configuration Information 12 Configure RAS Support Service For details see 6 9 Configuring Service Life Monitoring by RAS Support Service For service life monitoring of the BBU of a RAID card See 6 9 1 BBU service life monitoring for a RAID card For service life monitoring of the battery of a UPS See 6 9 2 Battery unit service life monitoring for a UPS 4 3 5 Connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation For connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN Also for details on driver parameters see the readme file that comes with the driver 72 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 4 X Windows Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage Unit This section concisely describes the procedures for installing Windows on the SAN storage unit Start this work only after confirming the completion of the connection and configuration of the MMB For details on configuring the SAN
79. servers Only a single NTP server can be specified for a client In this case if the NTP client is no longer able to communicate with the specified server NTP server communication is lost because no other synchronized server is available Time correction via NTP is disabled during the time taken for recovery of communication between the NTP client and NTP server Time is measured based on system clock precision Since system clock precision varies with the system in cases where the time is not corrected via NTP middleware or application problems may occur due to an increasing time difference between systems Remarks NTP servers 1 to 3 provide highly precise time over the Internet or intranet 2 2 Setting an NTP server Set another NTP server for time synchronization using the NTP client function of the MMB Note The MMB time and the partition time are managedseparately by independent clocks The MMB clock does not report or adjust the partitiontime Keep the MMB time and the partition time the same or at least close becausethey are needed for the following cases When checking the MMB log against the OS log in a partition at the hardware failure time When conducting a system audit or security audit 220 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation When an error occurs regarding the maintenance time of the battery in a partition Use either of the following ways to adjust th
80. snmp port udp snmp or 161 web mmb communication port tcp fj webgate or 24450 psa mmb communication port tcp 5000 on the MMB side icmp echo request icmp echo reply 4 Set the destinations of SNMP trap from the partition Set the destinations of traps and PSA trap notification on the partition side as needed For details see 6 2 5 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition Remarks 70 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software You can confirm a trap destination setting by using the standard trap of the SNMP service For details see How to confirm a trap destination setting in 6 3 3 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition 5 Set the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB Make settings only as needed such as for linkage with operations management software 1 Set the destinations of SNMP traps via the MMB See 7 5 2 Configuring SNMP 2 If Alarm E Mail is to be configured set the notification destination and filter See 3 3 9 Configuring Alarm E Mail 6 Set the management LAN IP address Make this setting only if you need to change the management LAN IP address For details see 6 2 7 Setting the management LAN IP address 7 If the FC card is installed install HBAnyware Remarks For RHELS 6 or later replace HBAnyware with OneCommand Manager The libnl package is required to use HBAnyware Execute the follo
81. software watchdog ssssssssissessesssseseene eee nennt nnn enn nnnee tents denn tet ntn nnne nen 93 4 6 7 Completing Viviware 4 x instalation acsi rete rente ensuite iaa tib ke eden kann 93 4 7 VMware 4 x Installation Procedures on the Built in HDD sees 94 dT AGONGO SEUD T 94 AnA PRS CII TOE MANAON iiie hidni ainai aia a aaa iania 94 Te UOCE Em 95 4 rA Installing burded SONWANE 2 i 005 0ccceccecte cc esecaeennteeged bes tatesdedzacs ave ndh sdeddaavensubeedcheaesbsaedatyeadssneldeceaguarden 95 AnS ontiguning bunded Sonwane s is x 95 4 7 6 Configuring a software watchdog ssssssssssessessssseseenne nennen nnn nnn enn tnntn tens seinen sensn nennen 96 4 7 7 Completing YMware instalation sisca enaisi n chan Lee n ER einer rad 96 4 8 VMware 5 x Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage Unit sssssssssseeee 97 ALOT GU CIE c T 97 12 2 PROC TOE rris TET 97 se EN CIE OK ests ected tes eA ete ieee eden etic nie ieee 98 4 8 4 Configuring a software watchdog c cccesceeeeecceeeeeeeeeeesaeeeenaaeeseaaeeeeseaaaeseaaeeeeeeaaeeeesaaeeesaeeeeeeaaaees 100 4 8 5 Completing Visware 5 x istallato etii aedtice age ecran iaaa aiaa 100 4 35 6 Installing bunded SOTWAOEO tu educere tee tite erac ei ni Len etti E Ho ruv arua 100 4 9 VMware 5 x Installation Procedures o
82. the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN If the error recurs contact your sales representative or a field engineer Confirm the model name and serial number shown on the label affixed to the right front of the device and report it Also check any other required items beforehand according to 11 2 Troubleshooting in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN The system settings saved by the customer will be used during maintenance Revision History 2010 02 09 EU Incorporated differences in Errata and 02 2010 03 12 All pages Addenda C122 E119 01EN xiv C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Preface Incorporated differences in Errata and 03 2010 08 20 All pages Addenda C122 E119 02EN to C122 E119 10EN Added items about 1800E2 Incorporated differences in Errata and Addenda C122 E119 11EN to C122 E119 18EN 04 2011 04 28 All pages Incorporated Windows Server 2005 2008 NTP Client Setup Guide C122 E143 01EN Incorporated Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 Supplemental Manual C122 E154 01EN Incorporated differences in Errata and 05 2011 05 31 All pages Addenda C122 E119 19EN Incorporated differences in Errata and Addenda C122 E119 20EN to C122 E119 24EN Incorporated the contents of 2011 12 20 All pages Appendix F Quick Guide to PRIMEQUEST 1000 Installation in Chapter 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software and deleted t
83. the operating system installation with SVIM SVIM can perform the following types of operating system installation For the procedure for each mode see theServerView Suite ServerView Installation Manager TABLE 4 13 Operating system installation by SVIM Quick mode You can simply use the minimum Use this mode to readily install settings necessary for operating the OS 110 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software system installation This mode uses Fujitsu s recommended settings Guide mode You can specify setup information by This mode enables detailed following the instructions of the settings wizard You can save the specified Use the mode if you want to configure installation with detailed RAID and OS settings information in a configuration file for use during reinstallation All screenshots are display examples andthe actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration andother factors Operations 1 Make the setting for booting the partitionfrom remote storage For details on the setting see 1 6 3 Remote operation BMC in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN 2 Insert ServerView Suite DVD1 into the DVD drive Then power on the partition Remarks You can boot from the DVD drive either byselecting Force boot from DVD from Boot Selector or by specifying the DVDdrive a
84. the physical adapter assigned BUS number 0000 00 19 0 The management LAN uses an arbitrary physical adapter Execute the esxcfg nics command to confirm the physical adapters used for the PSA to MMB communication LAN and management LAN 2 Configure the management LAN 1 2 Use vswif0 which exists by default immediately after the installation of the operating system for the interface of the management LAN Execute the esxcfg vswif command to assign an IP address to vswif0 3 Configure the PSA to MMB communication LAN 1 Execute the esxcfg vswitch command to create a virtual switch vSwitch1 2 Execute the esxcfg vswitch command to connect physical adapter vmnicO to the virtual switch 3 Add a port group PSA MMB to the created switch 4 5 Add the following settings to the PSA to MMB communication LAN Execute the esxcfg vswif command to create a virtual port vswif1 Speed 100 Mbps Duplex full 92 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 6 Set the IP address of the PSA to MMB communication LAN in the PSA configuration file 4 Configure the firewall For details see E 4 2 Configuring the firewall 5 Configure the default gateway For details see E 4 3 Configuring the default gateway 6 Retrieve VMware PSA maintenance information For details see E 4 4 Retrieving VMware 4 x PSA maintenance information 7 Insta
85. the program removal window 198 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E PRIMEQUEST Server Agent InstallShield Wizard Welcome Remove the program Welcome to the PRIMEQUEST Server Agent Setup Maintenance program This program lets you modify the current installation Click one of the options below E Remove all installed features InstallShield FIGURE 6 24 Program removal window 6 4 10 Uninstalling PSA This section describes the PSA uninstallation procedure Remarks Uninstalling PSA deletes all the files in the PSA installation folder Save the necessary files before uninstallation To confirm the PSA installation folder check the environment variable FJSVpsa_INSTALLPATH Operations 1 Select Control Panel Programs and Features The Programs and Features window appears 199 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E st Programs and Features lel Ea CX j i Control Panel Programs and Features j File Edit View Tools Help Tasks Uninstall or change a program View installed updates MES e si oue T j R To uninstall a program select it from the list and then click Uninstall Change or Repair Get new programs online at Windows Marketplace E H a e Organize v Views v a Uninst ww Turn
86. the route command to specify a temporary default gateway route add default gw lt GATEWAY gt Example When specifying 192 168 0 1 as the default gateway route add default gw 192 168 0 1 2 Use VMware vSphere 4 x Client to connect to the service console and then configure the default gateway from the service console 1 Start VMware vSphere 4 x Client 2 Select Home Inventory Inventory and then click the Configuration tab 3 Click DNS and Routing in the Software area in the lower left of the window 4 Click Properties in the upper right of the window displaying the DNS and Routing information File Edit View Inventory Administration Plug ins Help E F a Home p gf Inventory p El Inventory m B 19216802 PSA VMware ESX 4 0 0 186700 Getting Started Summary Virtual Machines Resource Allocation Performance oi Users amp Groups Events Pert Hardware DNS and Routing Health Status Host Identification Processors Name PSA Memory Domain Storage Networking DNS Servers Storage Adapters iro d Static Preferred DNS Server 19216803 t x hrs sa Alternate DNS Server Advanced Settings HEEL Search Domains Software vmware rhel6 comple Licensed oyaa Default Gateways Time C ime Confourtion Service Console 19216801 DNS and Routing vMkernel Virtual Machine Startup Shutdown Virtual Machine Swapfile Location Security Profile System Resource Allocation Advanced
87. the status and settings TABLE 3 9 Status indicator types Status Background color Normal Background color to the normal color in the window Input fields radio buttons and check boxes are grayed out and unavailable if authenticated users do not have corresponding privileges For details on the privileges see TABLE 1 1 User privileges in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Button area This area displays buttons for setting the contents of the status display and settings area Usually the area displays the Apply button and Cancel button In any of the following cases the window does not display the button area The current content is display only and no input is necessary The user has only display privileges In such cases the above Status display and settings area has an expanded display area Basic operations of the MMB Web UI The basic operation flow is as follows 1 Select a menu on the navigation bar 31 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation 2 3 Note gt gt The submenu area displays the submenu of the selected menu Select a menu item from the submenu gt gt The content area display in the window corresponds to the selected menu item Check or set information in the displayed window Click the Apply button to set information Click the Cancel button to revert to the settings before input
88. wor Desc ue femristrator f Cachos c ERES r paterno User C nemen ne 2 um memo o ooo oeo penr ooo vmm d F eraser User Crabied Aad viver et v aroe Leer ees ea 2j FIGURE 3 14 User List window example 2 Click the Add User button gt gt The Add User window appears For details on the Add User window see the part about the Add User window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Medel PRIME QUEST 1900F Active DIMER Post Number MCDSACLU 145401500 2Uner Adsunitraten gt ant Lot 2464 User Add User Hoj sek the Apoy Buren to apol af changes togter Appy Cavea 38 C122 E107 10EN W a FIGURE 3 15 Add User window example PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Remarks To change an existing user account first click the Edit User button in the User List window Then change the registered contents in the Edit User window For details on the Edit User window see the part about the Edit User window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Medel PRIMPOURST 18008 Actwe DIM Ben o Post Nuser MCD3ACHI FUJITSU Serial Number 149091260 Steer TE aU per Adarmetraiten 2 cet Lat F Yeer D User Li eu Edit User Mej Dich the Apay Buta to anol af ranges Cwwel T li E FIGURE 3 16 Edit User win
89. x VMware 4 x VMware vSphere R 5 VMware R ESX R 4 VMware R ESXi TM 5 Novell R SUSE R LINUX Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 2 Notation This manual uses the following fonts and symbols to express specific types of information Font or Meaning Example symbol italics Title of a manual that you should refer to See the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual C122 E107EN Window names as well as the names of buttons Click the OK button tabs and drop down menus in windows are enclosed in brackets Notation for the CLI command line interface The following notation is used for commands Command syntax Command syntax is represented as follows Variables requiring the entry of a value are enclosed in angle brackets lt gt Optional elements are enclosed in brackets Options for optional keywords are grouped in stroke separated lists enclosed in brackets Options for required keywords are grouped in stroke separated lists enclosed in braces Command syntax is written in a box Remarks The command output shown in the PDF manuals may include line feeds at places where there is no line feed symbol at the end of the line Notes on notations In this manual the Management Board and MMB firmware are abbreviated as MMB In this manual IOBs and GSPBs LIOBs and LGSPBs within partitions are collectively referred to as IO Units Screenshots contained in this man
90. x x x x x x86_64 rpm popt x x x x x x 1386 rpm ICS X X X X xX86 64 rpm rpm libs x x x x x x 1386 rpm openssl x x x x x 1686 rpm openssl x x x x x xX86 64 rpm perl x x x x x x86 64 rpm tcp Wrappers x x x x x 1386 pm tcp Wwrappers x x x x x xX86 64 rpm parted x x x x x 1386 rpm parted x x x x x x86_64 rpm FJSVfefpcl related Required Required packages TABLE B 2 Packages required for PSA operation RHEL6 gdb x x x x 1686 gdb x x x x x86 64 net snmp libs x x x x 1686 glibc x x x x x 1686 net snmp x x x x 1686 openssl x x x x x 1686 net snmp utils x x x x 1686 net snmp libs x x x x 1686 parted x x x x 1686 net snmp libs x x x x x86 64 net snmp x x x x x86 64 net snmp utils x x x x xX86 64 parted x x x x 1686 FJSVfefpcl related Required Required packages 247 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation TABLE B 3 Packages required for SIRMS operation RHEL6 Package CPU architecture bade 44 15 0161686 ore Note The name of the FJSVfefpcl related package depends on the operating system version Syntax bin rpm q package name gt Use the uname command to check the kernel version Syntax bin uname r Example of installing the net snmp package and confirming the installation bin rpm q net snmp net snmp 5 1 2 11 If a package has not been installed install it from the OS installation CD by using the
91. 0 1 2 Specify this when starting the UEFI awareOS from the external DVD CD drive media The n in UEFI DVD CD n is a sequential number starting from 0 assigned in the order that DVD CD devices are recognized The assigned number remains stored based on the connection location information as long as the device is not disconnected from the system UEFI Embedded DVD CD Specify this item when using the built in DVD drive for installation in UEFI mode UEFI Shell Specify this menu when starting UEFI Shell The PRIMEQUEST 1000 series does not use UEFI Shell Legacy Boot Specify this item for BIOS mode Also specify Legacy Boot when using the built in DVD drive for installation in BIOS mode 3 Specify Commit Changes and Exit Reset System to reboot the partition 3 After a moment the language selection window appears Select English for installation in English 4 Click the Next button on the initially displayed window without setting anything 5 Select Deployment in the Welcome to ServerView Installation Manager window 6 Select an installation mode and the operating system to be installed Then set up the operating system 112 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software Remark The IP address of the LAN cannot be set through the operating system setup Set the IP address after the installation of the operating system 7 C
92. 00 minutes for Timeout 2 Server ASR Properties on 39 00 Windows Internet Explorer Server ASR Properties Manageable Action Timeout min yes Continue v IE Sistem Reset v r Uncheck All Set Enabled on Server Cancel Reset Help 3u vox g 100 FIGURE E 2 Watchdog tab in the VMware 4 x software window 6 Enter your user name and password and press the Enter key When using SVOM 5 0 or later 1 Start ServerView Operations Manager 2 Select Server Configuration Server Configuration Windows Internet Explorer SCAG Bh All Servers Model PRIMEQUEST 1800 ag 39 39 01 Manually select system features C Change detected system SQ o r dubstyb FIGURE E 3 Server Configuration window 3 Select the target partition in the server list on the left side Wait a moment When the model name appears click the Go button 4 Select Software Watchdog in the displayed window 5 Specify the following for Software Watchdog Setting and click the Save Page button Check the Activate check box Select Continue for Action Enter a value between 1 and 100 minutes for Waiting time and click the Save Page button 275 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation Server Configuration Windows Internet Explorer S ServerView t Administrator L Server Conf
93. 0000f 15 000000000 0 000000001 1 0x00093a80 604800 time windows com gt Computer HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet Services W32Time TimeProviders NtpClient FIGURE F 41 Registry Editor window 3 Close the Registry Editor 4 Open Start Administrative Tools Services File Action View Help e9 mE Ene Hm gt an mp 4 Services Local Name 5 Description Windows Firewall Windows F Windows Font Cache Ser Optimizes Windows Installer Adds mod Windows Licensing Moni This servic Windows Management Provides a Windows Modules Installer Enables ins Windows Remote Manag Windows I Windows StoreService Provides in ke Windows Time Maintains Windows Update Enables th 3 WinHTTP Web Proxy Aut WinHTTP i 3 Wired AutoConfig The Wired WMI Performance Adapter Provides p C Workstation Creates an Status Running Running Running Running Running Running Startup Type Log On As Automatic Local Service Automatic Local Service Manual Local System Automatic Local System Automatic Local System Manual Local System Automatic Network Service Manual Trigger Local Service Manual Trigger Local Service Manual Local System Manual Local Service Manual Local System Manual Local System Automatic Network Service l Extended Standard y FIGURE F 42 Services window 317 C122 E107 10EN PRIM
94. 1 5 3 Management LAN Port Configuration window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 41 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Medel PRIMP OUEST bg Actwe AAIR Past Nuseber MCD3ACHI FU Serial Nune 1495003400 Sri dew Metuscre Configurizen 2 Management LAN Port Corfguranon Management LAN Port Configuration Cack the Apply Sates fee al changes to tace elbez JOZJUTOZUU Aepy Caneel uL E FIGURE 3 19 Management LAN Port Configuration window example 2 Enter values in the required fields 3 Click the Apply button 42 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation 3 4 Configuring a Partition This section describes various information settings for partitions If your system has multiple partitions configure all the partitions To apply the configuration changes to a partition power off and on the partition All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors 3 4 1 Setting a partition configuration This section describes how to add and remove an SB IOB and GSPB Adding an SB IOB and GSPB Add an SB IOB and GSPB to a partition as follows Operations Click Partition Partition Configuration gt gt The Partition Configuration window
95. 122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows 1 Action Create a Basic Task Trigger What action do you want the task to perform When an Event Is Logged Stata program Finish O Send an e mail deprecated Display a message deprecated FIGURE F 48 Create Basic Task Wizard window Action 7 Set the following parameters on the Start a Program screen Program script SystemRoot w32tm exe Add arguments optional resync Start a Program Create a Basic Task Trigger Program script When an Event Is Logged Action Start a Program Add arguments optional resync Finish SystemRoot w32tm exe Start in optional Cancel FIGURE F 49 Create Basic Task Wizard window Start a Program Click the Next button 8 Check the Open the Properties dialog for this task when I click Finish check box on the Summary screen 321 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows 1 Summary Create a Basic Task Trigger Name When an Event Is Logged Action Description Start a Program Trigger On an event On event Log System Source Microsoft Windows Time Serv Action Start a program SystemRoot w32tm exe resync Open the Properties dial
96. 3 5 Configuring the Windows Firewall For Windows Server 2008 See 6 4 6 Configuring the Windows Firewall For Windows Server 2012 See the ServerView Mission Critical Option User Manual Set the Watchdog Timer for monitoring after a STOP error For details see 6 3 6 Setting the Watchdog Timer for monitoring after a STOP error fatal system error 1 Edit the PSA configuration file pnwatchdog conf 2 Set the following key values Section WATCHDOG Key TIMER Setting value unit seconds 0 Watchdog Timer disabled 1 to 6000 Watchdog Timer monitoring time Set the management LAN IP address Make this setting only if you need to change the management LAN IP address For details see 6 3 7 Setting the management LAN IP address Install updates of PSA and other bundled software Check the latest versions of the software at their download sites and install the necessary updates For details on PSA see 6 3 8 Installing a PSA update Configure the dump area Confirm that the hard disk has enough free space before collecting a memory dump For details see 11 4 4 Setting up the dump environment Windows in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN Configure the NTP client Configure the NTP server on the operating system side For details see 7 2 Configuring NTP Save management and configuration information For details see 6 8 Saving Management and Configuration Information 80 C122 E107 10EN
97. 4 Create Basic Task Wizard window Summary essssssssseeeeeen nns 313 FIGURE F 395 Propsities didog DOK 1 erue uet tiet nla dente ht t eee e tt aecenas 313 FIGURE F 36 Select User or Group WIMIDW 11s secisecea eua exter nd dedenner iaiia nadaanan ndiii a iiia 313 FIGURE F37 Date and Time wide DIY uie ice reete ends ie de eed 315 xxiv C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Figures FIGURE F38 Date abd Time wIFOOW 3 eiie dee dee tacet rete rear e tnn tct areas iab eire 316 FIGURE F 39 Internet Time Settings window n cede le di tene aaa dodanie 316 FIGURE F 40 Registry Editor selection windOW sesssiesseseesseseennee nennen nnne nnne nnne 317 FIGURE Fl Registry ECG WIDIQUIM uice recreate abe een rhe Eee cae etre et rede tp reru etd 317 FIGURE F42 Servicos WNGOW eeens ainsad eiiean aea aia Qicecceaeteedesceatedial antennae 317 FIGURE F 43 Windows Time Properties window sssssssssssssssssssnnossrnssssessenssesnnnesinssrtensstnnssnnnesnnnstnnnssonnnont 318 FIGURE F 44 Task Scheduler WIKICIDW 1 eene rettet inte ette entere tinea 319 FIGURE F 45 Create Basic Task Wizard window Create a Basic Task 319 FIGURE F 46 Create Basic Task Wizard window Task Trigger sse 320 FIGURE F 47 Create Basic Task Wizard window When a Specific Event Is Logged 320 FIGURE F 48 Create Basic Task Wizard window Actio
98. 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 Setting dump device FIGURE 5 14 Dump Device Setting Menu 15 Select Commit changes and Exit and press the Enter key gt gt The dump device is set and the screen returns to the dump device maintenance menu Dump device Manager FIGURE 5 15 Dump device maintenance menu 16 Select Exit and press the Enter key gt gt The screen returns to the main menu sadump 126 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 sadump setup tool ver 1 0 FIGURE 5 16 Main menu sadump 17 Select Exit and press the Enter key gt gt You have completed the setting of sadump 127 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 5 4 Setting Up the Dump Environment Windows You can use the standard operating system functions of Windows to acquire dumps Before you can acquire dumps you need to allocate an area for them in the system For details on how to set up the dump environment see 11 4 4 Setting up the dump environment Windows in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN 4 1 Memory dump files and paging files A memory dump file stores debug information on any STOP error fatal system error that has occurred in the system After installing the operating
99. 6 Service Pack 1 or later FireFox 15 or later should be used for IPv6 Mozilla FireFox 3 0 or later FireFox 15 or later should be used for IPv6 Do not attempt multiple logins e g multiple logins with the same user name from one MMB console PC through the Web UI to the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series system Multiple logins may cause the following problems depending on the browser type or version In a tabbed browser avoid using multiple tabs for one login session which would be the same as multiple logins Internet Explorer 7 or later is a tabbed browser The operating privileges of a logged in user may change to those of a user who logs in later to the Web UI One user logging out from the Web UI may also log out all other users from the Web UI Remarks To specify an FQDN you must configure a DNS server on the MMB console PC For details on how to configure a DNS server see 3 3 8 Configuring a DNS server Logging in 1 Start your Web browser Remarks 25 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Enable JavaScript and enable Download in your browser settings 2 Enter the following URL TABLE 3 5 URL to enter for login Standard http nodename adminport http nodename adminport login cgi Windows Server 2008 and Windows Server 2012 https nodename adminport Remarks nodename adminport in the above URLs conforms to the following syntax nodename spe
100. 6 3 Configuring PSA Windows Server 2003 161 6 4 Configuring PSA Windows Server 2008 175 6 5 Setting Up the Dump Environment Windows 203 6 6 Setting Up the Dump Environment Linux 204 6 7 Configuring the NTP Client n 205 6 8 Saving Management and Configuration Information 206 6 9 Configuring Service Life Monitoring by RAS Support coy MMC 211 6 10 Recommended Write Policy Setting for SAS Disk RAID Jp Ae E 214 6 11 Recovery Procedure after the Execution of the Simple Setup Tool editconf sh ssssesssss 215 PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 1 Types of Work TABLE 6 1 Types of work lists the types and details of the work performed after operating system installation TABLE 6 1 Types of work Tek O Description Installed Installed operating system system LM Configuring PSA for Linux 2 Configuring PSA Linux Red operation Hat Enterprise Linux Configuring Configuring PSA for Windows Server 2003 6 3 Configuring PSA Windows PSA operation Server 2003 Configuring Configuring PSA for Windows Server 2008 6 4 Configuring PSA Windows PSA operation Server 2008 Setting up the Setting up the dump Windows dump environment environment Setting up the Setting up the dump Linux dump environment environment 6 5 Setting Up the Dump Enviro
101. 68 1 192 168 dp 192 168 0 1 192 168 7 Save the firewall configuration sbin service iptables save PSA to MMB communication LAN interfaces Open the following ports for use with the PSA to MMB communication LAN interfaces Usually the ports are automatically opened during PSA installation n PSA version 2 6 and later the ports are automatically configured only when PSA is installed from SVIM TABLE 6 5 Ports to open for the PSA to MMB communication LAN interfaces snmp port udp snmp or 161 For sending and receiving web mmb tcp fj webgate or 24450 web mmb communication port For sending and communication port receiving psa mmb tcp 5000 on MMB side Communication using port 5000 on For sending and communication port the MMB side receiving The partition acts as the client in this type of communication so the partition uses a dynamic port number one of the ports in the range tcp 1025 to 65535 Under certain circumstances there is no need to set port number 5000 One example is a setting that permits a connection to be established from the partition Another example is a setting permitting communication through an established connection with the partition 151 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Example of a case where port 5000 need not be set
102. AP PSATRAP SI 2 Restart PSA to apply the settings For details on how to restart PSA see Restarting PSA 3 Select Control Panel Administrative Tools 4 Click Computer Management 5 Click Services and Applications Services in the tree on the left 6 Double click SNMP Service in the right side of the window gt gt The SNMP Service dialog box appears 7 Click the Trap tab 8 Enter the specified community name in the Community Name field Then click Add to List 9 Click Add in Trap Send Destination 10 Enter the host name or IP address of the server receiving the trap i e the trap destination Then click Add 11 Click OK 166 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 12 Click Action Restart to restart SNMP Service Restarting PSA 1 Click Start menu Administrative Tools Services 2 Select PRIMEQUEST Server Agent in the right side of the window 3 Select Action Restart from the menu bar to restart PRIMEQUEST Server Agent How to confirm a trap destination setting To confirm a trap destination setting use the standard SNMP Service trap sent to restart SNMP Service in the above step 12 You can confirm the correct trap setting by checking whether the trap was received Remarks The trap destination must be running both a trap receiving application
103. B netSnmpAgentOIDs 10 Cold Start Trap 0 Uptime 0 00 00 17 This indicates that there is no line feed 6 2 6 Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB You can set the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB by using the MMB Web UI For details on MMB trap destinations see 7 5 2 Configuring SNMP For details on e mail destinations see 7 4 Configuring SMTP Remarks Make settings only as needed Operations management software e g Systemwalker needs these settings to manage events by partition 6 2 7 Setting the management LAN IP address Set the partition management LAN IP address in PSA For details on the management LAN see 1 3 Management LAN in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN Note Here set the IP address on the partition instead of the IP address on the MMB Edit the etc opt FJS Vpsa usr ipsetup conf file Example of changing the management LAN IP address vi etc opt FJSVpsa usr ipsetup conf Change the following line NETWORK Management IP lt management LAN IP address gt Syntax 156 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E NETWORK ManagementIP 192 168 0 1 Restart PSA to reflect the new NIC setting for the management LAN Syntax sbin service y30FJSVpsa stop sbin service ylOFJSVpsa start sbin service y30FJSVpsa start
104. C122 E107 10EN co FUJITSU
105. COE mg 2j FIGURE 3 9 Network Interface window example 2 Enter values in IP Address Subnet Mask and Gateway Address in Virtual IP Address Also specify the host name Remarks Set the physical IP addresses and virtual IP addresses of MMB 0 and MMB 1 in the same subnet 3 Click Enable for Interface in MMB 0 IP Address or MMB 1 IP Address Then enter a value in each item Specify a physical IP address to assign it at this time 4 Specify the required fields Then click the Apply button Note If the IP address or some other set value is invalid the browser does not display the MMB Web UI In such cases connect the MMB console PC to the COM port on the MMB Then set the correct value 3 3 7 Configuring telnet Configure telnet for the MMB For details on how to back up the specified information see 3 5 Saving Configuration Information Note 33 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Log in with Administrator privileges to make these settings Operations 1 Click Network Configuration Network Protocols gt gt The Network Protocols window appears For details on the Network Protocols window see 1 5 4 Network Protocols window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Active MAIR Medel PRIMPQUEST 18008 p Past Nuxsbrt MCD3ACIU FUJITSU Serial Num
106. Ce Time zone UTC 08 00 Pacific Time US amp Canada Change time zone Daylight Saving Time ends on Sunday November 4 2012 at 2 00 AM The clock is set to go back 1 hour at that time v Notify me when the clock changes FIGURE F 37 Date and Time window 1 2 Click the Change settings button on the Internet Time tab 315 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows Date and Time Additional Clocks Internet Time This computer is set to automatically synchronize with This computer is set to automatically synchronize on a scheduled basis FIGURE F 38 Date and Time window 2 3 Set the following parameters in the Internet Time Settings dialog box Synchronize with an Internet time server Check the check box Server Enter an NTP server name Configure Internet time settings v Synchronize with an Internet time server Server hmmm This computer is set to automatically synchronize on a scheduled basis OK Cancel FIGURE F 39 Internet Time Settings window 4 Click the OK button to close the Internet Time Settings dialog box 5 Click the OK button to close the Date and Time dialog box F 5 2 Synchronization Interval and Startup Settings of NTP Service 1 Enter regedit in Search to start the Registry Editor
107. Channel assignments from the Configure I O Space Assignment menu However if the OS is to be installed in a storage device in the SAN environment do not cancel the I O space assignment of the FC card to be used for the installation Confirm that the Boot device to be used in the relevant partition has been recognized by the UEFI For details on this confirmation see 5 4 Boot Manager Menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 53 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation E110EN If the boot device has not been recognized by the UEFI use the Boot Manager menu to have it recognize the Boot device The following describes how to configure POST and set Mirror mode and POST from the MMB Web UI Operations 1 Click Partition Partition x Mode gt gt The Mode window appears For details on the Mode window see Mode window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Msdel FRIMEQUEST LEONE Actis MAIS Fari Sumber MDCEHACHII Fujirsu Serial Number 189544001 Stati JE gt P c Tartes Meer l Mode rem Bebri mode for ts partion fen chick se Apply Bunce ow A partos poner olf on n reged Por dhe velectioma io Sev came elec p Ema lat FIGURE 3 29 Mode window example Remarks The window displays the PSA menu only in the PRIMEQUEST 1800E The PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 does not display TPM 2 Set Mir
108. Configuration window 3 4 3 Setting a Reserved SB If a hardware failure occurs on an SB incorporated in a partition you sometimes may need to remove the SB A Reserved SB is the SB to be incorporated in the partition in place of the removed SB You can set the Reserved SB for a partition according to operating conditions You can also define an SB that has not been incorporated in the specified partition as the Reserved SB 47 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation The following SBs are not incorporated in the partition Free SBs SBs incorporated in other partitions SBs defined as the Reserved SBs of other partitions For details on the Reserved SB see 3 2 1 Reserved SB in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN Remarks Windows license verification may be required depending on the combination of the SB and enable kit For details see License authentication with SB and enable kit combinations in 3 4 Adding Components in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN Operations 1 Click Partition Reserved SB Configuration gt gt The Reserved SB Configuration window appears The window displays check boxes in the columns of the free SBs and SBs defined as Reserved SBs For details on the Reserved SB Configuration window see 1 3 5 Reserved SB Configuration window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Refe
109. Configure CPU Hyper Threading UEFI Device Manager 5 5 3 Configure CPU menu Configure CPU Active Processor Cores UEFI Device Manager 5 5 3 Configure CPU menu Configure CPU Virtualization Technology UEFI Device Manager 5 5 3 Configure CPU menu Configure CPU Adjacent Cache Line Prefetch UEFI Device Manager 5 5 3 Configure CPU menu Configure CPU Hardware Prefetch UEFI Device Manager 5 5 3 Configure CPU menu Configure CPU I O space assignment UEFI Device Manager 5 5 1 Configure I O Space Configure I O Space Assignment menu Assignment x2APIC UEFI Device Manager 5 5 3 Configure CPU menu Configure CPU Only for the PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 Notes When using SVIM on the PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 with x2APIC Disabled set use up to 128 threads of the operating CPU in the relevant partition In order to use up to 128 threads specify Disabled for Hyper Threading Check whether I O spaces have been assigned to the SAS device SAS card SAS array controller card Onboard SAS controller GSPB SAS disk unit controller SAS array disk unit controller of the relevant partition Also when installing the OS in the SAN storage unit confirm that I O spaces have also been assigned in the same manner to the FC card for boot path only Device SAS is displayed for an SAS device and Device Fibre is displayed for an FC device If the I O spaces have not been assigned cancel the LAN and Fibre
110. D1 3 Copy the HRM server module to any directory of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server Then expand the files cp MNT SVSLocalTools Japanese HRM SR_Linux FJSVhrmsr tgz tmp MNT is the mount point This indicates that there is no line feed In the above example the any directory is tmp cd tmp tar xvzf FJSVhrmsr tgz 4 Execute the following command hrm install sh 5 When the following message appears press the Y key Select HRM Install Mode Use PRIMEQUEST Server Agent Y N Y When HRM SR Linux FJSVhrmsr tgz is not available and HRM Linux FJS Vhrm tgz is available 1 Start the terminal with root privileges 279 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation 2 Mount ServerView Suite DVDI 3 Copy the HRM server module to any directory of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server Then expand the files cp MNT SVSLocalTools Japanese HRM Linux FJSVhrm tgz tmp MNTis the mount point This indicates that there is no line feed In the above example the any directory is tmp cd tmp tar xvzf FJSVhrmsr tgz 4 Execute the following command hrm install sh 5 When the following message appears press the Y key Select HRM Install Mode Use PRIMEQUEST Server Agent Y N Y E 3 5 Installing VMware 4 x PSA This section describes how to install PSA Remarks PSA is p
111. DIMMs mounted cannot be set as the Reserved SB in a partition consisting of SBs having mounted memory of another capacity Neither can an SB with 16 GB DIMMs mounted be set as the Reserved SB in a partition consisting of SBs having mounted memory of another capacity Nor can an SB with 32 GB DIMMs mounted be set as the Reserved SB in a partition consisting of SBs having mounted memory of another capacity Notes on Windows At the first startup after an SB is switched to the Reserved SB in a partition running Windows the operating system may not start Set Windows to automatically restart in the settings of the Reserved SB in the partition running Windows For details on the settings see 11 4 4 Setting up the dump environment Windows in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN Check the Automatically restart check box shown in FIGURE 11 18 Startup and Recovery dialog box If the SB failure causes a suspension of business for the aforementioned reason take into account the length of time required for the restart The restart will take twice as long since one restart is needed after the switching to the Reserved SB and one restart for the subsequent initial startup However the following workaround can suppress the restart request Workaround for the Windows restart You can suppress the restart request only if the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server has already set as the Reserved SB Repeat the following procedure for all the p
112. EQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows 5 Right click the Windows Time service Select Properties from the context menu 6 Set Automatic Delayed Start in Startup type in the Windows Time Properties dialog box General Log On Recovery Dependencies Service name W32Time Display name Windows Time z Description Maintains date and time synchronization on all p cients and servers in the network If this service is 7 Path to executable C Windows system32 svchost exe LocalService Satpbpe Manua o Help me configure service startup options Service status Stopped Stop ause Resume You can specify the start parameters that apply when you start the service from here Start parameters FIGURE F 43 Windows Time Properties window 7 If the W32Time service is stopped click the Start button If the W32Time service is running click the Stop button to pause the service and then click the Start button 8 Click the OK button to close the Windows Time Properties dialog box F 5 3 Event Task Settings 1 Open Start Administrative Tools Task Scheduler 318 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows Ele Action View Help e rn B rn Task Scheduler Local b i Task Scheduler Library menu
113. ESE EEEE TaS 293 Buttons in the title area eene 3l C Checking Environmental Conditions 8 Checking the Installation Site sessssss 10 Completion of VMware 4 x installation 274 Configuring a DNS Server 223 Configuring a Partition esses 43 Configuring NB iai rt renta erinra 219 Configuring PSA Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux 141 Configuring PSA Windows Server 2003 161 Configuring PSA Windows Server 2008 IT Configuring Security essen 2245 Configuring Service Life Monitoring by RAS Support DEIVI Gaee PERRO 135 211 Configuring SMTD iiie iet nises 224 Configuring SVS SVagent SVmoo 117 Configuring the firewall for PSA operation 288 Configuring the NTP Client 132 205 Configuring the SAN Boot Environment Confirmation message dialog box 173 201 Confirmation of the required settings for PSA operation and corresponding features about the settings 141 161 175 Confirming the Supplied Parts ssesssss 12 Connecting and Configuring the MMB 20 Connecting the Power Cables esses 14 Console Redirection Setup window example 55 Content
114. Enterprise Linux 6 for x86 RHEL6 RHEL Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition Windows Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Enterprise Edition Windows Server 2003 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard x64 Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Enterprise x64 Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Datacenter x64 Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Datacenter Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Standard x64 Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Enterprise x64 Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Datacenter x64 Edition Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Standard Windows Windows Server 2008 Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Enterprise Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Datacenter Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 Datacenter Microsoft R Windows Server R 2012 Datacenter Windows Windows Server 2012 Microsoft R Windows Server R 2012 Standard vi C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Preface Formal product name Abbreviation Microsoft amp Windows Server R 2012 R2 Datacenter Windows Microsoft amp Windows Server R 2012 R2 Standard Windows Server 2012 VMware vSphere R 4 VMware vSphere 4
115. IGURE 3 11 Network Interface window example sesssseeseeseeseee nennen nnne 35 FIGURE 3 12 Alarm E Mail window example 1 ener teer inte orbata ene 36 FIGURE 3 13 Alarm E Mail Filtering Condition window example seseseneee 37 FIGURE 3 14 User List window example nter trente tn htt rnb teer intense 38 FIGURE 3 15 Add User window example Luciae tette te serit Er Rene getan pent rente Fern rein nee 38 FIGURE 3 16 Edit User window exetmmplg reet rer ttn Enn te Rep tate Rc aaaea 39 FIGURE 3 17 System Intonation window example teet ene mter been Ee tette aaa Aa dai aa 40 FIGURE 3 18 Date Time window example remm nete rbi nnne nete ein 41 FIGURE 3 19 Management LAN Port Configuration window example eeeseeseeeeeeeee 42 FIGURE 3 20 Partition Configuration window example sssssssseseeeeneennnmene enne 43 FIGURE 3 21 Add SB IOB GSPB to Partition window example eeseeseeeeeeeeeneneeeeennen n 44 FIGURE 3 22 Partition Configuration window example sssssseseeeeeeennmeeeeneen nnne nnns 45 FIGURE 3 23 Remove SB IOB GSPB from Partition window example sseeeseee 46 FIGURE 3 24 Partition Home window example sesssessssseseseeeenennnee nennen nnne nnne 47 FIGURE 3 25 Reserved SB Configuration window example
116. IGURE F 18 Prop ries didog DOR 2 erue quete te ecd etre te ee ett incer eere etie ret 306 FIGURE F 20 Select User or Group WNOOW 11 nreniseees enean aate teet tita tenure niaii 306 FIGURE F221 Date and Time SACO 1 Leu siii een nna eee natare Ete eas e tnn aptent ea 307 FIGURE F 22 Date abd Time WIROOW 3 11e caccia rtc rnnt erroe kid ideian 307 FIGURE F 23 Internet Time Settings Window eiecit et etuer tacet nenne tette 308 FIGURE F24 Run WERDE voient iensor cetera nda det empate ea iasad etu pda Dea cese eaa acci rude kd ae 308 FIGURET 25 Registry Eto WINdOW iiio eere Tees apte ect ee utar Ce see ue eer autc ee nee dads caste 308 FIGURE FG D3orvicas WIWMISW 1 ire ntt ee raa ke mnt rd dte nacta sunny eap e nace zu Pa rbv tad bain 309 FIGURE F 27 Windows Time Properties WindOW cile ciere tree cente incen 309 FIGURE F 28 Task Sohasduler WIEICIDUE iced duet peret ete aea ez eraat nb nnd xeu sao bt nate diete 310 FIGURE F 29 Create Basic Task Wizard window Create a Basic Task 310 FIGURE F 30 Create Basic Task Wizard window Task Trigger essen 311 FIGURE F 31 Create Basic Task Wizard window When a Specific Event Is Logged 311 FIGURE F 32 Create Basic Task Wizard window Action ceccccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeecaeeeeeeeeeeseeaaeeeetaaeeesaas 312 FIGURE F 33 Create Basic Task Wizard window Start a Program sse 312 FIGURE F 3
117. IMEQUEST 1000 Series Hardware Installation Manual C122 HO04EN 13 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 2 Preparing for Main Unit Installation 2 9 Connecting the Power Cables This section describes how to connect the power cables The main unit and PCI Box are shipped with three wire power cables equipped with a grounded plug You need to connect the power cables to outlets with ground terminals Remarks The main unit and PCI Box are designed to operate with a power supply facility that supports grounded wiring Do not connect the main unit and PCI Box to a power supply facility that does not provide grounded wiring To determine the type of power supply in your building contact the building manager or a qualified electrical engineer Operations 1 Confirm with an on site electrical engineer that the input power satisfies power requirements For details on the power requirements see 1 3 Installation Specifications in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Hardware Installation Manual C122 HO004EN 2 Confirm that the power cables are connected to the AC inlets of the main unit and PCI Box Also confirm that the power cables are secured with the AC cord clamps for the AC inlets on the main unit 3 Group all the cables that run outside the main unit and PCI Box into power cables and signal cables and secure them firmly to the cable holders of the 19 inch rack with cable ties 4 Confirm that the AC power
118. L6 or later only setting B 1 5 Restarting the partition After installing PSA restart the partition with a reboot Syntax Sbin reboot B 1 6 Settings after PSA installation This section describes the settings after PSA installation Confirming SELinux function settings Checking the firewall function opening ports Setting the destinations of traps from a partition Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB Configuring SNMP to use duplicate disks Confirming SELinux function settings For details on how to confirm SELinux function settings see 6 2 3 Confirming SELinux function settings Checking the firewall function opening ports For PSA version 2 5 or earlier The required firewall for the PSA MMB communication LAN is automatically configured For details on how to check the firewall function see PSA to MMB communication LAN interfaces in 6 2 4 Checking the firewall function opening ports Also the settings related to management LAN interfaces are required only for PRIMECLUSTER linkage For the setting procedure see Management LAN interfaces in 6 2 4 Checking the firewall function opening ports For PSA version 2 6 or later For the required firewall for the PSA MMB communication LAN and the management LAN only a chain is automatically configured Since the settings related to PSA MMB communication LAN interfaces are essential add the jump setting for the chain for PSA MMB communic
119. LAN I N ETMASK Subnet mask of PSA to MMB communication LAN Notes Before changing the settings confirm that the settings in the ifcfg file have the values that were automatically set during PSA installation If they do not have the automatically set values PSA may not have been installed Always change the settings after PSA installation Do not change any line including comment lines except those with the items that must be changed BROADCAST IPADDR and NETMASK Otherwise PSA MMB communication may be disabled making PSA functions unavailable Moreover a PSA update may overwrite the automatically set values 2 Restart the network service to activate the network interface Syntax sbin service network restart 3 Restart PSA to reflect the new NIC settings for the PSA to MMB communication LAN Syntax sbin service y30FJSVpsa stop sbin service y30FJSVpsa start 145 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 2 2 Confirming management LAN settings Make network settings for the management LAN If necessary also configure any duplication with bonding or PRIMECLUSTER GLS for example After completing the above network settings for the management LAN perform the operations described in 6 2 4 Checking the firewall function opening ports and 6 2 7 Setting the management LAN IP address Note In the PRIMEQUEST envir
120. MMB console PC User accounts Name of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series system also used as the SNMP system name Management LAN environment etc For details on MMB settings see 3 3 Connecting and Configuring the MMB Note The management LAN PSA to MMB communication LAN and remote maintenance LAN must be configured as networks with different subnet masks 3 1 2 Partition settings You need to decide the following before using the partitioning functions to configure multiple partitions Number of partitions Partition names Partition configuration Home SB For details on partition settings see 3 4 Configuring a Partition Remarks If each partition has the same name as the host name of the operating system installed on the partition partition management is easier 18 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation 3 2 Starting the System This section describes power control for system startup Use the following power on procedure only when the power to the main unit is off 3 2 1 Powering on and off the main unit This section describes how to power on and power off the main unit Power on The system will power on when the power cable is connected to the AC inlet on the main unit and to the AC power supply or the optional power distribution box Confirm that the power cable is connected The system will power on when the circuit breaker
121. Max 1 User UserVars Misc DebugClient VMFS3 a VMkernel Debug client to choose SerialPort Network VProbes Misc DebugBuddyEnable Cancel we FIGURE 3 27 BlueScreenTimeout setting Misc settings For details on the vSphere Client see the manual of VMware 3 4 4 Setting a partition name Set the name for a partition You can set it with Administrator privileges Ifthe specified name is the same as the specified host name ofthe operating system the partition is easy to recognize Operations Click Partition Partition Configuration gt gt The Partition Configuration window appears For details on the Partition Configuration window see 1 3 4 Partition Configuration window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 51 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Bledel PRIMPQUEST 18008 Acme NRI p Past Nase MCD3ACHI FUJITSU Serial Nune 145051400 Sr ine ed Parttor Partter Conigaseen Partition Configuration Help Select a pasece ther cick the Add Remove Utt Set Parz2cn Name oc Hemme batons to configure the partidor 9 HPT FUESE o iia 3 ALB ALR ALB ALB a 9 represents kuudes TEACE OTEE ctn fuo Cw above Sat Paton uve Adia Grm Unt Hers Cancel toes 3 FIGURE 3 28 Partition Configuration window example Remarks The above window shows the maximum con
122. N PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 10 Recommended Write Policy Setting for SAS Disk RAID Units You can attach the Battery Backup Unit to SAS disk RAID units The following table lists the recommended setting for Write Policy The setting is different depending on whether the SAS disk RAID unit has the Battery Backup Unit For details on functions and the setting method see the LSJ MegaRAID R SAS Software User Guide Flash backup unit Recommended Write Policy recommended setting SAS disk RAID unit Write Through SAS disk RAID unit with Battery Backup Unit Before setting Write Policy to Write Back examine the adequateness with the following considerations In the default setting the battery is recalibrated every 30 days The performance during the recalibration is the same as for Write Through The recalibration might take a maximum of about 9 hours 214 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 11 Recovery Procedure after the Execution of the Simple Setup Tool editconf sh The operationsdescribed in this section are required only if SVS SVIM 10 10 04 or previousversion is used When the simple setup tool is executed the PSA setting in etc snmp snmpd conf is disabled Perform the following recovery procedure 1 Delete sv in the lines below i
123. OK button in the Windows Firewall window 6 3 6 Setting the Watchdog Timer for monitoring after a STOP error fatal system error If a STOP error fatal system error occurs in the system the following situation results After you select Partition Power Control from the MMB Web UI the window displays Stop Error under System Progress for the relevant partition The system acquires a memory dump You can set monitoring with the Watchdog Timer to perform recovery after the system freezes or otherwise becomes unresponsive in the above event Immediately after the specified time elapses the MMB performs a Hard Reset to reboot the operating system Operations 1 Open the following file PSA installation folder etc opt FJS Vpsa usr pnwatchdog conf Example C fujitsu FJS Vpsa etc opt FJS Vpsa usr pnwatchdog conf 2 Specify the value of the following key The default is 0 Section WATCHDOG Key TIMER Setting value unit seconds 0 Watchdog Timer disabled 1 to 6000 Watchdog Timer monitoring time 169 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Remarks Determine the setting value by measuring the time taken for a memory dump in the applicable partition If the measured time exceeds 6000 seconds one hour and 40 minutes specify 0 Watchdog Timer disabled If the specified time is too short for a memory dump the Watchdog Timer t
124. P security are configured 5 WMI Windows PSA uses WMI to acquire information on PCI Express cards and Management SCSI devices WMI is installed as standard with Windows Instrumentation settings These settings include settings on the size of memory and number of internal handles used by WMI to collect this information If the system has many LUNs for devices such as RAIDs it may not have sufficient memory or internal handles For this reason the settings are changed to the following values Upper limit on memory used 536 870 912 bytes default of the operating system Upper limit on internal handles 65 536 176 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Remarks Execute the SNMP security setting command setsnmpsec in the following situations For details on the command see 4 8 SNMP Security Setting Command setsnmpsec in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Having installed PSA you will be changing the SNMP Service security setting from Accept SNMP packets from any host to Accept SNMP packets from these hosts You will be changing the MMB IP address Inthe initial startup of PSA following installation the Web UI may display the error message E 33077 PSA is Not Active 01 0000 in the PSA window This happens because PSA requires extra time to acquire system sensor data only during the initial startup
125. PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E The following example shows how to send traps with public as the community name The traps are sent to the manager of port 162 with IP address 192 168 0 162 trapsink 192 168 0 162 publi SNMPv1 trap setting trap2sink 192 168 0 162 publi SNMPv2 trap setting SNMPvV3 trap setting trapsess SNMPCMD_ARGS HOST PORT SNMPv3 trap setting The setting defines the host receiving the trap i e the trap destination As an alternative to specifying PORT you can use the general purpose SNMP trap port 162 The following options are the main options specified with SNMPCMD_ARGS V version This option specifies the SNMP version For SNMPv3 specify 3 e engineID This option specifies the oldEngineID value The var net snmp snmpd conf file at the trap source contains this value u secName This is the account for SNMPv3 This setting must match that on the manager side secLevel This option specifies one of the values listed in TABLE 6 6 secLevel settings according to the security level of SNMPv3 messages TABLE 6 6 secLevel settings Setting value Authentication Encryption sums a authProtocol This is the protocol for SNMPv3 message authentication Either MD5 or SHA is specified To use SHA install openssl and create a package with openssl The option takes effect only if
126. Ports Protocol type TCP X Scope Protocol number s Action Profile Local port Specific Ports EI Name 24450 Example 80 445 8080 Remote port Jal Ports Example 80 445 8080 Internet Control Message Protocol Customize ICMP settings Lear more about protocol and ports lt Back Neo Cancel FIGURE 6 14 New Inbound Rule Wizard Protocol and Ports 11 The wizard displays the Scope window as indicated at the upper left Select or enter values for the following items Then click the Next button TABLE 6 12 Scope setting items Which local IP addresses does this rule match Any IP address Which remote IP addresses does this rule match Select These IP addresses Then click the Add button Enter the IP address of the PSA to MMB communication LAN on the MMB side 187 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E New Inbound Rule Wizard ES Scope Specify the local and remote IP addresses that this rule matches Steps Rule Type Specify the IP addresses of the local and remote computers that this rule matches Program Which local IP addresses does this rule match Protocol and Ports Any IP address Scope These IP addresses Action Add Profile Cea dit Name Remove Customize the interface types to which this rule applies Customize Which
127. Powering off a partition The procedure for powering off the partition is as follows In Windows ServerView Agent is required to execute a shutdown from the MMB Web UI For details on setting ServerView Agent see the explanation regarding the System Shutdown tab in the ServerView Operations Manager Installation ServerView Agents for Windows If the following problems occur check for details on the problem in 11 2 11 Problems with partition operations in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN The MMB Web UI displays Error for Status information area because either of the following was executed Power Off Reset or Force Power Off of the partition Shutdown from the operating system The MMB Web UI window displays Read Error for Part Number or Serial Number to indicate the component status Operations 1 Log in to the MMB Web UI The MMB Web UI window appears 2 Click Partition Power Control from the MMB menu The Power Control window appears The number in the column is the partition number For details on the Power Control window see 1 3 1 Power Control window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 237 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 8 Powering On and Off a Partition Medel PRIMPOUPRST Lae Arnve DIME p Past Neosbes MCDSACLU Fujitsu Serial Nune 145091460 State ns we od Power Control Bees Help S
128. Prepare the following disk image VMware 5 x media 2 Disconnect all the FC cables 3 Mount the disk image through a video redirection connection 4 Configure the RAID environment For details see the MegaRAID SAS Software the MegaRAID SAS Device Driver Installation or the LSI MegaRAID R SAS Software contained on the SVS DVD 5 Change the boot order to give the highest priority in startup to DVD boot For details see 1 3 1 Power Control window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 101 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 9 3 Installing VMware 5 x This section describes the operating system installation with SVIM SVIM can perform the following types of operating system installation For the procedure for each mode see the ServerView Suite ServerView Installation Manager TABLE 4 10 Operating system installation by SVIM Quick mode You can simply use the minimum settings Use this mode to readily install the OS necessary for operating system installation This mode uses Fujitsu s recommended settings Guide mode You can specify setup information by This mode enables detailed settings following the instructions of the wizard Use the mode if you want to configure You can save the specified information in a installation with detailed RAID and configuration file for use during OS settings rei
129. Protocol Customize ICMP settings Lear more about protocol and ports lt Back Neo Cancel FIGURE 6 19 New Outbound Rule Wizard Protocol and Ports 19 The wizard displays the Scope window as indicated at the upper left Select or enter values for the following items Then click the Next button TABLE 6 14 Scope setting items Which local IP addresses does this rule match Any IP address Which remote IP addresses does this rule match Select These IP addresses Then click the Add button 192 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 20 21 22 23 24 25 Enter the IP address of the PSA to MMB communication LAN on the MMB side The wizard displays the Action window as indicated at the upper left Select Allow the connection Then click the Next button The wizard displays the Profile window as indicated at the upper left Check all the Domain Private and Public check boxes Then click the Next button The wizard displays the Name window as indicated at the upper left Enter PSAMMBS in the Name field Then click the Finish button Click New Rule in the right pane of the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security window The New Outbound Rule Wizard window appears with Rule Type displayed at the top left Select Custom Then click the Next button T
130. QUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 4 4 2 Preparing for Installation Prepare the following 1 Prepare the following disk image Windows operating system media 2 Change FC cabling to single path connecting only one FC cable 4 4 3 Installing the operating system This section describes the operating system installation with SVIM 73 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software SVIM can perform the following types of operating system installation For the procedure for each mode see the ServerView Suite ServerView Installation Manager TABLE 4 3 Operating system installation by SVIM Quick mode You can simply use the minimum settings Use this mode to readily install the OS necessary for operating system installation This mode uses Fujitsu s recommended settings Guide mode You can specify setup information by This mode enables detailed settings following the instructions of the wizard Use the mode if you want to configure You can save the specified information in a installation with detailed RAID and configuration file for use during OS settings reinstallation All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors Operations 1 Make the setting for booting the partition from remote storage For details on the setting see 1 6 3 R
131. QUEST 1800E 2 Start the saved fix program The following window appears for installation preparations InstallShield Wizard Preparing to Install PRIMEQUEST Server Agent Setup is preparing the InstallShield Wizard which will guide you through the program setup process Please wait Extracting ISScriptl1 Msi esa FIGURE 6 3 Preparing to Install window 3 The following window appears when installation preparations are completed Click the Next button to proceed The program update begins 171 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E PRIMEQUEST Server Agent InstallShield Wizard PRIMEQUEST Server Agent Update The update installation is executed Please shut down all other applications FIGURE 6 4 Update installation window 4 Click the Finish button 172 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E PRIMEQUEST Server Agent InstallShield Wizard InstallShield Wizard Complete The update installation was completed lt Back FIGURE 6 5 Update installation complete window 5 You may need to restart your computer If so a confirmation dialog box appears The dialog box asks whether you want to restart the computer immediately Check whether the computer can be restarted at this time If the compute
132. RE 6 7 Uninstall Complete window 5 You may need to restart your computer If so a confirmation dialog box appears The dialog box asks whether you want to restart the computer immediately Check whether the computer can be restarted at this time If the computer can be restarted select the restart option and click the Finish button 174 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 4 Configuring PSA Windows Server 2008 This section describes confirmation of the required settings for PSA operation after operating system installation and corresponding features about the settings TABLE 6 9 Confirmation of the required settings for PSA operation and corresponding features about the settings Required Setting item Automatic setting 1 As needed Manual setting 2 Configuring the PSA to Manual setting 6 4 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication MMB communication LAN LAN Confirming management Manual setting 6 4 2 Confirming management LAN settings LAN settings Installing the PSHED Manual setting 6 4 3 Installing the PSHED Plugin Plugin driver driver Configuring the Manual setting 6 4 6 Configuring the Windows Windows Firewall Firewall Setting the management Manual setting 6 4 8 Setting the management LAN IP address LAN IP address As needed Setting trap destinations Manual setting 6 4 4 Setting the destinations of traps
133. ST Server Agent on your computer No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup 4 Back Encel FIGURE B 4 Setup complete window 5 You may need to restart your computer If so a confirmation dialog box appears The dialog box asks whether you want to restart the computer immediately Check whether the computer can be restarted at this time If the computer can be restarted select the restart option and click the Finish button B 2 4 Automatic configuration during PSA installation This section describes the values automatically set for PSA operation during PSA installation Service settings PRIMEQUEST Server Agent PRIMEQUEST PEM Command Service PRIMEQUEST PSA Environment Control Service Environment variable settings PATH variables The values used for PSA are added to existing PATH variables FJSVpsa INSTALLPATH variable A new variable is added Port setting The TCP 24450 port is set for use by PSA SNMP security settings Security is set for SNMP Service because PSA needs to accept SNMP packets from the MMB The settings depend on the selected items on the Security tab in the SNMP Service Properties dialog box during PSA installation 259 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation With Accept SNMP packets from any host selected SNMP security is no
134. Service Life Monitoring by RAS Support Service ssssssseee 211 6 9 1 BBU service lite monitoring tor a RAID ard 2 5 0 222 iue ictum ette cette eterne aee ce tek denda endo 211 6 9 2 Battery unit service life monitoring for a UPS sssssssssssssssssseseee enne enn tennennnnnnnnn 213 6 10 Recommended Write Policy Setting for SAS Disk RAID Units 214 6 11 Recovery Procedure after the Execution of the Simple Setup Tool editconf sh 215 CHAPTER 7 Work after USTED 1 iuucce stetur rotta eun ddb se Com tutae ttn tte conte arro p tec decia 217 7 1 Duplicate Network Adapter Configuration ssesssssssssseseseeesseee nenne nnne tentis 218 peccare eec 219 7 2 1 How NTP operates in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series eesesssssseseeneeeeenen enne 219 T22 Seung n NIP r5 m aiaiai 220 Foe CoMmiguiing 4 DNS Sever MEE 223 pr COMMIS m 224 TO COnigung SEGN M E H E 225 75 1 Coniguing ACCESS rip Rm 225 Frente TET 228 35 3 TITANIA a cai dee ene Fono cinta rit aee aae eor tegen dase vga uie d reuse sa dte feda eu paid R aaO 231 rect Contarino HT TPG MEM c ER 232 TO Scheduled COIS EE 234 CHAPTER 8 Powering Om and Off a Partion iiis te Rb ais aaa aiaa 235 8 1 Powering Onand O a PATIO rtt rare etre tenuit cte Sa ARA oa EEEE aa TREE TNR an 236 fo Wa Pe Magee late onra pano een EN 236 B L2
135. This section describes how to install PSA in Windows Server 2003 You need to log in with Administrator privileges for installation Remarks To operate the PRIMEQUEST 1800E you need to first install PSA Otherwise the following restrictions apply T O e g PCI Express card hard disk failure notification and trap notification to the administrator are disabled Failure notification using symptom detection and trap notification to the administrator are disabled Threshold exceeded in S M A R T monitoring of HDDs Operations management software cannot collect information on the partition side Even under an REMCS agreement no software errors are reported B 2 1 Installation flow For the PSA installation flow see CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software For details on how to configure PSA see CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Remarks If you use SVIM to install the operating system you need not install PSA However after installation with SVIM you need to check and make settings according to B 2 2 Checks before PSA installation and B 2 5 Settings after PSA installation After installing PSA execute the SNMP security setting command setsnmpsec before you perform the operation in the following situations For details on the command see 4 8 SNMP Security Setting Command setsnmpsec in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN You will be changin
136. UEST 1800E The following is a sample configuration file opt FJSVpsa sh sample conf setmlanfw txt Remarks A PSA update will overwrite the above sample file Save a copy of the configuration file to retain the original values In the configuration file write PCL only on the first line Then on separate lines write the physical IP addresses of the MMBs MMB 0 MMB 1 belonging to all the cluster nodes defined for PRIMECLUSTER or write the network IP addresses including the physical IP addresses of the aforementioned MMBs Sample configuration file PCL 192 168 0 0 24 192 168 1 5 3 Execute the shell script In the first variable specify the path to the configuration file prepared in step 2 A confirmation message appears for the contents of the configuration file Enter Y Execution example The prepared configuration file fwconf txt is assumed to be in the current directory opt FJSVpsa sh setmlanfw sh fwconf txt Management LAN IP address 192 168 0 1 Source IPs for PRIMECLUSTER Service 192 168 0 0 24 192 168 1 5 Press Y to confirm above settings N to cancel all settings gt Y FEFE TE HE HEH E E TE FE HE TE FE FE FE FE FE HE TE FE EE HE EH aE aE FE HE EE FE TE AE E EEE EE EH E E E E EE E E RE HER ER Created the MMLAN chain on your firewall iptables For more detail on how to set firewall refer to the Installatio
137. Virtual switch vSwitchO Physical adapter Virtual machine port group vmnic1 VM Network 0d 00 0 Service console port Service Console vswifO 192 168 0 2 Virtual switch wien Physical adapter PSA MMB communication port vmnicO PSA MMB 00 19 0 vswif1 172 30 0 4 FIGURE E 6 Network configuration after setup E 4 2 Configuring the firewall This section describes how to configure the firewall for PSA operation For PSA the following ports must be open TABLE E 3 Configuring the firewall for PSA operation m poem oe m a udp snmp or 161 General snmp communication port web mmb communication MMB PSA port tcp fj webgate or 24450 port For reporting image information MMB PSA port psa mmb communication tcp 5000 on MMB side For reporting events and configuration port information TABLE E 4 Examples of firewall configurations Implementation example esxcfg firewall o 161 udp in SNMP esxcfg firewall o 24450 tcp in PSA WG esxcfg firewall o 5000 tcp out PSA MMB Confirming firewall settings 288 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation fesxcfg firewall q Opened ports SNMP port 161 udp in PSA MMB port 5000 tcp out E 4 3 Configuring the default gateway Configure the default gateway when installing the operating system If the default gateway is not configured for some reason make this setting 1 Execute
138. X C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Preface Work Location category Damage to data 3 2 Powering operation Confirm that the System Power LED of the DVDB is off before turning off on and off the the main power e g UPS power distribution box If you turn off the main main unit power e g UPS power distribution box while the System Power LED of the DVDB is on data may be damaged Warning labels The following warning labels are affixed to this product These labels are intended for the users of this product ACAUTION Never remove the warning labels 3E CAUTION THREE MIC MTP VER C S60 tor TR CASEOESORCT RL PRETI DO OE SEE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE INSTALLING THIS UNIT SUEUt TOREN AAMMUERETY COREERRRATEN Tac NIE TCEDBDRT CORRI UMS NT SS CEvmotT VODA FEC Rulen Operation h ratje Sr any arfarance received e x Te iesto QuWRULLLLLLUUCULDUUDUGUUA The label is affixed at either location Warning label location PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 1800E rear xi C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual
139. ab 6 Enter the specified community name in the Community Name field Then click Add to List 179 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 7 Click Add in Trap Send Destination Enter the host name or IP address of the server receiving the trap i e the trap destination Then click Add Click the OK button 8 Select Action Restart from the menu bar to restart SNMP Service Restarting PSA 1 Click Start menu Administrative Tools Services 2 Select PRIMEQUEST Server Agent in the right side of the window 3 Select Action Restart from the menu bar to restart PRIMEQUEST Server Agent How to confirm a trap destination setting To confirm a trap destination setting use the standard SNMP Service trap sent to restart SNMP Service in the above step 8 You can confirm the correct trap setting by checking whether the trap was received Remarks The operation performed in step 8 on the trap source machine restarts SNMP Service After that operation a Cold Start trap is posted to the trap receiving application at the trap destination Cold Start is a standard SNMP Service trap snmptrapd runs on the Linux machine that is the trap destination to receive traps snmptrapd outputs the following message to the system log Confirm that the Linux machine received the trap normally Aug 17 14 50 03 pq server snmptra
140. aces of the MMB Connected to MMB console PC LOCAL REMOTE USER USER com port 1 porto PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 1800E MMB FIGURE 3 1 Mounting location and external interfaces of the MMB TABLE 3 2 External interfaces of the MMB External interface Quantity o Ras SEY RS 232C COM port A field engineer uses this port to set up the device It is not used in ordinary operation LAN 100Base TX Ports used for maintenance LOCAL CE port REMOTE REMCS port LAN 1000Base T USER port Make the following settings for the terminal software for the COM port connection TABLE 3 3 Settings for terminal software 21 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation 3 3 2 Initializing MMB settings The procedure for initializing MMB settings is as follows If the field engineer has already made the settings you can skip the following procedure Operations 1 Power on the main unit gt gt The Alarm LED of each unit goes on while the MMB Ready LED is blinking initialization in progress The login prompt appears 2 Log in with Administrator privileges using the terminal software from the MMB console PC gt gt When you first log in you will be asked to change the Administrator password 3 Set a password Note You need to set a hard to guess password consisting of at least eight characters If you enter an inappropriate p
141. age unit see the manual supplied with the SAN storage unit 5 Assign I O spaces to the FC card card for boot path only SAS card SAS array controller card Onboard SAS controller GSPB SAS disk unit controller and SAS array disk unit controller For details on I O space assignment see 3 4 5 Setting various modes in this manual and 5 5 1 Configure I O Space Assignment menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 4 10 2 Preparing for Installation Prepare a SLES11 SP2 installation DVD Preparing for boot Change FC cabling to single path connecting only one FC cable 105 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 10 3 Installing the operating system This section describes the operating system installation with SVIM SVIM can perform the following types of operating system installation For the procedure for each mode see the ServerView Suite ServerView Installation Manager TABLE 4 11 Operating system installation by SVIM Quick mode You can simply use the minimum Use this mode to readily install settings necessary for operating the OS system installation This mode uses Fujitsu s recommended settings Guide mode You can specify setup information by This mode enables detailed following the instructions of the settings wizard You can save the specified Use the mode if you want to information in a configu
142. agement server SW redundancy 2 Redundancy by teaming GLS or equivalent 3 Disabled on the standby side FIGURE 7 1 External network configuration Note There are some precautions on teaming with Intel PROSet R For details on the precautions see APPENDIX G 8 NIC Network Interface Card in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN 218 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation 7 2 Configuring NTP This section describes how to correct the time with NTP Network Time Protocol in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series NTP is a protocol for exchanging time information between computers The time correction function references the correct time on another system at system startup Then it sets the time and keeps it within the specified error range A system with the correct source time is called an NTP server A system that references that server is called an NTP client The NTP server must be running NTP Service to respond to requests from the NTP client For details on time correction using NTP when the operating system is Windows see APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows Note Be sure to use the NTP when using a reserved SB For details on the notes on the use of reserved SBs see Notes on Reserved SB function in 3 2 1 Reserved SB in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN A partition configured with more than one SB
143. al CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation 7T 3 Configuring a DNS Server For details on how to configure a DNS server see 3 3 8 Configuring a DNS server 223 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation 7 4 Configuring SMTP For details on how to configure SMTP see 3 3 9 Configuring Alarm E Mail 224 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation 7 5 Configuring Security This section describes how to make the necessary settings to ensure security and notification of errors during operation Configure the security necessary for operation We recommend backing up the setting information after completing the following settings For details on how to back up the specified information see 3 5 Saving Configuration Information 7 5 1 Configuring access control 7 5 2 Configuring SNMP 7 5 3 Configuring SSH 7 5 4 Configuring HTTPS All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors 0 1 Configuring access control To ensure MMB security configure access control for the network protocol To ensure security we recommend configuring it during installation Access control can be configured even after installation Selecting the filter to edit Operations 1 Click Network Configuration Access Control The Access Control window appears F
144. al instead of the descriptions in the PSA related sections shown in this document 1 Install HBAnyware if the following applies The FC card is installed and HBAnyware has not been installed The installation of HBAnyware can be confirmed by the existence of Emulex HBAnyware which is displayed by selecting All Programs from the Start menu 1 Download the driver and utility of MC 0JFC11 or MC 0JFC21 from the following URL http jp fujitsu com platform server primequest download Note The downloaded binary file has a description about the PRIMERGY but the driver and utility can be used for the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series 2 Execute the downloaded file by double clicking it The prompt screen for the cmd exe a window with a black background is displayed for a while and then the file is extracted 3 After the extraction is completed the window is automatically closed The downloaded file is extracted and folders or files are newly created Remark If the window is not closed in spite of the display of Installation Completed in the window click the Finish button to close the window 4 Double click storportminiportkit XXXXX exe in the extracted FC vKXXXXX directory to run it Remark XXXXX represents the version and must be replaced with a suitable character string 2 For Windows 2003 or Windows 2008 make the registry setting Remarks No registry setting is required for Windows Server 2012 1 In
145. all the requisite installation information before installing the main unit For a system overview and details on the system configuration see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series General Description C122 B022EN For details on the installation prerequisites see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Hardware Installation Manual C122 HOO4EN 7 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 2 Preparing for Main Unit Installation 2 3 Checking Environmental Conditions This section describes the environmental conditions covered by the specifications for main unit installation The conditions of the main unit operating environment depend on the altitude at the installation site For details on the environmental conditions of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series see 1 3 Installation Specifications in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Hardware Installation Manual C122 HO04EN For details on the recommended temperature and humidity of the computer room see the SPARC Enterprise PRIMEQUEST Common Installation Planning Manual C120 H007EN 8 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 2 Preparing for Main Unit Installation 2 4 Preparing the Power Supply Equipment This section describes the electrical specifications facility power requirements and grounding for the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series To prevent accidents confirm that the power supply equipment can supply enough power to the system Electrical engineering and installation wor
146. allation VIDEDW oe iecesi eee diesce nean ctae eret ne tkt enda peti e permet neret tace tria 197 FIGURE 6 23 Update installation complete Window ueesicieeeececcseeene terc ette eren aint cnn tk na zR nae dnaa 198 FIGURE 6 24 Program removal WOW senten niente tre tate kn kd ci cte tane cebat daa addu 199 FIGURE 6 25 Program and Features WINGO eec erede nit e Cite cn tte Cerere i c eth xr 200 FIGURE 6 25 Preparing to Install WOPIO iiie aecec eei nee preter neu t sea eee nat ee ruat ctae ner 201 FIGURE 6 27 Confirmation massage dialog box cic hci iti ees 201 FIGURE 6 28 Uninstall Complete Window eiesiceec eerta retrace rnnt Leute ka tenente Edna 202 FIGURE 6 29 Export List window xaiMpley iccirco error etse aite ce rate e tette ee neret ehe 207 FIGURE 6 30 Expoon window example once dieti taurus et ra Der mentre decorata zeiten 208 FIGURE 6 31 Backup Restore MMB Configuration window example seeeeeeeeeee 209 FIGURE 6 32 Backup BIOS Configuration window example sess 210 FIGURE 6 33 RAS Support Service screens no BB seen nra e uainne 212 FIGURE 6 34 RAS Support Service screens move to another partition sss 212 FIGURE 7 1 External network configuration 2er selenite reir nce eb coke een Ere etae ne eor a Rakaa 218 FIGURE 7 2 Operation with external NTP servers three NTP servers ssessseennn 220 FIGURE 7 3 Daley Tim
147. ally or deleted because the maximum number of files is exceeded Listing exported files This section describes how to list the files A window lists the current exported files in order with the latest files at the top The window displaying this list enables the following operations Saving a snapshot of information in PSA to a file in CSV format Downloading an exported file to a terminal Deleting an exported file from the partition management area Operations 1 Select Partition Partition x PSA Export List gt gt The Export List window appears For details on the Export List window see 3 11 Export List Window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 206 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E iedot PRIMPOURST Loe Artwe AMIP 2 Past Nusslrr MCD3ACHI Fujitsu Serial Nuabeet 145093400 Sri Export List uj Cik te sp ert tatin te create ae expert Gata tie As aparan F eyoetd can be added to the Ne mame 1 14 00201 en 1 14 y arpar M conem Dewrlosd Delos Dele At Exose uL n FIGURE 6 29 Export List window example 2 Click the button appropriate to your operation Saving a snapshot to a file in CSV format Click the Export button Downloading an exported file to a terminal Select the radio button of the chosen file Then click the Download button Mul
148. and arch must be replaced with suitable character strings 2 Download the driver and utility of MC 0JFC11 or MC 0JFC21 from the following URL http jp fujitsu com platform server primequest download Note The downloaded binary file has a description about the PRIMERGY but the driver and utility can be used for the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series 65 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 3 Copy the downloaded file to an arbitrary directory of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series and then expand it tar xvzf F1010350 tar gz 4 The following files are extracted HBA API LIB enterprise kitfiles install uninstall readme txt Remark For details on how to install SNIA HBA API library see the readme txt extracted in the HBA API LIB folder 5 After the installation is completed reboot the unit 8 Install updates of PSA and other bundled software Check the latest versions of the software at their download sites and install the necessary updates For details on PSA see 6 2 9 Installing a PSA update 9 Configure the dump area Confirm that the hard disk has enough free space before collecting a memory dump 10 Configure the NTP client Configure the NTP server on the operating system side For details see 7 2 Configuring NTP 11 Save management and configuration information For details see 6 8 Saving Management and Configuration I
149. ap destination restart snmpd with the following command etc rc d init d snmpd restart After the snmpd restart is completed restart PSA sbin service y30FJSVpsa stop sbin service y30FJSVpsa start How to confirm a trap destination setting To confirm a trap destination setting use the standard net snmp trap that was sent during the snmp restart You can confirm the correct trap setting by checking whether the trap was received Remarks The trap destination must be running both a trap receiving application and a trap manager to be able to receive standard net snmp traps Restart snmpd with the following command on the trap source machine 155 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E etc rc d init d snmpd restart After that operation a Cold Start trap is posted to the trap receiving application at the trap destination Cold Start is a standard net snmp trap In the following example the trap destination is a Linux machine snmptrapd runs on the Linux machine that is the trap destination to receive traps snmptrapd outputs the following message to the system log Confirm that the Linux machine received the trap normally Aug 17 12 00 53 pq server snmptrapd 2600 2005 08 17 12 00 53 pq server fujitsu com 192 168 0 162 via 192 168 0 162 TRAP SNMP vl community public NET SNMP MI
150. appears For details on the Partition Configuration window see 1 3 4 Partition Configuration window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Medel PRIMPOURST Lae Actwe DIM Ran p Past Nuxbes MCDSACHH FUJITSU Serial Numer 1450931460 Sri nw di Partition Configuration Heh Select a pacttcc ther cick te Add amori Unst Set Parzace Name ce Herne batoar to zonfgure the partidor Note R roprescats Re H rrprerects Home SE represents kuttes TEAOBISYE cte tun Ge above Sat Patton Kime Addunt sonaue Here Cancel m a FIGURE 3 20 Partition Configuration window example Remarks The above window shows the maximum configuration 2 Click the radio button of a partition number to add an SB IOB or GSPB to that partition 3 Click the Add Unit button gt gt The Add SB IOB GSPB to Partition window appears The window displays a list of free SBs IOBs and GSPBs For details on the Add SB IOB GSPB to Partition window see Add SB IOB GSPB to 43 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Partition window in 1 3 4 Partition Configuration window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Model PRIMEQUEST 1800E Active IMB 0 Part Number MCD3AC111 FUJITSU Serial Number 1480915001 Status Normal System User Administration Network Configuration gt Partition gt Partition Con
151. ar the value previously input RAS Support Service screen Partition Partition 1 RAID card 01 1 with BBU Battery RAID_Card 01 2009 11 0734 Reset FIGURE 5 20 RAS Support Service screens move to another partition The PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 can have multiple partition configurations For example suppose a partition requires many CPUs during the day and a lot of I O at night the partition configuration must change between day and night This means changes in the SB and IOB connection configuration In this case to move a RAID card to another partition determine the primary partition for service life monitoring and then set the partition in RAS Support Service If both partitions are set by mistake notifications from both partitions will be issued in service life monitoring for the same RAID card 5 8 2 Battery unit service life monitoring for a UPS The battery unit on a UPS is a service life component RAS Support Service performs service life monitoring RAS Support Service sends messages for replacement notification at the following times 136 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 TABLE 5 3 Message for advance notification of replacement and replacement notification message UPS Start time for sending messages for advance Time for sending replacement notification of replacement notification message After a
152. arning When created the dump device is initialized The time required for the initialization varies depending on the size of the selected disk or disk partition In some cases the initialization takes time so the transition to the next screen takes a few minutes or more 123 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 Create a dump device FIGURE 5 10 Dump device configuration menu 11 Select Exit and press the Enter key gt gt The screen returns to the dump device maintenance menu Dump device Manager FIGURE 5 11 Dump device maintenance menu 12 Select Select a dump device on the dump device maintenance menu and press the Enter key gt gt The dump device setting menu appears 124 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 Setting dump device FIGURE 5 12 Dump device setting menu 13 Select the first dump device which is where 1 is specified and press the Enter key gt gt The dump device list menu appears Dump device list FIGURE 5 13 Dump device list menu 14 Select the disk or disk partition used for the dump device and press the Enter key gt gt The dump device is set and the screen returns to the dump device setting menu 125 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER
153. artitions with Windows Server OS installed Note that no message requesting a restart is displayed on the screen even if an SB failure occurs during switching to the Reserved SB 1 After completing installation of the Windows Server OS shut down the partition 2 Remove the SB from the partition by using the MMB Web UI If the partition has multiple SBs mounted you can remove any SB For details see Removing an SB IOB or GSPB in 3 4 1 Setting a partition configuration 3 Addan SB as the Reserved SB to the partition For details see Adding an SB IOB and GSPB in 3 4 1 Setting a partition configuration 4 Power on the partition Then start the Windows Server OS 49 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation 5 Log in with Administrator privilege After the message that the system must be restarted is displayed on the screen follow the instructions to restart the system 6 After the Windows restart is completed shut down the system 7 Remove the SB incorporated as the Reserved SB in step 3 from the partition by using the MMB Web UI 8 Add the SB removed once in step 2 to the partition Notes on VMware Atthe first startup after an SB is switched to the Reserved SB in a partition running ESX the guest operating system may not start Set the guest operating system to automatically restart and the BlueScreen Timeout item in the settings of the Reserved SB
154. ase of the PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 see the ServerView Mission Critical Option User Manual For details in the case of the PRIMEQUEST 1800E see 6 2 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN Remarks The PSA management LAN is automatically assigned an IP address Confirm that the IP address is not the same as the IP address used for the production network or management network If the IP addresses match change the PSA management LAN IP address Also if the subnets match change the subnet setting on the MMB side 2 Configure and confirm the management LAN Configuring the management LAN used for communication with the MMB See 6 2 2 Confirming management LAN settings If necessary configure any duplication with bonding or PRIMECLUSTER GLS for example Confirming SELinux function settings See 6 2 3 Confirming SELinux function settings Confirm that the SELinux function is disabled 3 Check the firewall function For details see 6 2 4 Checking the firewall function opening ports Open the ports for the PSA to MMB communication LAN interfaces snmp port udp snmp or 161 web mmb communication port tcp fj webgate or 24450 psa mmb communication port tcp 5000 on the MMB side icmp echo request icmp echo reply 64 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 Set the destinations of SNMP traps from the partition Set the destinations of traps and
155. assword you will be asked to enter another password 4 Configure the MMB network Execute the command shown below to set the IP address Administrator set ip lt IPAddress gt lt netmask gt Administrator set gateway lt default gateway IP Address Example The IP address is 192 168 0 10 netmask is255 255 255 0 and gateway is 192 168 0 1 Administrator set ip 192 168 0 10 255 255 255 0 Administrator set gateway 192 168 0 1 5 Execute the set http enable command to enable http gt gt The MMB Web UI is accessible from the MMB console PC via the LAN Administrator set http enable Remarks To enable https use the set https command Administrator set http enable 22 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation 6 Execute the set telnet enable command to enable telnet Administrator set telnet enabl 7 Set the date and time as needed Use the following command Administrator set date MMDDhhmm CC Y Y ss Example April 27 2009 13 10 00 is set as the date and time Administrator set date 042713102009 00 8 After the MMB Ready LED goes on initialization completed confirm that the Alarm LED on each unit is off 3 3 3 Setting up the connection environment for actual operation Set up the connection environment for actual operation from the configured test environment by performing the following Setting the IP address o
156. ate begins PRIMEQUEST Server Agent InstallShield Wizard PRIMEQUEST Server Agent Update The update installation is executed Please shut down all other applications FIGURE 6 22 Update installation window 4 Click the Install button 197 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E After completing PSA installation including an update to the PSHED Plugin driver be sure to confirm that the operating system can be restarted before you restart the operating system 5 Click the Finish button PRIMEQUEST Server Agent InstallShield Wizard InstallShield Wizard Complete The update installation was completed Yes want to restart my computer now No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup lt Back Carcel FIGURE 6 23 Update installation complete window 6 You may need to restart your computer If so a confirmation dialog box appears The dialog box asks whether you want to restart the computer immediately Check whether the computer can be restarted at this time If the computer can be restarted select the restart option and click the Finish button Remarks If a fix program of the same version as the installed PSA was applied the PSA uninstallation procedure begins If you do not want to uninstall PSA click the Cancel button in
157. ation referred to below as the PSA MMB LAN chain to INPUT and OUTPUT chains in iptables manually For the setting procedure see PSA to MMB communication LAN interfaces for PSA version 2 6 or later Also the settings related to management LAN interfaces are required only for PRIMECLUSTER linkage For the setting procedure see Management LAN interfaces in 6 2 4 Checking the firewall function opening ports Note 250 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation If PSA version 2 8 0 or earlier is installed when the iptables service has stopped the existing settings are cleared Deal with this problem in the following way To use the iptables service After making the settings to open the ports necessary for the system open the necessary ports For details see TABLE 6 5 Ports to open for the PSA to MMB communication LAN interfaces To use a firewall tool other than iptables The setting of the PSA to MMB communication LAN PSA MMB_LAN chain has been added to iptables Delete it manually and then open the necessary ports For details see TABLE 6 5 Ports to open for the PSA to MMB communication LAN interfaces PSA to MMB communication LAN interfaces for PSA version 2 6 or later The firewall settings vary depending on the environment The settings shown in the following procedure are an example of settings for PSA to MMB communication Example REJECT se
158. b UI Settings in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 240 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX A Lists of Settings Links A 2 PSA Settings See A 2 PSA Settings in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 241 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX A Lists of Settings Links A 3 UEFI Settings See A 3 UEFI Settings in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 242 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX A Lists of Settings Links A 4 BMC Settings See A 4 BMC Settings in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 243 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX A Lists of Settings Links 244 C122 E107 10EN APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation This appendix describes how to manually install and uninstall PSA for a specific operating system If you use SVIM to install the operating system you need not manually install PSA Remarks PSA is provided only with the PRIMEQUEST 1800E B 1 Manually Installing PSA Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux E 246 B 2 Manually Installing PSA Windows Server 2003 255 B 3 Manually Installing PSA Windows Server 2008 261 PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation B 1 Manually Installing PSA Linux Red Hat Enterpris
159. begins The backup file of the MMB configuration information has the following default name MMB_ backup date MMB version dat 6 8 3 Saving BIOS configuration information This section describes how to back up BIOS configuration information to a remote PC Use the Maintenance menu in the MMB Web UI window to save BIOS configuration information Operations 1 Select Maintenance Backup Restore Configuration Backup BIOS Configuration gt gt The Backup BIOS Configuration window appears 209 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Active AAR Niedel PRIMPOURST Ig 2 Past Numer MCD3ACHI Fujirsu Serial Number 145691500 Sr Mwnrrranc hackig Renore Coefigeatern Pacesg BIOS Configuratce Backup BIOS Configuration Ll Select a paster then chck the Backup butce uL n FIGURE 6 32 Backup BIOS Configuration window example 2 Select the radio button of the partition to which to back up the configuration information Then click the Backup button gt gt The save destination dialog box appears 3 Select the save destination path Then click the OK button The backup file of the BIOS configuration has the following default name partition number backup date BIOS version dat 210 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installati
160. ber 145601400 Sri Dns we d Meter Configurazen 2 Menor Pretocote Network Protocols Cack the Apply Button to apply al changer Web HTTP HTTPS Ense C Duae SNMP e 3 FIGURE 3 10 Network Protocols window example 2 Specify each item in Telnet Note The MMB uses the following fixed TCP IP port numbers Do not change the following port numbers 623 udp Port for RMCP communication 664 udp Port for RMCP communication 3 Click the Apply button 3 8 Configuring a DNS server To use a DNS server configure it You can configure a DNS server at a later time For details on how to back up the specified information see 3 5 Saving Configuration Information Note Log in with Administrator privileges to make these settings Operations 1 Click Network Configuration Network Interface 34 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation gt gt The Network Interface window appears For details on the Network Interface window see 1 5 2 Network Interface window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Modet PRIMPOURST 18008 Acme MERO p Past Nuxsbrs MCD3ACHHI Fujitsu Serial Number 145051460 Sri HET Cack the Apply 5225 fcc al changes to tats etbect MME Vead Peyeieal TP Address Y TT 3 FIGURE 3 11 Network Interfac
161. booting 76 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software Installing Windows That s all the information we need right now Your computer will restart several times during installation Copying Windows files 096 Nindows files Expanding Installing features Installing updates Completing installation FIGURE 4 5 Install Windows window 2 When the Install Windows window appears after a system reboot following termination of the Installing updates window with the Install Windows window displayed as is in 1 above e 2 Install Windows Installing Windows That s all the information we need right now Your computer will restart several times during installation J Copying Windows files wf Expanding Windows files of Installing features Installing updates Completing installation FIGURE 4 6 Install Windows window TI C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 4 4 Configuring bundled software after the completion of installation After completing installation of the operating system configure the bundled software Remarks Depending on the driver version HBAnyware should be interpreted as OneCommand Manager When referring to PSA related descriptions for the PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 see the ServerView Mission Critical Option User Manu
162. bout 1 year and 9 months from the start i After about 2 years of use or replacement of the battery unit Operations 1 Determine which partitions to set for service life monitoring Then start the GUI of RAS Support Service Windows Log in to the operating system Start the GUI Linux Open a Web browser Access the specified URL Log in For details on operations see the RAS Support Service User s Guide for Linux or Windows 2 The Service Life Component Names list on the RAS Support Service screen displays UPS battery Since you can enter a value in the Mounting Dates list enter the battery unit mounting date in the list Notes Note the following points about service life monitoring of the battery unit for a UPS in the PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 If there are multiple partition configurations set battery unit service life monitoring for a UPS for only one partition arbitrary Otherwise advance notifications of replacement will be issued from multiple partitions 137 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 138 C122 E107 10EN CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E This chapter describes how to make PSA and other settings after operating system installation on the PRIMEQUEST 1800E 5 1 Types of WO eee ese ertet nne 140 6 2 Configuring PSA Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux 141
163. cation LAN You can configure the PSA to MMB communication LAN by using the same procedure as that for Windows Server 2003 For details 6 3 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN 6 4 2 Confirming management LAN settings Make settings for the management LAN If necessary also configure any duplication with teaming or GLS for example After completing the above network settings for the management LAN perform the operations in 6 4 8 Setting the management LAN IP address Note In the PRIMEQUEST environment it is necessary to specify OFF for the STP function of the switch that connects to the management LAN used for communication with the MMB 177 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 4 3 Installing the PSHED Plugin driver The PSHED Plugin driver expands the WHEA Windows Hardware Error Architecture functions This driver is not automatically installed Manually install the driver with the batch file plugin install bat stored in the following folder Remarks The following functions do not work unless the driver is installed Suppression of logging of Correctable Error events to the Event Viewer Windows system event log State transition to Stop Error for a Blue Screen of Death event System Progress in the Power Control window of the MMB Web UI Notes Do not execute the installation batch more than once If it is e
164. ce the media with the operating system installation media according to the SVIM instructions 9 Perform the following operation by using the MMB Web UI Remarks These steps are not required in Windows Server 2012 1 Click Partition Partition x Mode 2 Check the Setting OS Installation Mode check box and then click the Apply button 3 When the confirmation message appears click the OK button After a while the Setting Completed window appears This completes the setting procedure Medel FRIMEQUEST T800 Acte MMBsS Part Namber MEDIACH Fujitsu Serial Nember 1490944001 States erme Patitice gt Patinm gt Mode Mode e Stet aede for the panaon den chk the Appt Bunce Note A partos poo er cff on n required for the wincio to beccene dece g e s L 7 Semmng O Installation Mode FIGURE 4 8 Mode window example Remark Perform the above procedure at the following times 1 When the system goes from the ServerView Installation Manager window to the Install Windows window after starting installation with SVIM and rebooting 85 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software Installing Windows That s all the information we need right now Your computer will restart several times during installation Copying Windows files 096 Nindows files Expanding Installing features Install
165. cifies the FQDN or IP address of the MMB adminport specifies the port number assigned to the MMB management port 8081 by default and 432 for SSL Note When an https connection is established a warning message appears because the certificate is not one from a third party organization Ignore it and continue establishing the connection 3 When the MMB Web Ullogin window appears enter the user account and password Then click the Login button vis PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 Management Board Web UI vess Username Password FIGURE 3 4 MMB Web UI login window Remarks At initial startup or if the settings have not been changed use the following default user account and password You will be asked to change the password to a new password TABLE 3 6 Default user account and password Username Administrator 26 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Password that was set by a field engineer during device setup Logging out Click the Logout button at the top right in the browser window gt gt You are logged out from the Web UI 3 3 5 How to view the Web Ul window This section describes the information displayed in the Web UI window Remarks If the Web UI window displays Read Error check for details on the error in 11 2 Troubleshooting in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN If you cannot solve the problem
166. co FUJITSU FUJITSU Server PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Preface Preface This manual describes how to set up this product including the steps for installation of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server initialization and software installation The manual is intended for system administrators For details on the regulatory compliance statements and safety precautions see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Safety and Regulatory Information C122 E115EN Errata and addenda for the manual PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Errata and Addenda C122 E119EN provides errata and addenda for the manual Read the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Errata and Addenda C122 E119EN thoroughly in reference to the manual For Safe Operation How to use this manual This manual contains important information about the safe use of this product Read the manual thoroughly to understand the information in it before using this product Be sure to keep this manual in a safe and convenient location for quick reference Fujitsu makes every effort to prevent users and bystanders from being injured and to prevent property damage Be sure to use the product according to the instructions in the manual About this product This product is designed and manufactured for standard applications Such applications include but are not limited to general office work personal and home use and general industrial use The produ
167. ct is not intended for applications that require extremely high levels of safety to be guaranteed referred to below as safety critical applications Use of the product for a safety critical application may present a significant risk of personal injury and or death Such applications include but are not limited to nuclear reactor control aircraft flight control air traffic control mass transit control medical life support and missile launch control Customers shall not use the product for a safety critical application without guaranteeing the required level of safety Customers who plan to use the product in a safety critical system are requested to consult the Fujitsu sales representatives in charge Storage of accessories Keep the accessories in a safe place because they are required for server operation Organization and Notation of This Manual This section describes the following topics Organization of this manual Manuals for the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series Related manuals Abbreviations Notation Notation for the CLI command line interface Notes on notations Alert messages Product operating environment Trademarks i C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Preface Organization of this manual This manual is organized as follows CHAPTER 1 Installation Overview Chapter 1 describes the workflow up to actual operation of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server CHAPTER 2 Preparing for Mai
168. ction concisely describes the procedures for installing Windows on the built in HDD Confirm the MMB configuration and successful login to the MMB before starting the installation For details on configuring the SAN storage unit and FC card Fibre Channel card see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN 4 5 1 Advance setup Set up the following as needed 1 Remove each built in HDD that is not the installation destination 2 Confirm the partition settings with the MMB Setting the SB IOB GSPB configuration See 3 4 1 Setting a partition configuration Configuring Console Redirection See 3 4 6 Configuring Console Redirection Video redirection Enable Remote storage Enable Console redirection Enable Setting various modes See 3 4 5 Setting various modes 3 Assign I O spaces to the SAS card SAS array controller card Onboard SAS controller GSPB SAS disk unit controller and SAS array disk unit controller For details on I O space assignment see 3 4 5 Setting various modes in this manual and 5 5 1 Configure I O Space Assignment menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 4 5 2 Preparing for Installation Prepare the following 1 Prepare the following disk image Windows operating system media 2 Disconnect all the FC cables 3 Mount the disk image through a video redirection connection 4 Change the boot order so that DVD booting has the h
169. d 0 stopped 0 failed Task Name Run Result Run Start La Last refreshed at 7 6 2010 11 02 16 PM Refresh Actions Task Scheduler Local Connect to Another Com Create Basic Task 3e Create Task Import Task EA Display All Running Tasks E Enable All Tasks History AT Service Account Confi View gt G Refresh H s FIGURE F 28 Task Scheduler window 2 Select Create Basic Task at the right of the window Create Basic Task Wizard appears 3 Enter a chosen task name in Name on the Create a Basic Task screen and click the Next button Example On the screen below ntp sync is an arbitrary task name create Basic Task wizard e 0o 6 Create a Basic Task Create a Basic Task Trigger such as multiple task actions or triggers use the Create Task command in the Actions pane Action Name ntp sync Finish Description lt Back see Cancel FIGURE F 29 Create Basic Task Wizard window Create a Basic Task Use this wizard to quickly schedule a common task For more advanced options or settings 4 Select When a specific event is logged on the Task Trigger screen Click the Next button 310 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows K 3 Task Trigger Create a Basic Task When do you want the task to start Pa When an Event Is Logged C Weeki Action eae Finish C Monthly C Onetim
170. d Started Started Started Started Started Started T Automatic Manual Automatic Manual Automatic D Automatic Automatic D Manual Manual Manual Automatic On As Local Service Local System Local System Local System Network S Local Service Local System Local Service Local System Local System Local Service X Extended A Standard FIGURE F 11 Services window 5 Right click the Windows Time service Select Restart from the context menu F 3 3 Event Task Settings 1 Open Start Administrative Tools Task Scheduler Task Scheduler Ele Action View Heb 215 x e Bln Task Scheduler Summary Last refreshed 7 8 2010 12 56 10 AM E E Task Scheduler Library L You can use Task Scheduler to create and manage common tasks that your computer will carry out automatically at the times you specify To begin click a command in the Action menu Tasks are stored in folders in the Task Scheduler Lihrane Te view ar nerfnrm an aneratinn an an zl Status of tasks that have started in th Last 24 hours E Summary 12 total 3 running 4 succeeded 5 stopped 0 failed Task Name Run Result Run Start Consolidator last run succeede IAPStatus UI last run was stop QueueReporting last run succe ServerManager last run succee SystemSoundsService last run a z Last refreshed at 7 8 2010 12 56 10 AM Refresh
171. d window Task Trigger When a Specific Event Is Logged screen appears Set the following parameters Log System Source Time Service Event ID 37 Create Basic Task Wizard E 5 When a Specific Event Is Logged Create a Basic Task Trigger Log System When an Event Is Logged ote Time Service X Action 7 Finish Son p lt Back Cancel FIGURE F 15 Create Basic Task Wizard window When a Specific Event Is Logged Click the Next button 304 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows 6 Select Start a program on the Action screen Click the Next button Create Basic Task Wizard O S Action Create a Basic Task xi Trigger What action do you want the task to perform When an Event Is Logged Start a program Finish C Send an e mail C Display a message Im za FIGURE F 16 Create Basic Task Wizard window Action 7 Set the following parameters on the Start a Program screen Program script SystemRoot System32 w32tm exe Add arguments optional resync Create Basic Task Wizard E axi 5 Start a Program Create a Basic Task Trigger Program script When an Event Is Logged ree o6SystemRoot System32 w32tm exe Browse Add arguments optional resnc Finish Start in optional T cone FIGURE F 17 Create Basic Task Wizard window Start a Program Click the N
172. d for SIRMS operation RHEL6 248 Partition Configuration window example 43 45 52 Partition Home window example 47 Ports to open for the management LAN interfaces 147 Ports to open for the PSA to MMB communication LAN Interface irte EE er e do repos 108 113 Ports to open for the PSA to MMB communication LAN initerfaGes uae ec ere vet ree VE tienes beens 151 Power cable socket locations PCI Box 15 Power cable socket locations PRIMEQUEST 15 103 5978 5 100 ETE 15 Power Control window example 236 238 Powering On and Off a Partition 235 230 Preparing for Main Unit Installation eee eee eee 5 Preparing the Power Supply Equipment 9 Preparing to Install the Main Unit s 11 Preparing to Install window 171 197 201 257 264 Program and Features window sss 200 Program removal window sese 199 Properties dialog box Protocol and Ports setting items 186 192 PSA Sling aee tite recs eie apte obo tak R RAS Support Service screens move to another partition 136 3 212 RAS Support Service screens no BBU 135 212 Recommended Write Policy Setting for SAS Disk RAID 214 Recovery Procedure after the Execution o
173. d software required for VMware vSphere 5 comprises the following TABLE E 5 VMware 5 x bundled software and its installation destination Bundled software Installation destination ServerView ESXi CIM Provider VMware ESXi ServerView RAID Manager ServerView RAID Guest OS 1 ServerView Mission Critical Option for VM Guest OS 1 2 SVmcovm ServerView is installed in only one guest OS There is no need to install it in all guest OSs Also select a guest OS that will not be migrated to another partition by using vMotion vSphereHA etc If the relevant OS is migrated to another partition it may no longer be able to correctly report events 2 SVmcovm applies to all models of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series in VMwareS x TABLE E 6 VMware 5 x setting procedure and setting destination Setting procedure Setting destination BBU life monitoring Setting procedure using standard OS functions Guest OS ServerView is installed in only one guest OS There is no need to install it in all guest OSs E 7 1 Installing ServerView RAID For details on installing ServerView RAID contact the distributor where you purchased your product or your sales representative E 7 2 Configuring BBU service life monitoring For details on configuring BBU service life monitoring contact the distributor where you purchased your product or your sales representative E 7 3 Installing and setting SVmcovm For details on installing a
174. d to Uw Gh name ST 2j FIGURE 6 30 Export window example 2 If an export failure occurs click OK in the Export Failure Notice dialog box gt gt The browser returns to the Export List window The list shows the latest status 6 8 2 Saving MMB configuration information This section describes how to back up MMB configuration information to a remote PC Use the Maintenance menu in the MMB Web UI window to save MMB configuration information Operations 1 Select Maintenance Backup Restore Configuration Backup Restore MMB Configuration gt gt The Backup Restore MMB Configuration window appears 208 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Bledel PRIMPOURST 1900F Active DIM Rap 5 Past Nussbrr MCD3ACHA Fujirsu Serial Nune 145003400 State iat we d 2Mancerance hacng Xenore Corfgunater Paceapleaore MME Configarten Backup MMB Configuration Hej To backup de WIMP Configsston chek Backup bator Bie Restore MMB Configuration To renere te MAL Confupaness celect o Se ond ebok Feier buon ex Posters uLLJ D FIGURE 6 31 Backup Restore MMB Configuration window example 2 Click the Backup button gt gt The save destination dialog box of the browser appears 3 Select the save destination path Then click the OK button gt gt Download of the configuration information file
175. d with Windows Otherwise if a PSA error occurs a message box appears You cannot restart PSA until you close this box From Properties in the Event Viewer do not change the operation in When maximum log size is reached for the system log or application log to Do not overwrite events clear log manually Otherwise after the log reaches the maximum log size no errors are output to the log so PSA will be unable to detect any errors Do not stop the Windows Print Spooler service The information collection function of the operating system uses WMI Windows Management Instrumentation If the Print Spooler service is stopped the function cannot collect the correct configuration information because WMI reports an error If the set value of the following registry key is less than 20000 20 seconds the system may hang during operating system shutdown Be sure to set a value equal to or greater than 20000 20 seconds The default is 20000 HKEY LOCAL MACHINENSYSTEMNCurrentControlSetNControlN WaitToKillServiceTimeout You can use the above registry key to specify the wait time ms before the service is terminated in the shutdown sequence 6 3 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN This section describes how to confirm the settings for the PSA to MMB communication LAN Communication between PSA and the MMB requires that the partition have an active NIC connected to the PSA to MMB communication LAN
176. dd these ports by using the following procedure 167 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Operations 1 Select Control Panel Windows Firewall gt gt The Windows Firewall window appears 2 Click the Exceptions tab Then click the Add Port button gt gt The Add a Port dialog box appears Add a Port Use these settings to open a port through Windows Firewall To find the port number and protocol consult the documentation for the program or service you want to use Name PSA Port number 24450 TCP UDP Change scope FIGURE 6 1 Add a Port dialog box PSA Cancel 3 Enter the port number used by PSA Then click the OK button 4 Click the Add Port button again in the Windows Firewall window gt gt The Add a Port dialog box appears 168 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Add a Port Use these settings to open a port through Windows Firewall To find the part number and protocol consult the documentation for the program or service you want to use Name SNMP Port number fi Ell ICP UDP Change scope FIGURE 6 2 Add a Port dialog box SNMP OK Cancel 5 Enter the port number used by SNMP Then click the OK button 6 Click the
177. ddress Referring to 6 2 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN interface communication LAN change settings as needed SELinux configuration file Ch SELinux is disabled only for RHELS If SELinux etc selinux config is disabled do not change the settings SELinux setting Ad g The policy module is added for RHEL6 or later only Note If you change the IP address of the dedicated PSA to MMB communication LAN on the MMB side or partition side you need to then restart PSA Otherwise a display error may occur in the PSA window of the MMB Web UI Moreover PSA would not be able to report any detected errors 6 2 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN This section describes how to confirm the settings for the PSA to MMB communication LAN Communication between PSA and the MMB requires an active NIC network interface card connected to the PSA to MMB communication LAN 142 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E The PSA to MMB communication LAN is usually set with the following values during PSA installation IP address 172 30 0 partition ID 22 24 Example Partition ID of 2 172 30 0 4 24 Communication settings Auto Negotiation off Speed 100 Mbps Duplex full In the following cases change the IP address setting 1 The automatically set IP address is the same as the IP address or subnet used for a production n
178. de 7c 4b 1500 Intel Corporation 82567LF 2 Gigabit Network Connection vmnicl 0d 00 00 igb Up 100Mbps Full 00 17 42 9b dc b4 1500 Intel Corporation 82576 Gigabit Network Connection vmnic2 0d 00 01 igb Down OMbps Half 00 17 42 9b dc b5 1500 Intel Corporation 82576 Gigabit Network Connection 283 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation V This indicates that there 1s no line feed In the above example vmnic0 is used for the PSA to MMB communication LAN and vmniclis used for the management LAN Configuring the management LAN 1 Use vswif0 which exists by default immediately after the installation of the operating system for the interface of the management LAN Execute the esxcfg vswif command to confirm the status of vswif0 esxcfg vswif l Name Port Group DVPort IP Family IP Address Netmask Broadcast Enabled TYP vswif0 Service Console IPv4 N A N A N A true NONE V This indicates that there is no line feed The above example shows that vswif0 has been set for the Port Group name of Service Console 2 Execute the esxcfg vswitch command to confirm the status of the virtual switch f esxcfg vswitch 1 Switch Name Num Ports Used Ports Configured Ports MTU Uplinks vSwitchO0 64 64 N 1500 vmnicO PortGroup Name VLAN ID Used Ports Uplinks VM Network 0 0 vmnicO Service Console 0 1 vmnicO This indicates that there is
179. details on how to configure the Windows Firewall see 6 3 5 Configuring the Windows Firewall Setting Watchdog for monitoring after a STOP error fatal system error For details on how to set Watchdog for monitoring after a STOP error fatal system error see 6 3 6 Setting the Watchdog Timer for monitoring after a STOP error fatal system error B 2 6 Installing a PSA update For details on how to install a PSA update see 6 3 8 Installing a PSA update B 2 7 Uninstalling PSA For details on how to uninstall PSA see 6 3 9 Uninstalling PSA 260 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation B 3 Manually Installing PSA Windows Server 2008 This section describes how to install PSA in Windows Server 2008 You need to log in with Administrator privileges for installation To install the PSA as a non Administrator user with Administrator privileges right click the file and select Execute as Administrator from the menu that appears Then install PSA Remarks To operate the PRIMEQUEST 1800E you need to first install PSA Otherwise the following restrictions apply I O e g PCI Express card hard disk failure notification and trap notification to the administrator are disabled Failure notification using symptom detection and trap notification to the administrator are disabled Threshold exceeded in S M A R T monitoring of HDDs Operations management software
180. disconnecting external interface cables Maintenance repair and periodic diagnosis and maintenance 1 1 1 Work performed by a field engineer A field engineer sets up the unit This includes the following tasks Checking mounted components Preparing for main unit installation Checking partitions etc Remarks The following tasks need to be completed before the user starts the setup work Unit setup by a field engineer MMB setup within the scope of responsibility of the field engineer Running test programs etc 1 1 2 Work performed by the user The user performs the following tasks in the order given TABLE 1 1 Work performed by the user Work tasks and description Setup Initializing partition settings 3 1 2 Partition settings Perform tasks such as setting partition names and configuring partitions individually Connecting and configuring the MMB 3 3 3 Setting up the connection operating environment environment for actual Setting up the connection environment for actual operation operation Set up the MMB connection environment such as by setting the IP addresses for actual operation 2 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 1 Installation Overview Initializing MMB settings 3 3 10 Registering a user Set the parameters for the entire MMB such as account the user account names or system names 3 3 11 Setting the system name 3 3 12 Setting the date and time
181. distinguish between Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 Windows Server 2012 and Windows Server 2012 R2 are both called Windows Server 2012 in this manual Remarks This appendix is not needed for Active Directory member servers Active Directory member servers automatically synchronize the system clock with the domain controller In the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series the system time of a partition is kept in the Home SB Therefore if the Home SB of a partition is replaced during maintenance or switched by the reserved SB function the system time of the partition may become incorrect The system clock synchronizes with an NTP server once a week in the default configuration of the Workgroup environment of Windows Before Windows Server 2008 the system clock is synchronized at system startup However in Windows Server 2008 R2 or later it is not synchronized Use the following procedures to set the system to synchronize with the system clock TABLE F 1 Settings for system clock syncronization Task description Target OS Specifying an Specify an NTP server in Control Panel Date and Time Windows Server 2003 NTP Server Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 Synchronization Set the following registry value with the Registry Editor to set a Windows Server 2003 Interval Setting synchronization interval of 15 minutes Windows Server 2008 HKEY LOCAL MACHINENSYSTEM WCurrentControlSet Windows Serve
182. dow example 3 Enter values in the required fields 4 Click the Apply button 3 11 Setting the system name Specify a name for the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series system This name is also used as the SNMP system name For details on how to back up the specified information see 3 5 Saving Configuration Information Operations 1 Click System System Information gt gt The System Information window appears For details on the System Information window see 1 2 4 System Information window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 39 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Medel PRIMPQUEST bg Acne DIM Ren Post Nuseber MCDSACIL Fujitsu Serial Number 145601460 Sr wm d EU System Information ej IC Sysvra beme Cik the Asop Burren to atoly al changes LI Lu LJ I LI EJ x dee Gen LJ Y o p LJ m Aj FIGURE 3 17 System Information window example 2 Enter a name in System Name 3 Click the Apply button 3 3 12 Setting the date and time Set the MMB date and time Configure NTP to use an NTP server as needed The field engineer may have already done this If so proceed to the next setting item unless you need to change a setting For details on how to back up the specified information see 3 5 Saving Configuration Information Remarks The MMB provides the NTP client functi
183. down any key Space key for example other than the Enter key while the FUJITSU logo is displayed to display the Boot Manager Front Page 3 Select the following items from the menu in the order given in the Boot Manager Front Page Boot Maintenance Manager Boot Options Change Boot Order Change the order Specify UEFI DVD CD 0 as the highest priority device to boot from the remote storage DVD Specify UEFI Embedded DVD CD as the highest priority device to boot from the built in DVD For details on how to set the boot order see Changing the order of priority Change Boot Order in 5 6 1 Boot Options menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Change Boot Order BUE SN FIGURE 4 1 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu The following describes the meaning of the menu UEFI DVD CD n n 0 1 2 Specify this when starting the UEFI aware OS from the external DVD CD drive media The n in UEFI DVD CD n is a sequential number starting from 0 assigned in the order that DVD CD devices are recognized The assigned number remains stored based on the connection location information as long as the device is not disconnected from the system UEFI Embedded DVD CD Specify this item when using the built in DVD drive for installation in UEFI mode UEFI Shell Specify this menu when starting UEFI Shell The PRIMEQUEST 1000 series does not use UEFI Shell Legacy Boot Specify th
184. e C When the computer starts C Whenllog on When a specific event is logged lt Back cma FIGURE F 30 Create Basic Task Wizard window Task Trigger 5 When a Specific Event Is Logged screen appears Set the following parameters Log System Source Time Service Event ID 37 Create Basic Task Wizard xi When a Specific Event Is Logged Create a Basic Task Trigger log System ui When an Event Is Logged Source Time Service X Action EventID 37 Finish Back Cancel FIGURE F 31 Create Basic Task Wizard window When a Specific Event Is Logged Click the Next button 6 Select Start a program on the Action screen Click the Next button 311 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows Create Basic Task Wizard E S Action Create a Basic Task Trigger What action do you want the task to perform When an Event Is Logged Start a program Finish C Send an e mail C Display a message lt Back Next gt Cancel FIGURE F 32 Create Basic Task Wizard window Action 7 Set the following parameters on the Start a Program screen Program script SystemRoot System32 w32tm exe Add arguments optional resync Create Basic Task Wizard 1 BE Start a Program Create a Basic Task Trigger Program script PIVSSCR AUREOS len SystemRoot System32 w32tm exe Browse Action S
185. e window Exaile uiuos nee eere cade ieee ce Tene petra eit 221 FIGURE 7 4 Access Control window example sssssessesssssssseesseeenne nennen nnne nnnm nennen 226 FIGURE 7 5 Add Filter window exemple uei Deed eterne treten eedem ner uoce e eoruni 227 FIGURE 7 6 Network Protocols window example sssssssseseeeeeeeeeeenn nennen nennen nnn 228 FIGURE 7 7 SNMP Community window example 1 iecit ceed ainina rni nnn 229 FIGURE 7 8 SNMP Trap window example 1 oseiiieeseesseteen nnne ttn inet ceterae 230 FIGURE 7 9 SNMP v3 Configuration window example ssssessessesseeseenen nennen then 231 xxiii C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Figures FIGURE 7 10 Network Protocols window example ssssssseesesssssseseeeeeee nennen nnne nnn 232 FIGURE 7 11 Network Protocols window example ssessssseseessssseseenenee nennen nnnm nnn 233 FIGURE 8 1 Power Control window example sssssssesssesssssesene enne nnne nnne nennen tnnt nn nsns 236 FIGURE 8 2 Power Control Window eXetplBl esee eicere canentes radar rudentes 238 FIGURE B 1 Preparing to Install Window iussis bacc eerie teres tene ett ran iaiaaeaia 257 FIGURE Bee Sete MANOOW M E 258 FIGURE B 3 Select Features WIFIQW 1 secet eden rote ener t shal na oec ee traded ck vede a dere nra ide Lid adn 258 FIGURE B 4 Setup completa WIDODW
186. e window example 2 Click Enable for DNS in DNS optional Then enter a value for each item 3 Specify the required fields Then click the Apply button 3 3 9 Configuring Alarm E Mail Make the following Alarm E Mail settings Whether to send e mail notification if an error occurs during operation Error level and send destination for such e mail notification For details on how to back up the specified information see 3 5 Saving Configuration Information Note Log in with Administrator privileges to make these settings Operations 1 Click Network Configuration Alarm E Mail gt gt The Alarm E Mail window appears For details on the Alarm E Mail window see 1 5 11 Alarm E Mail window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 35 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Mestet PRIMEQUPST 150092 Active M MINI p Part Number MENCI FujiTsu Serial Nabor 148015601 Wess Ar Cue Taw Teer Nw FIGURE 3 12 Alarm E Mail window example 2 Enter values in the required fields Remarks As described below the From address is sent with Alarm E Mail notification to the SMTP server If the Use envelope from address check box is checked The address set in From in the Alarm E Mail window becomes the From address sent to the SMTP server If the Use envelope from addre
187. e DIME edel PRIMPOURST 18008 Past Number MCD3ACIHIP 145051 00 Serin Number State MME Cenfgneen Backup MMB Configuration Hej To backup the MME Configaumon chek Baeesp butor Hee Restore MMB Configuration renere thee MNB Confpanaes celect o ie and cock Lemeore bana ex Beitie uL D FIGURE 3 32 Backup Restore MMB Configuration window example 2 Click the Backup button 57 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation gt gt The save destination dialog box of the browser appears 3 Select the save destination path Then click the OK button gt gt Download of the configuration information file begins The backup file of the MMB configuration information has the following default name MMB_ backup date MMB version dat 58 C122 E107 10EN CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software This appendix describes the procedures for installing RHEL Windows and VMware on the SAN storage unit or built in HDD For details on the installation procedures see the respective references 4 1 Installation Procedure for the Operating System and Bundled Software sssssseesseeeees 60 4 2 RHEL Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage Unit 4 3 RHEL Installation Procedures on the Built in HDD 67 4 4 Windows Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage ROME eM
188. e Linux This section describes how to manually install PSA in Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux Remarks Be sure to install PSA for PRIMEQUEST 1800E Otherwise the following restrictions apply I O e g PCI Express card hard disk failure notification and trap notification to the administrator are disabled Failure notification using symptom detection and trap notification to the administrator are disabled Threshold exceeded in S M A R T monitoring of HDDs Operations management software cannot collect information on the partition side Even under an REMCS agreement no software errors are reported Hot maintenance of hard disks is disabled The partition must be stopped for maintenance PRIMECLUSTER linkage is disabled B 1 1 Installation flow For details on how to install PSA see CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software For details on how to configure PSA see B 1 Manually Installing PSA Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux Remarks After changing the MMB IP address on a partition or the management LAN IP address restart PSA Otherwise a display error may occur in the PSA window of the Web UI Moreover PSA would not be able to report any detected errors If you use SVIM to install the operating system you need not manually install PSA However after installation with SVIM you will need to check and make settings according to B 1 2 Checks before PSA installation and B 1 6 Settings after PSA in
189. e PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 232 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation Medel PRIMPQUEST 15008 Part Number MCD3ACHI Serin Number 145401500 Sr ITE Wetscrik Configuraaen enger Pretocote Network Protocols Cark the Apply Button to apply al changer We HTTPS Evable C Dwabie Telnet se Erabie C Dee Er Eratie C Double fi Li am 2j FIGURE 7 11 Network Protocols window example 2 Specify each HTTPS related item in HTTP 3 Click the Apply button 233 Active MAIR C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation 7 6 Scheduled Operations For details on scheduled operations see 9 3 Scheduled Operations in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN 234 C122 E107 10EN CHAPTER 8 Powering On and Off a Partition This chapter describes partition power control 8 1 Powering On and Off a Partition 236 PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 8 Powering On and Off a Partition 8 1 Powering On and Off a Partition This section describes how to power on and power off partitions 8 1 1 Powering on a partition 8 1 2 Powering off a partition You can power on or off a partition from a Partition Operator account with Administrator or Operator privileges for
190. e command makedumpfile can generate a small dump file through compression or filtering For details on makedumpfile see the man manual The example here saves the memory dump on dev sdbl to a vmcore file by using compression and filtering out memory regions except kernel memory The following command is written on one line makedumpfile c d 31 x usr lib debug lib modules 2 6 32 358 e16 x86 64 vmlinux dev Sdbl vmcore 131 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 5 6 Configuring the NTP Client For details on how to configure the NTP client see 7 2 Configuring NTP 132 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 5 7 Saving Management and Configuration Information This section describes how to save the following information Be sure to save UEFI configuration information 5 7 1 Saving MMB configuration information 5 72 Saving BIOS configuration information Remarks After the start of actual business operation save UEFI configuration information regularly For details on how to save UEFI configuration information see 5 7 2 Saving BIOS configuration information All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors 5 7 1 Saving MMB configuration informatio
191. e drive the media is not mounted automatically Execute the mount command mount t udf dev cdrom MNT MNT is the mount point Use the files for V4 92 which are stored in the following directory MNT SVSSoftware Software Server View Linux A gents_V492 MNT is the mount point E 3 2 Installing ServerView RAID This section describes how to install ServerView RAID 1 Start the terminal with root privileges 2 Mount ServerView Suite DVD1 3 Execute the following command rpm ivh MNT SVSSoftware Software ServerView Linux ServerView RAID N ServerView RAID XXX 1686 rpm MNT is the mount point This indicates that there is no line feed XXX depends on the version or operating system distribution E 3 3 Installing RAS Support Service PRIMEQUEST This section describes hot to install the RAS Support Service PRIMEQUEST 277 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation 1 Start the terminal with root privileges 2 Mount ServerView Suite DVD1 3 Copy the RAS support service module to any directory of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series and extract it cp MNT SVSLocalTools Japanese RASAssist Linux N LinuxRAS tgz tmp cd tmp tar xvzf LinuxRAS tgz MNT is the mount point This indicates that there is no line feed In the above example tmp is an arbitrary directory 4 Execute the following commands to insta
192. e enne nennen nnns enn ten etnia 173 FIGURE 6 7 Uninstall Complete SIME 1 need Gain tere Feet diet eerie 174 FIGURE 6 8 Windows Firewall WINGOW 1 eres certet tend tis aneeeeascscadecdeetband dace sdanseeasladdneectesdeten 181 FIGURE 6 9 General tab in SNMP Service UDP In Properties seesseseeeeeeeeeetne 182 FIGURE 6 10 Scope tab in SNMP Service UDP In Properties eee 183 FIGURE 6 11 IF Address dabo DOX EE 184 FIGURE 6 12 New Inbound Rule Wizard Rule Type nennen nennen nnn 185 FIGURE 6 13 New Inbound Rule Wizard Progra 1 t ien eet iaiaaeaia 186 FIGURE 6 14 New Inbound Rule Wizard Protocol and Ports sssssssseseenee enne 187 FIGURE 6 15 New Inbound Rule Wizard Scope su ieciiseceee concitare cnet erronea nera tensa FadnR RE eain 188 FIGURE 6 16 New Inbound Rule Wizard Action seesssssssssssssessssee enne nnne nnne ennt 189 FIGURE 6 17 New Inbound Rule Wizard Profile iiic tenter eerte ce eee 190 FIGURE 6 18 New Inbound Rule Wizard Name ssssssssesesssseeeeneee enne nhnnn nennen nnns snnt 191 FIGURE 6 19 New Outbound Rule Wizard Protocol and Ports seessssssssseeeeeeennee nnns 192 FIGURE 6 20 New Outbound Rule Wizard Protocol and Ports ssssssssssseeeeeeeneenns 194 FIGURE 6 21 Preparing to Instal Window oireisiin eerie ettet bert ren roe thas carte a 197 FIGURE 6 22 Update inst
193. e erre rera eec aiaa aaa an aE Nia AEE 31 TABLE S10 Seting varous Moges MM E M 52 TABLE 4 1 Operating system installation by SVIM sssessssssssessseseeee ener nennen nnne nnns nennt 62 TABLE 4 Operating system installation Dy SVIM trot tette oae ether 68 TABLE 4 3 Operating system installation by SVIM ssssssssssssssesseee ener nennen nnne nns 74 TABLE 4 4 If the folder contains two files 1i ceinture tantu enun tute ruht e pegar n n nnne nn 79 TABLE 4 5 It the folder contains one file i uiii rne etna otn nnn aun nra etna nn ona nho tenen cene 79 TABLE 4 6 Operating system installation Dy SVIM 1 rtt rte eek ex tut ehe casa dees 83 TABLE 4 7 If the folder contains two files nennen nnne nnne nennen neris 88 TABLE 4 8 If the folder contains one file 1 teet ior taie pone na in ear na ch eh 88 TABLE 4 9 Operating system installation by SVIM ssssessssssssessseseee nennen nennen nnne nsn nnne 98 TABLE 4 10 Operating system installation by SVIM cerro rente rente tau then ae 102 TABLE 4 11 Operating system installation by SVIM sessssessssssseseeeeenen nnne 106 TABLE 4 12 Ports to open for the PSA to MMB communication LAN interface sseessssess 108 TABLE 4 13 Operating system installation by SVIM sssssesssesseseeeseseneenen enne enne 110 TABLE 4 14 Ports to open for the PSA to MMB communication LAN interface
194. e operating system Remark The IP address of the LAN cannot be set through the operating system setup Set the IP address after the installation of the operating system 75 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 7 Click Install Installation begins 8 Replace the media with the operating system installation media according to the SVIM instructions 9 Perform the following operation by using the MMB Web UI Remarks These steps are not required in Windows Server 2012 1 Click Partition Partition x Mode 2 Check the Setting OS Installation Mode check box and then click the Apply button 3 When the confirmation message appears click the OK button After a while the Setting Completed window appears This completes the setting procedure Medel FRIMEQUEST 1800 Active MIMBO Part Namber MEDIACH FU Serial Nember 1490944001 States gt ETCENEUCUECUU EUUERUTDTEUT OE 771 Patitice Pann Mode Mode e Seet mode for the parttoo then chick the Appi Bunce Note A partinos poser off on n required for the volectiom 1 become elects 7 Semng O Installation Mode FIGURE 4 4 Mode window example Remark Perform the above procedure at the following times 1 When the system goes from the ServerView Installation Manager window to the Install Windows window after starting installation with SVIM and re
195. e the BIOS so that the LUN of the FC card is recognized For details on configuring the FC card see Chapter 2 Settings on the Fiber Channel Card FC Card in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN 3 Prepare a server running ServerView Operations Manager 4 Afterremoving the built in HDD of the PRIMEQUEST server confirm the partition settings with the MMB Setting the SB IOB GSPB configuration See 3 4 1 Setting a partition configuration Configuring Console Redirection See 3 4 6 Configuring Console Redirection Video redirection Enable Remote storage Enable Console redirection Enable Setting various modes See 3 4 5 Setting various modes 5 When connecting only the LUN of the SAN storage unit as the installation destination connect it to the PRIMEQUEST partition For details on the settings for the SAN storage unit see the manual supplied with the SAN storage unit 6 Assign I O spaces to the FC card card for boot path only SAS card SAS array controller card Onboard SAS controller GSPB SAS disk unit controller and SAS array disk unit controller For details on I O space assignment see 3 4 5 Setting various modes and 5 5 1 Configure I O Space Assignment menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 4 6 2 Preparing for Installation To prepare for installation also see the VMware information Forthe VMware information contact the distribut
196. e the media with the operating system installation media according to the SVIM instructions 4 3 4 Configuring bundled software after the completion of installation After completing OS installation configure the bundled software 1 Confirm that the PSA management LAN IP address is not the same as the IP address used for the production network or management network For details in the case of the PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 see the ServerView Mission Critical Option User Manual For details in the case of the PRIMEQUEST 1800E see 6 2 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN Remarks The PSA management LAN is automatically assigned an IP address Confirm that the IP address is not the same as the IP address used for the production network or management network If the IP addresses match change the PSA management LAN IP address Also if the subnets match change the subnet setting on the MMB side 2 Configure and confirm the management LAN Configuring the management LAN used for communication with the MMB See 6 2 2 Confirming management LAN settings If necessary configure any duplication with bonding or PRIMECLUSTER GLS for example Confirming SELinux function settings See 6 2 3 Confirming SELinux function settings Confirm that the SELinux function is disabled 3 Check the firewall function For details see 6 2 4 Checking the firewall function opening ports Open the ports for the PSA to MMB communication LAN interfaces
197. e times Adjust the time manually from the MMB Web UI Use the NTP client function of the MMB to adjust the time Remarks If the NTP is not used set the time in the operating system Operations 1 Click Network Configuration Date Time The Date Time window appears For details on the Date Time window see 1 5 1 Date Time window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Model PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 Active MMB 0 co Part Number MCD3AC111 FUJITSU Serial Number 1480915001 Status Normal System Partition User Administration Maintenance Logout gt Network Configuration gt Date Time Date Time Refresh Click the Apply Button to apply all changes onnu Apply lt aug FIGURE 7 3 Date Time window example 2 Click Enable for NTP 3 Enter the IP address of another NTP server NTP Server1 Specify the Primary NTP server NTP Server2 Specify the Secondary NTP server NTP Server3 Specify the Other Tertiary NTP server 4 Click the Apply button The MMB ensures time synchronization with the NTP servers specified in NTP Server1 to NTP Server3 221 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation 5 After several minutes elapse click the Refresh button Then confirm that the window displays the correct time 222 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manu
198. e to boot from the built in DVD For details on how to set the boot order see Changing the order of priority Change Boot Order in 5 6 1 Boot Options menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 106 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software Md Oo ta RR Change Boot rder R UEFI DUD CD 0 ficpi PNPORO8 0x0 Pc i 0 UEFI Embedded DUD CD x1 0x7 USB 0x0 0x0 UEFI Shell Legacy Boot Windows Boot Manager Move Selection Up Move Selection Down lt Enter gt Complete Entry Esc Exit Entry FIGURE 4 13 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu The following describes the meaning of the menu UEFI DVD CD n n 0 1 2 Specify this when starting the UEFI aware OS from the external DVD CD drive media The n in UEFI DVD CD n is a sequential number starting from 0 assigned in the order that DVD CD devices are recognized The assigned number remains stored based on the connection location information as long as the device is not disconnected from the system UEFI Embedded DVD CD Specify this item when using the built in DVD drive for installation in UEFI mode UEFI Shell Specify this menu when starting UEFI Shell The PRIMEQUEST 1000 series does not use UEFI Shell Legacy Boot Specify this item for BIOS mode Also specify Legacy Boot when using the built in DVD drive for installation in BIOS
199. ect Partition from the MMB Web UI Then select sadump in Power Control and click Apply The console screen displays the following message when sadump starts a memory dump and the number increases gradually 0 0 The number reaches 100 and the following message appears when the memory dump is finished After the memory dump is finished and the OS reboots check the memory dump by using the crash command The example here checks the memory dump saved on dev sdb1 DATE shows the date and time that the memory dump was captured crash usr lib debug lib modules 2 6 32 358 e16 x86_64 vmlinux dev sdb1 nip usr lib debug lib modules 2 6 32 358 e16 x86 64 E dev sdbl Fri Oct 11 09 10 39 2013 E 00 19 04 ERAGE 0 14 0 03 0 01 KS 125 ENAME localhost EASE 2 6 32 358 e616 x86 64 ERSION 41 SMP Tue Jan 29 11 47 41 EST 2013 ACHINE x86 64 1861 Mhz EMORY 4 GB PANIC Oops 0002 1 SMP check log for details PID 7866 COMMAND bash 130 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 TASK ffff8801387c8aa0 THREAD INFO ffff8801394e2000 CPU 0 STATE TASK RUNNING PANIC 5 Send the memory dump to a vendor Send the memory dump to a vendor supporting RHEL You can convert the memory dump to a normal file by using the makedumpfil
200. el and installed operating system For details check with a field engineer 56 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation 3 5 Saving Configuration Information This section describes how to save information on the settings made during installation Be sure to back up MMB configuration information Remarks After the start of actual business operation back up MMB configuration information regularly For details on how to save PSA management and BIOS configuration information see 6 8 Saving Management and Configuration Information All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors 3 5 1 Backing up MMB configuration information This section describes how to back up MMB configuration information Remarks For details on how to restore MMB configuration information see 8 1 2 Backing up and restoring MMB configuration information in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN Operations 1 Click Maintenance Backup Restore Configuration Backup Restore MMB Configuration gt gt The Backup Restore MMB Configuration window appears For details on the Backup Restore MMB Configuration window see Backup Restore MMB Configuration window in 1 6 2 Backup Restore Configuration menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Acn
201. elect Dump device Manager on the main menu sadump and press the Enter key gt gt The dump device maintenance menu appears Dump device Manager FIGURE 5 6 Dump device maintenance menu 7 Select Create a dump device and press the Enter key gt gt The dump device configuration menu appears 121 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 Create a dump device FIGURE 5 7 Dump device configuration menu 8 Select Disk selection and press the Enter key gt gt The dump device selection menu appears Select device FIGURE 5 8 Dump device selection menu 9 Select a disk or disk partition to set it in the dump device configuration gt gt The dump device selection menu appears 122 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 When selecting the dump device reconfirm that the selected disk is correct If the selected disk is incorrect during the dump operation data will be corrupted Remarks For details on the ACPI name indicating the disk or disk partition see 5 7 Device Path in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Select device FIGURE 5 9 Dump device selection menu 10 Press the Enter key gt gt The dump device is created The screen returns to the dump device configuration menu W
202. elect a Power Coats opasa Bor cae oc more partiscos Hen cick de Apply daton te take effect E a t o o 0 L X SVIM RHS 4 101 On Ne Cort de m 3 FIGURE 8 2 Power Control window example 3 Select Power Off in Power Control for the partition that you are going to power off Then click the Apply button The power to the specified partition is turned off Remarks If the operating system supports ACPI selecting Power Off enables you to automatically power off the partition after operating system shutdown However even if the operating system supports ACPI you may be unable to power off the partition as long as an application that does not support itis running on the operating system This depends on the specifications of the operating system and application For details see the manual of the operating system or application If the operating system does not support ACPI the power off sequence powers off the partition without shutting down the operating system For the above reason be sure to shut down the operating system on the partition 238 C122 E107 10EN APPENDIX A Lists of Settings Links See Appendix A Lists of Settings in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN A 1 MMB Settings A 2 PSA Settings A 3 UEFI Settings A 4 BMC Settings PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX A Lists of Settings Links A 1 MMB Settings See A 1 MMB We
203. ement network If the IP addresses are identical change the PSA management LAN IP address Also if the subnets are identical change the subnet setting on the MMB side 5 Confirm management LAN settings 1 Confirm the management LAN settings for linkage to higher layer software such as Systemwalker 2 Specify OFF for the STP function of the switch that connects to the management LAN used for communication with the MMB See 6 3 2 Confirming management LAN settings 79 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 6 Set the destinations of traps from the partition 10 11 12 13 14 For direct transfer of a PSA expansion trap from a partition set the SNMP trap destination and PSA trap notification For details see 6 3 3 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition Remarks You can confirm a trap destination setting by using the standard trap of the SNMP service See How to confirm a trap destination setting in 6 3 3 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition Set the destinations of SNMP traps and e mail via the MMB Make settings only as needed such as for linkage with operations management software 1 Display the SNMP Configuration menu in the MMB window and enable SNMP 2 Set the destinations of SNMP traps via the MMB See 7 5 2 Configuring SNMP Configure the firewall For Windows Server 2003 See 6
204. emote operation BMC in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN 2 Insert ServerView Suite DVD1 into the DVD drive Then power on the partition When using the remote storage DVD insert ServerView Suite DVD1 into the remote storage Then power on the partition Remarks If the operating system supports UEFI mode you can install it in UEFI mode by using the following procedure to change the boot order 1 Select Force boot from DVD from Boot Selector in the Power Control window of the MMB Web UI Then power on the partition 2 After powering on the partition press and hold down any key Space key for example other than the Enter key while the FUJITSU logo is displayed to display the Boot Manager Front Page 3 Select the following items from the menu in the order given in the Boot Manager Front Page Boot Maintenance Manager Boot Options Change Boot Order Change the order Specify UEFI DVD CD 0 as the highest priority device to boot from the remote storage DVD Specify UEFI Embedded DVD CD as the highest priority device to boot from the built in DVD For details on how to set the boot order see Changing the order of priority Change Boot Order in 5 6 1 Boot Options menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 74 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software M oO ota A Chan
205. eneee nnne enne 179 6 4 5 Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB ss 180 6 4 6 Configuring the Windows Firewall 2 citer teer ein et tne en tee ves eter pe eheu eo AAAA EN Kaa 180 6 4 7 Setting the Watchdog Timer for monitoring after a STOP error fatal system error 195 6 4 8 Setting the management LAN IP address sssessssssessseeseeeeneee nennen enne nnnm nennt rnnt 195 sm uoi toc p 196 BuETO Uninen POA ccrte te etate ete e et et epe epus eiie e t Lr edat Ped aeu o SEKE 199 6 5 Setting Up the Dump Environment Windows essssssessssseseseeeesee nennen enitn 203 56 5 1 Memory dump iles and paging Mes center ete nre er Rer tne epe pasen pu trn etr AREE inan 203 xix C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Contents 6 6 Setting Up the Dump Environment LINUX iius ez enter tane qnte ncet ende kt habnit nein 204 6 7 Configuring tne NTP c 205 6 8 Saving Management and Configuration Information essssssssssssseeeenen enne 206 6 8 1 Saving PSA management Infor agii cruces caes ccena cette cater eene te ete eene reete beraten ie Res 206 6 6 2 Saving MMB configuration InfOrtmialiOli cc eisiieeeeie ecce ece cetera itn ente dein n dianainn 208 6 8 2 Saving BIOS configuration Infoksllolt a 2 ecosice icone cs ces vie ted idee end edge cta Ret or rase e iaa 209 6 9 Configuring
206. enter pane Click New Rule in the right pane of the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security window The New Outbound Rule Wizard window appears with Rule Type displayed at the top left Select Custom Then click the Next button The wizard displays the Program window as indicated at the upper left Select This program path Then click the Browse button Select fjpsammbs exe Then click the Next button Remarks fjpsammbs exe is in opt FJSVpsa bin in the PSA installation path The default installation path for PSA is Program Files fujitsu FJS Vpsa The wizard displays the Protocol and Ports window as indicated at the upper left Select or enter values for the following items Then click the Next button 191 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E TABLE 6 13 Protocol and Ports setting items Remote port Select Specific Ports Then enter 5000 in the text box below it 5 New Outbound Rule Wizard ES Protocol and Ports Specify the protocol and ports that this rule matches Steps bim What protocol and ports does this rule apply to Program Protocol and Ports Protocol type TCP v Scope Protocol number s Action Profile Local port Jal Ports Name NEMPE Example 80 445 8080 Remote port Specific Ports v 500d Example 80 445 8080 Internet Control Message
207. er Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 5 New Inbound Rule Wizard ES Program Specify the full program path and executable name of the program that this rule matches Steps Rule Type Does this rule apply to all programs or a specific program Program Protocol and Ports C All programs 5 Rule applies to all connections on the computer that match other rule Re properties Action This program path Profile LIMITED mye 2ProaramFiles Fujitsu FJSVpsa opt FJSVpsa bin fipsaw Name Example c path program exe ProgramFiles Internet Explorersiexplore exe Services Customize Specify which services this rule applies to Learn more about specifying programs lt Back Next gt Cancel FIGURE 6 13 New Inbound Rule Wizard Program 10 The wizard displays the Protocol and Ports window as indicated at the upper left Select or enter values for the following items Then click the Next button TABLE 6 11 Protocol and Ports setting items Protocol type TCP Local port Select Specific Ports Then enter 24450 in the text box below it 186 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E New Inbound Rule Wizard ES Protocol and Ports Specify the protocol and ports that this rule matches Steps fut What protocol and ports does this rule apply to Program Protocol and
208. ernet resource and Windows will open it for you regedit exe x y This task will be created with administrative privileges Cancel Browse o Open x FIGURE F 24 Run window 2 Open the following key and set 900 for the SpecialPollInterval value HK Eile EY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet Services W32Time TimeProviders NtpClient SpetcialPollInterval Type REG_DWORD Data 900 decimal Registry Editor ini oj x Edit View Favorites Help B volmarx Name Type Data volsnap ab Default REG_SZ value not set Edi vsmraid 818 AllowNonstandar REG DWORD 0x00000001 1 Eu VSS 3 CompatibilityFlags REG DWORD 0x80000000 2147483648 Eie W32Time S lCrossSiteSyncFlags REG DWORD 0x00000002 2 Config ab DliName REG EXPAND SZ systemroat system32 w32time dll ATE REG DWORD 0x00000001 1 D See ae REG_DWORD 0x00000001 1 Nient REG_DWORD 0x00000001 1 NipServer REG_DWORD 0x00000003 3 ds Ea MN A REG DWORD 0x00000007 7 ili Triggerinfo REG DWORD 0x0000000f 15 fy W3SVC MM REG DwORD 0x00000384 900 WacomPen il ab SpecialPollTimeRe REG MULTI SZ gt Computer HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet services W32Time TimeProviders WtpClient Z FIGURE F 25 Registry Editor window 3 Clo se the Registry Editor 308 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Window
209. erties dialog box 8 Click New Rule in the right pane of the Windows Firewall with Advanced Security window The New Inbound Rule Wizard window appears with Rule Type displayed at the top left Select Custom Then click the Next button 184 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E f New Inbound Rule Wizard ES Rule Type Select the type of firewall rule to create Steps Rule Type Program Protocol and Ports Scope Action Profile amp 4 amp amp amp Name What type of rule would vou like to create C Program Rule that controls connections for a program C Port Rule that controls connections for a TCP or UDP port C Predefined BITS Peercaching Rule that controls connections for a Windows experience Custom Custom rule Learn more about rule types Back Neo Cancel FIGURE 6 12 New Inbound Rule Wizard Rule Type 9 The wizard displays the Program window as indicated at the upper left Select This program path Then click the Browse button Select fjpsawg exe Then click the Next button Remarks fjpsawg exe is in opt FJSVpsa bin in the PSA installation path The default installation path for PSA is Program Files fujitsu FJSVpsa or Program Files x86 Fujitsu 185 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work aft
210. erver through the firewall t uses a mail server that restricts IP addresses REMCS connection The connection patterns are as follows nternet connection 24 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Connect the REMCS port to the external switching hub Alternatively connect the center from the external switch of the management port through the firewall P P connection Connect the REMCS port on each of MMB 0 and MMB 1 directly to the dial up router For details on REMCS linkage see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series REMCS Installation Manual C122 E120EN Remarks The MMB sends NTP Alarm E Mail REMCS and SNMP Trap packets If both physical and virtual IP addresses are set for the MMB the sender s IP address in the packets is the physical IP address of the MMB PRIMECLUSTER linkage also uses the physical IP address of the MMB 3 3 4 Logging in to the MMB This section describes how to log in to the MMB Login to and logout from the MMB Web UI The login and logout procedures for the MMB Web UI are described below Set one of the following for login to the Web UI Virtual IP address FQDN fully qualified domain name corresponding to the virtual IP address Caution The MMB Web UI supports the following browsers Other browsers may incorrectly display the Web UI window Be careful about the browser used Microsoft Internet Explorer
211. es server This manual comes with the product PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Contains important information required for using the C122 E115XA Safety and Regulatory PRIMEQUEST 1000 series safely Information PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Provides errata and addenda for the PRIMEQUEST CI22 E119EN Errata and Addenda 1000 series manuals This manual will be updated as needed PRIMEQUEST 1000 Describes the functions and features of the C122 B022EN Series General Description PRIMEQUEST 1000 series SPARC Enterprise Provides the necessary information and concepts you C120 HOO7EN PRIMEQUEST Common should understand for installation and facility planning Installation Planning for SPARC Enterprise and PRIMEQUEST Manual installations PRIMEQUEST 1000 Includes the specifications of and the installation C122 HO04EN Series Hardware location requirements for the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Installation Manual series PRIMEQUEST 1000 Describes how to set up the PRIMEQUEST 1000 C122 E107EN Series Installation Manual series server including the steps for installation preparation initialization and software installation PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Describes how to use the Web UI and UEFI to assure C122 E109EN User Interface Operating proper operation of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Instructions series server PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Describes how to use tools and software for system C122 E108EN Administration Manual administration and how to maintain the system component re
212. etwork or management network 2 You are configuring a new partition using a duplicate disk from another partition 3 The partition ID changes because a disk installed in a partition was moved to another partition Change the IP address setting by using the following procedure If you are changing the setting because of the above reason 1 you need to change the IP addresses of all partitions in the cabinet and the IP address of the PSA to MMB communication LAN on the MMB side to IP addresses in the same subnet Change the IP addresses on the MMB side from the MMB Web UI Notes Do not change the automatically set communication values Otherwise PSA MMB communication may be disabled making PSA functions unavailable Change PSA to MMB LAN settings only after PSA installation If changed before PSA installation the settings are overwritten by the installation If Interface of MMB PSA IP Address in the Network Configuration Network Interface window of the MMB Web UlI is Disable you can use neither the screen display nor event notification function of PSA After changing it from Disable to Enable the OS must be restarted Confirming the NIC of the PSA to MMB communication LAN Confirm the interface name assigned to the NIC of the PSA to MMB communication LAN by using the following procedure Operations Execute the ifconfig command to confirm the interface name This command lists the network interfaces recognized by the
213. ext button 8 Check the Open the Properties dialog for this task when I click Finish check box on the Summary screen Create Basic Task Wizard eee x Summary Create a Basic Task Trigger Name bore When an Event Is Logged Dee Action Start a Program Finish Trigger On an event On event Log System Source Microsoft Windows Time Action Start a program SystemRoot System32 w32tm exe resync IV Open the Properties dialog for this task when I click Finish When you click Finish the new task will be created and added to your Windows schedule Back Cancel FIGURE F 18 Create Basic Task Wizard window Summary Click the Finish button 305 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows 9 Click the Change User or Group button in the Properties dialog box ntp sync Properties Local Computer i xi General Triggers Actions Conditions Settings History Name ntp sync Author WIN E4RWFA4SITGEVAdministrator Description r Security options When running the task use the following user account WIN E4RWFAGITGE Administrator Change User or Group Run only when user is logged on C Run whether user is logged on or not T Do notstore password The task will only have access to local computer resources T Run with highest privileges L Hidden Configure for Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008
214. f the MMB console PC Connecting the MMB console PC to the MMB USER port Connecting the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server to an external LAN Setting the IP address of the MMB console PC Set the IP address of the PC used as the MMB console For details on how to set it see the manuals for the PC used Connecting the MMB console PC to the MMB USER port Connect your MMB console PC to MMB USER port 0 with a LAN cable When connected the MMB console PC can communicate with the MMB via the LAN EJES ESEJ of Jo OOO0O0 N L LOCAL REMOTE USER USER COM port 1 port 0 FIGURE 3 2 MMB USER port location Connecting the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server to an external LAN The following describes the configuration of external LAN connections of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server It also describes points to consider about the connections We recommend you configure security before connecting an external LAN For details on security see 7 5 Configuring Security 23 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation MMB 0 192 168 1 102 MMB 1 S 192 168 1 100 REMCS IP 192 168 1 101 R C UO U1 192 168 3 102 U1 R C UO IP 192 168 3 202 7 Dial up router or external switch External switch m p For REMOTE maintenance Maintenance terminal For management USER FST Web UI For LOCAL maintenance
215. f the Simple Setup Tool editconf sh esee 215 Registry Editor selection window 317 Registry Editor window 299 302 308 317 Remove SB IOB GSPB from Partition window example Neate debate dw ani LE Hr pu Or eA alee ae 46 Required settings for external LAN connections 24 Reserved SB Configuration window example 48 RHEL Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage Unit 61 Run window seen 299 302 308 sadump setup menu enne Safety Precautions eer troie orent ikos 6 Saving Configuration Information suse 57 Saving Management and Configuration Information 123 206 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Index Scheduled Operations essseeeees 234 Scope setting items sess 187 192 194 Scope tab in SNMP Service UDP In Properties 183 secLevel settings nenne 154 Select Features window eese 258 263 265 Select User or Group window 306 313 323 Server Configuration window seesssss 215 Services window 300 303 309 317 Setting Of SAdUMP 0 ee ee ceeeeecneeeeeeeeceeeeseeeneeeeeens 118 Settings after PSA Installation VMware 4 x 282 Settings after VMware 4 x PSA Instal
216. figuration Maintenance Add SB IOB GSPB to Partition 8 Select an SB IOB or GSPB to add to the partition 0 then click the Apply Button Free SBIOB GSPB Status Note OSBs0 OK Number of CPUs 2 Memory 16 GB OIOBs0A LOK Number of PCI Express Slots 4 O GSPB 0A OK gt FIGURE 3 21 Add SB IOB GSPB to Partition window example 4 Click the radio button of an SB IOB or GSPB to add it to the partition Only one SB IOB or GSPB can be selected at a time 5 Click the Apply button gt gt A confirmation dialog box appears 6 Click the OK button gt gt The partition incorporates the selected SB IOB or GSPB Repeat steps 2 to 6 until you finish adding all the required SBs IOBs and GSPBs Removing an SB IOB or GSPB The following describes how to remove an SB IOB or GSPB from a partition Remarks You cannot remove an SB IOB or GSPB while the operating system on the target partition is running Remove the SB IOB or GSPB while the partition power is in the standby status Operations 1 Click Partition Partition Configuration gt gt The Partition Configuration window appears For details on the Partition Configuration window see 1 3 4 Partition Configuration window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 44 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation
217. figuration 2 Select the partition to be assigned a partition name Then enter a partition name in its Partition Name cell Remarks Youcan enter a name consisting of up to 16 characters You can use the following characters 0 to 9 a to z A to Z en space and _ 3 Click the Set Partition Name button gt gt The MMB Web UI sets the entered partition name 3 4 5 Setting various modes Set Mirror mode Hyper Threading mode and other modes for the partition The MMB Web UI and UEFI Unified Extensible Firmware Interface windows have settings items for these settings The following table lists the setting items and the screen transitions For details on each setting see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN TABLE 3 10 Setting various modes See the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Setting item Screen Transitions Reference C122 E110EN Mirror Mode MMB Web UI Partition 1 3 7 Partition x menu Partition x Mode Mode window 52 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation et See the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Setting item Screen Transitions Reference C122 E110EN POST MMB Web UI Partition 1 3 7 Partition x menu Partition x Mode Mode window Enhanced Speed Step UEFI Device Manager 5 5 3 Configure CPU menu Configure CPU Turbo Boost Technology UEFI Device Manager 5 5 3 Configure CPU menu
218. from a partition Setting the destinations of Manual setting 6 4 5 Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the traps and e mail via the MMB MMB Setting Watchdog for Manual setting 6 4 7 Setting the Watchdog Timer monitoring after a STOP for monitoring after a STOP error error fatal system error fatal system error Installing a PSA update Not applicable 6 4 9 Installing a PSA update Uninstalling PSA 3 Not applicable 6 4 10 Uninstalling PSA Automatic setting Values are automatically set during PSA installation You may need to change an automatically set value See the section listed in the table 2 Manual setting Values are not automatically set during PSA installation Make settings as described in the section referred to in the table 3 To operate the PRIMEQUEST 1800E server you need to first install PSA Otherwise the following restrictions apply T O e g PCI Express card hard disk failure notification and trap notification to the administrator are disabled Failure notification using symptom detection and trap notification to the administrator are disabled Threshold exceeded in S M A R T monitoring of HDDs Operations management software cannot collect information on the partition side 175 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Even under an REMCS agreement no software errors are reported
219. front rear and side covers Installing and removing built in options Connecting and disconnecting external interface cables Maintenance repair and periodic diagnosis and maintenance ACAUTION This indicates a hazardous situation that could result in minor or moderate personal injury if the user does not perform the procedure correctly This also indicates that damage to the product or other property may occur if the user does not perform the procedure correctly ix C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Preface Work Location category Normal The unit may be damaged or operating abnormally 2 1 Safety operation Follow the precautions warnings and instructions shown on the Precautions main unit Do not block the vent holes Do not install the main unit in a location exposed to direct sunlight or close to a device that may generate large amounts of heat Do not install the main unit in a location exposed to large amounts of dust corrosive gas or salt spray Do not install the main unit in a location subject to strong vibration Install the main unit on a flat surface Use grounded Category 3 wiring or better Using another type of grounded wiring may cause abnormal operation Do not route cables under the main unit Do not allow cables to become taut Do not disconnect the power cables while the main unit power is on If itis hard to push the connector latch of a LAN cable or other cable when a
220. g system function kdump 204 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 7 Configuring the NTP Client For details on how to configure the NTP client see 7 2 Configuring NTP 205 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 8 Saving Management and Configuration Information This section describes how to save the following information Be sure to save PSA management information and UEFI configuration information 6 8 1 Saving PSA management information 6 8 2 Saving MMB configuration information 6 8 3 Saving BIOS configuration information Remarks Save PSA management information when changing the hardware or network configuration Only the PRIMEQUEST 1800E supports the saving of PSA management information After the start of actual business operation save UEFI configuration information regularly For details on how to save UEFI configuration information see 6 8 3 Saving BIOS configuration information 6 8 1 Saving PSA management information You can save a snapshot of information in PSA by exporting it to the partition management area in CSV format The export function can save up to 100 data files After reaching 100 files the function deletes the oldest file before saving a new file The exported data remains stored until deleted intention
221. g the SNMP Service security setting from Accept SNMP packets from any host to Accept SNMP packets from these hosts You will be changing the MMB IP address In the initial startup of PSA after installation the Web UI may display the error message E 33077 PSA is Not Active 01 0000 in the PSA window This happens because PSA requires extra time to acquire system sensor data only during the initial startup Wait a few minutes Then refresh the display If you change the MMB IP address or the IP address of the PSA to MMB communication LAN you need to then restart PSA Otherwise a display error may occur in the PSA window of the Web UI Moreover PSA would not be able to post any detected errors Notes on configuring Windows Server 2003 Do notenable Visual Notification in the options of Dr Watson diagnosis software supplied with Windows Otherwise if a PSA error occurs a message box appears You cannot restart PSA until you close this box From Properties in the Event Viewer do not change the operation in When maximum log size is reached for the system log or application log to Do not overwrite events clear log manually Otherwise after the log reaches the maximum log size no errors are output to the log so PSA will be unable to detect any errors Do not stop the Windows Print Spooler service The information collection function of the operating system uses WMI Windows Management Instrumentation If the Pri
222. ge Boot Order FIGURE 4 3 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu The following describes the meaning of the menu UEFI DVD CD n n 0 1 2 Specify this when starting the UEFI aware OS from the external DVD CD drive media The n in UEFI DVD CD n is a sequential number starting from 0 assigned in the order that DVD CD devices are recognized The assigned number remains stored based on the connection location information as long as the device is not disconnected from the system UEFI Embedded DVD CD Specify this item when using the built in DVD drive for installation in UEFI mode UEFI Shell Specify this menu when starting UEFI Shell The PRIMEQUEST 1000 series does not use UEFI Shell Legacy Boot Specify this item for BIOS mode Also specify Legacy Boot when using the built in DVD drive for installation in BIOS mode Specify Commit Changes and Exit Press the ESC key to return to the Front Page Specify Boot Manager Specify UEFI DVD CD 0 to use the remote storage DVD Specify UEFI Embedded DVD CD to use the built in DVD 3 After a moment the language selection window appears Select English for installation in English 4 Click the Next button on the initially displayed window without setting anything 5 Select Deployment in the Welcome to ServerView Installation Manager window 6 Select an installation mode and the operating system to be installed Then set up th
223. gs Use this mode to readily install the OS necessary for operating system installation This mode uses Fujitsu s recommended settings Guide mode You can specify setup information by This mode enables detailed settings following the instructions of the wizard Use the mode if you want to configure You can save the specified information in a installation with detailed RAID and configuration file for use during OS settings reinstallation All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors Operations 1 Make the setting for booting the partition from remote storage For details on the setting see 1 6 3 Remote operation BMC in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN 2 Insert ServerView Suite DVD1 into the DVD drive Then power on the partition When using the remote storage DVD insert ServerView Suite DVD1 into the remote storage Then power on the partition Remarks If the operating system supports UEFI mode you can install itin UEFI mode by using the following procedure to change the boot order 1 Select Force boot from DVD from Boot Selector in the Power Control window of the MMB Web UI Then power on the partition 62 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 2 After powering on the partition press and hold
224. hange Web HTTP HTTPS onan cese pa Evrae C Duae m Enable Duae EN 3 FIGURE 7 6 Network Protocols window example 2 Enter values for each item in SNMP 3 Click the Apply button Making advanced SNMP settings Operations Click Network Configuration SNMP Configuration Community 228 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation The SNMP Community window appears For details on the SNMP Community window see SNMP Community window in 1 5 6 SNMP Configuration menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Model PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 Active MMB 0 co Part Number MCD3ACII1 FUJITSU Serial Number 1480915001 Status Normal System Partition User Administration gt Network Configuration SNMP Configuration Community SNMP Community Help Click the Apply Button to apply all changes System Information PRIMEQUEST1480915001 Note System Name can be configured in System gt System Information page Community DE gem T NEUSS SNMP m Read Only v Read Only v X Read Only v 10 24 77 65 1 v ReadOnly v 1v public 10 26 64 0 24 Read Only v public 10 24 77 0 24 Read Only v public 10 24 2 0 24 Read Only v public 2001 db8 0 1101 414 Read Only v Read Only v Read Only v Read Only v Read Only v Read Only v Read Only v Tte Read Only
225. hat appendix Added and modified description of I O space assignment 07 2012 03 06 All pages Added and modified descriptions on confirming settings for SELinux functions Modified descriptions on Power off and Operations in 3 2 1 Powering on and off the main unit Added note in 3 3 6 Configuring 2012 07 10 All pages the MMB network Added and modified description of VMware 4 x Added and modified description of VMware 5 x XV C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Preface Added descriptions about Windows Server 2012 2012 12 21 All pages DN Added descriptions about installing SLES11 SP2 Incorporated differences in Errata and 10 2015 06 10 All pages Addenda C122 E119 37EN Chapter section and item numbers in the Revised location column refer to those in the latest edition of the document However a number marked with an asterisk denotes a chapter section or item in a previous edition of the document This manual shall not be reproduced or copied without the permission of Fujitsu Limited Copyright 2010 2015 FUJITSU LIMITED xvi C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Contents Contents CHAPTER T MPP OVEM ASW M Hm 1 TT SERD DO Am 2 1 1 1 Work performed by a field engineer sssssssssissessssssseeeeeeee enne nenne nennen inns tens sn sn nnne 2 1 12 Work pernormed by ING WEI eM 2 GHAPTEH 2 Preparing for Maini Unit
226. he Welcome to ServerView Installation Manager window 6 Select an installation mode and the operating system to be installed Then set up the operating system Remark 99 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software The IP address of the LAN cannot be set through the operating system setup Set the IP address after the installation of the operating system 7 Click Install Installation begins 8 Replace the media with the operating system installation media according to the SVIM instructions 4 8 4 Configuring a software watchdog 1 Start ServerView Operations Manager 2 Select ServerList 3 Right click the target partition in the server list on the left side Select Maintenance ASR Properties from the displayed menu 4 Select Watchdog in the displayed window 5 Specify the following for Software and click Apply Check the Active check box Select Continue for Action for cases of abnormal operation Enter a value between 1 and 100 minutes for Timeout 6 Enter your user name and password and press the Enter key 4 8 5 Completing VMware 5 x installation After completing the settings reboot the partition of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server 4 8 6 Installing bundled software For bundled software installation see E 7 Installing VMware 5 x Bundled Software 100 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series In
227. he wizard displays the Program window as indicated at the upper left Select This program path Then click the Browse button Select fjpsammbs exe Then click the Next button Remarks fjpsammbs exe is in opt FJSVpsa bin in the PSA installation path The default installation path for PSA is Program Files fujitsu FJS Vpsa The wizard displays the Protocol and Ports window as indicated at the upper left Select ICMPv4 in Protocol type Then click the Next button 193 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 26 27 28 29 New Outbound Rule Wizard Ea Protocol and Ports Specify the protocol and ports that this rule matches Steps fete What protocol and ports does this rule apply to Program Protocol and Ports Protocol type MP Scope Protocol number 4 Action Profile Local port ai Ports 7 amp Name Example 80 445 8080 Remote port l All Ports z Example 80 445 8080 Internet Control Message Protocol Customize ICMP settings Leam more about protocol and ports lt Back Nec Cancel FIGURE 6 20 New Outbound Rule Wizard Protocol and Ports The wizard displays the Scope window as indicated at the upper left Select or enter values for the following items Then click the Next button TABLE 6 15 Scope setting items Which local IP add
228. heir download sites and install the necessary updates For details on PSA see 6 2 9 Installing a PSA update 4 7 6 Configuring a software watchdog Remarks If you use SVOM 5 0 see When using SVOM 5 0 or later in E 2 Notes on VMware 4 x Installation 1 Start ServerView Operations Manager 2 Select ServerList 3 Right click the target partition in the server list on the left side Select Maintenance ASR Properties from the displayed menu 4 Select Watchdog in the displayed window 5 Specify the following for Software and click Apply Check the Active check box Select Continue for Action for cases of abnormal operation Enter a value between 1 and 100 minutes for Timeout 6 Enter your user name and password and press the Enter key 4 7 7 Completing VMware installation After completing the settings reboot the partition of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server 96 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 8 X VMware 5 x Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage Unit This section concisely describes the procedures for installing VMware 5 x on the SAN storage unit Start this work only after confirming the completion of the connection and configuration of the MMB For details on configuring the SAN storage unit and FC card Fibre Channel card see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manua
229. hysical adapter Execute the esxcfg nics command to confirm the physical adapters used for the PSA to MMB communication LAN and management LAN 2 Configure the management LAN l 2 Use vswif0 which exists by default immediately after the installation of the operating system for the interface of the management LAN Execute the esxcfg vswif command to assign an IP address to vswif0 3 Configure the PSA to MMB communication LAN 1 Execute the esxcfg vswitch command to create a virtual switch vSwitch1 2 Execute the esxcfg vswitch command to connect physical adapter vmnic0 to the virtual switch 3 Add a port group PSA MMB to the created switch 4 5 Add the following settings to the PSA to MMB communication LAN Execute the esxcfg vswif command to create a virtual port vswif1 Speed 100 Mbps Duplex full Set the IP address of the PSA to MMB communication LAN in the PSA configuration file 4 Configure the firewall For details see E 4 2 Configuring the firewall 95 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 5 Configure the default gateway For details see E 4 3 Configuring the default gateway 6 Retrieve VMware PSA maintenance information For details see E 4 4 Retrieving VMware 4 x PSA maintenance information 7 Install updates of PSA and other bundled software Check the latest versions of the software at t
230. ical Option for VM SVmcovm required for VMware vSphere 5 server monitor ServerView RAID Manager ServerView Describes the installation and None VMware vSphere ESXi 5 settings required to use ServerView RAID Installation Guide Manager on the VMware vSphere ESXi 5 server MegaRAID SAS Software Provides technical information on using array None controllers Refer to the manual from the SVS DVD2 supplied with the product or from the following URL The Fujitsu Technology Solutions manuals server http manuals ts fujitsu com MegaRAID SAS Device Provides technical information on using array None Driver Installation controllers Refer to the manual from the SVS DVD2 supplied with the product or from the following URL The Fujitsu Technology Solutions manuals server http manuals ts fujitsu com Modular RAID Controller Provides technical information on using array None Installation Guide controllers v C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Preface Refer to the manual from the SVS DVD2 supplied with the product or from the following URL The Fujitsu Technology Solutions manuals server http manuals ts fujitsu com Abbreviations This manual uses the following product name abbreviations Formal product name Abbreviation Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 for Intel 64 Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 for x86 SHEDS RHEL Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 for Intel64 Linux Red Hat
231. ies window 2 sessssssssisesesseseseeneneenn nennen nnn 298 FIGURE Fo IE ERES 299 FIGURE F4 Registry EGIOI WIOW 1 ase ueze centre eene re ertet nece ka tea epe denar a Re RE es 299 FIGURE cP i cipes E 300 FIGURE F S Date and Tie wIBOOW CL iius eet iota aerea inte rece Funera rre ket Ret aa 301 FIGURE F 7 Date and Timo SitdoW 3 1 aeneis eer eerte cerro tn rta ete ta dete iet ga en dia moved 301 FIGURE F 8 Internet Time Settings window 1 ieeiieseieeeeeenee nete ttt tn nnne tanen ie cent 302 FIGURE F9 Bun MION oiii ceret e rete EEDe tette ce Fe Ponce ide et ret tena eh ies 302 FIGURE F 10 Registry EGON WG coos vccedecscceeiansdtcasibeadativen cee caneubigadanwbedes 2 cabdaavalinedvas Cia oeie aiiai 302 FIGURE F11 Senice roc EMT 303 FIGURE F12 Task Sohsduler WOW aulae teer nct tet deut Canne b dnd eue ie used ta tak erit nei 303 FIGURE F 13 Create Basic Task Wizard window Create a Basic Task 304 FIGURE F 14 Create Basic Task Wizard window Task Trigger eessssseneenen 304 FIGURE F 15 Create Basic Task Wizard window When a Specific Event Is Logged 304 FIGURE F 16 Create Basic Task Wizard window Action seesssssssseeeeeeneeeeennnne nnne 305 FIGURE F 17 Create Basic Task Wizard window Start a Program sese 305 FIGURE F 18 Create Basic Task Wizard window Summary sess 305 F
232. ighest priority For details see 1 3 1 Power Control window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 4 5 3 Installing the operating system This section describes the operating system installation with SVIM 82 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software SVIM can perform the following types of operating system installation For the procedure for each mode see the ServerView Suite ServerView Installation Manager TABLE 4 6 Operating system installation by SVIM Quick mode You can simply use the minimum settings Use this mode to readily install the OS necessary for operating system installation This mode uses Fujitsu s recommended settings Guide mode You can specify setup information by This mode enables detailed settings following the instructions of the wizard Use the mode if you want to configure You can save the specified information in a installation with detailed RAID and configuration file for use during OS settings reinstallation All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors Operations 1 Make the setting for booting the partition from remote storage For details on the setting see 1 6 3 Remote operation BMC in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN 2 Insert ServerView Suite DVD1
233. iguration Configuration S E Server Configuration Boot Watchdog Q L Restart Options T Asset Tae Users Passwords National Settings Base Configuration Wizard Name 39 P00 Model PRIMEQUEST 1800 Software Watchdog Setting 7 Activate Waiting time 1 min o 30 60 100 min Warning Set the software watchdog timeout value with care If the system performs a high amount of IO operations high system load the server management software is not able to trigger the management controllers hardware timer In that case a watchdog action would be initiated sporadically Therefore avoid timeout values below two minutes Reload all Save all J Import Export S3 0 dz Foy FIGURE E 4 Software Watchdog window 276 var AK C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation E 3 Installing VMware 4 x Bundled Software The bundled software is stored in ServerView Suite DVD1 Copy the files from ServerView SuiteDVD1 and use them E 3 1 Installing ServerView Agent Install ServerView Agent by referring to the following manuals ServerView Suite ServerView Operations Manager V4 92 Installation ServerView Agents for Linux Installation ServerView Agents SuSE Red Hat and VMware 4 x Installation ServerView Update Agent Note the following points during the installation Even if ServerView Suite DVD1 is inserted into th
234. imes out and triggers a Hard Reset In such cases a memory dump cannot normally be acquired 6 3 7 Setting the management LAN IP address Set the partition management LAN IP address in PSA For details on the management LAN see 1 3 Management LAN in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN Note Here set the IP address on the partition instead of the IP address on the MMB Edit the PSA installation folder etc opt FJSVpsa usr ipsetup conf file Change the following IP address in an editor or similar application Syntax NETWORK Management IP lt management LAN IP address gt Example of input NETWORK ManagementIP 192 168 0 1 Restart PSA to reflect the new NIC settings for the management LAN Restarting PSA 1 Click Start Administrative Tools Services 2 Select PRIMEQUEST Server Agent in the right side of the window 3 Select Action Restart from the menu bar to restart PRIMEQUEST Server Agent 6 3 8 Installing a PSA update This section describes the PSA update installation procedure Remarks For details on how to acquire fix programs contact the distributor where you purchased your product or your sales representative Operations 1 Save the fix program fjpsaxxxx exe to your chosen folder Remarks xxxx indicates the PSA version 170 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIME
235. imple TCP IP Services SMTP Server Storage Manager for SANs Subsystem For UNIX based Applications Telnet Client Telnet Server TFTP Client Windows Internal Database Windows PowerShell Windows Process Activation Service Windows Server Backup Features Windows System Resource Manager WINS Server Wireless LAN Service DDXDBIDBDmBDmpu YMmPPpm mp ucD3 Jr m iu More about Features Previous TIN eo FIGURE B 5 Select Features window B 3 3 Installing PSA Install the PSA package Prepare the ServerView Suite DVD supplied with the main unit Operations 1 Execute Tools General PSAMjpsaxxxx exe xxxx Version number The following window appears for installation preparations 263 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation InstallShield Wizard Preparing to Install PRIMEQUEST Server Agent Setup is preparing the InstallShield Wizard which will guide you through the program setup process Please wait Preparing to Install FIGURE B 6 Preparing to Install window 2 The following window appears when installation preparations are completed Click the Next button to proceed PRIMEQUEST Server Agent InstallShield Wizard Welcome to the InstallShield Wizard for PRIMEQUEST Server Agent The InstallShield Wizard will install PRIMEQUEST Server Agent on your computer To continue click Nex
236. in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 102 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software Change Boot Order FIGURE 4 12 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu The following describes the meaning of the menu UEFI DVD CD n n 0 1 2 Specify this when starting the UEFI aware OS from the external DVD CD drive media The n in UEFI DVD CD n is a sequential number starting from 0 assigned in the order that DVD CD devices are recognized The assigned number remains stored based on the connection location information as long as the device is not disconnected from the system UEFI Embedded DVD CD Specify this item when using the built in DVD drive for installation in UEFI mode UEFI Shell Specify this menu when starting UEFI Shell The PRIMEQUEST 1000 series does not use UEFI Shell Legacy Boot Specify this item for BIOS mode Also specify Legacy Boot when using the built in DVD drive for installation in BIOS mode 3 Specify Commit Changes and Exit Reset System to reboot the partition 3 After a moment the language selection window appears Select English for installation in English 4 Click the Next button on the initially displayed window without setting anything 5 Select Deployment in the Welcome to ServerView Installation Manager window 6 Select an installation mode and the operati
237. in the partition running ESX For example to reset the ESX host 20 seconds after a panic occurs set 20 for BlueScreenTimeout Remarks To not reset the ESX host after a panic occurs set 0 for BlueScreenTimeout How to set BlueScreenTimeout Set BlueScreenTimeout from vSphere Client 1 Open the Configuration tab of the host in vSphere Client Click Advanced Settings in the Software pane Twat frs Evaluation Voce 5 cays ramanine foot FIGURE 3 26 BlueScreenTimeout setting Configuration tab 2 The Advanced window opens Click Misc in the left pane 3 The right frame displays parameters Set the BlueScreenTimeout value in Misc BlueScreenTimeout 50 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Y Advanced Settings BufferCache CBRC uid Time bound on BH checking in us microseconds Cpu Min 0 Max 500000 DataMover Digest Misc BHTimeout DirentryCache Disk Time out For bottom half handlers in milliseconds F55 FT HBR Irq pags Time out in seconds Set to 0 For no time out Mem Migrate Min 0 Max 65535 ec Net Misc ConsolePort NFS Numa Name of serial port to use for visor console COM1 COM2 vmwire fw Misc BhTimeBound Min 0 Max 5000 Misc BlueScreenTimeout PageRetire Power RdmFilter ScratchConfig Scsi Enable buddy debugging Set to 0 to disable SvMotion Syslog Min 0
238. ing System and Bundled Software 4 11 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 2 Installation Procedures on the Built in HDD This section concisely describes the procedures for installing SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 2 referred to below as SLES11 SP2 on the built in HDD Confirm the MMB configuration and successful login to the MMB before starting the installation 4 11 1 Advance setup Set up the following as needed 1 Remove each built in HDD that is not the installation destination 2 Confirm the partition settings of the PRIMEQUEST server with the MMB For details see 3 4 Configuring a Partition Setting the SB IOB G Setting the SB IOB GSPB configuration See 3 4 1 Setting a partition configuration Configuring Console Redirection See 3 4 6 Configuring Console Redirection Video redirection Enable Remote storage Enable Console redirection Enable Setting various modes See 3 4 5 Setting various modes 3 Assign I O spaces to the SAS card SASarray controller card Onboard SAS controller GSPB SAS disk unit controllerand SAS array disk unit controller For details on I O space assignment see 3 4 5 Setting various modes in this manual and 5 5 1 Configure I O Space Assignment menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 4 11 2 Preparing for Installation Prepare the SLES11 SP2 installation DVD 4 11 3 Installing the operating system This section describes
239. ing updates Completing installation FIGURE 4 9 Install Windows window 2 When the Install Windows window appears after a system reboot following termination of the Installing updates window with the Install Windows window displayed as is in 1 above e 2 Install Windows Installing Windows That s all the information we need right now Your computer will restart several times during installation J Copying Windows files wf Expanding Windows files of Installing features Installing updates Completing installation FIGURE 4 10 Install Windows window 86 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 5 4 Configuring bundled software after the completion of installation After completing installation of the operating system configure the bundled software Remarks Depending on the driver version interpret HBAnyware as OneCommand Manager 1 Install HBAnyware if the following applies The FC card is installed and HBAnyware has not been installed The installation of HBAnyware can be confirmed by the existence of Emulex HBAnyware which is displayed by selecting All Programs from the Start menu 1 Download the driver and utility of MC 0JFC11 or MC 0JFC21 from the following URL http jp fujitsu com platform server primequest download Note The downloaded binary file has a description about the PRIMERGY but
240. install PSA for a specific operating system APPENDIX C Software Links Appendix C provides a link to 3 3 Bundled Software in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series General Description C122 B022EN APPENDIX D Configuring the SAN Boot Environment Appendix D is a link to the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation Appendix E describes the procedure for installing a built in hard disk in a RAID environment in VMware vSphere and provides notes on installation APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows Appendix G describes how to specify and set of an NTP server for a specific Windows operating system ii C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Preface Index The index lists keywords and the pages that they refer to helping readers quickly find the necessary information in the manual Manuals for the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series The following manuals have been prepared to provide you with the information necessary to use the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series You can access HTML versions of these manuals at the following sites Japanese language site http jp fujitsu com platform server primequest manual Global site http jp fujitsu com platform server primequest manual e PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Describes what manuals you should read and how to C122 E114XA Getting Started Guide access important information after unpacking the PRIMEQUEST 1000 seri
241. installation For details on configuring the SAN storage unit and FC card Fibre Channel card see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN 4 2 1 Advance setup and preparation Set up the following as needed 1 Set the LUN of the SAN storage unit 2 Configure the BIOS so that the LUN of the FC card is recognized For details on configuring the FC card see Chapter 2 Settings on the Fiber Channel Card FC Card in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN 3 After removing the built in HDD of the PRIMEQUEST server confirm the partition settings with the MMB Setting the SB IOB GSPB configuration See 3 4 1 Setting a partition configuration Configuring Console Redirection See 3 4 6 Configuring Console Redirection Video redirection Enable Remote storage Enable Console redirection Enable Setting various modes See 3 4 5 Setting various modes 4 Connect only the LUN of the SAN storage unit to which the OS is to be installed to the partition of the PRIMEQUEST server For details on the settings for the SAN storage unit see the manual supplied with the SAN storage unit 5 Assign I O spaces to the FC card card for boot path only SAS card SAS array controller card Onboard SAS controller GSPB SAS disk unit controller and SAS array disk unit controller For details on I O space assignment see 3 4 5 Setting various modes in
242. interfaces Perform the operations described in 6 2 7 Setting the management LAN IP address before making the settings Open the ports by executing the shell script setmlanfw sh for these settings Alternatively use the iptables command or another command to make the settings manually TABLE 6 4 Ports to open for the management LAN interfaces udp snmptrap or 162 Open the port only for linkage witha For the IP addresses cluster e g PCL linkage specify the physical IP addresses of the MMBs MMB 0 MMB 1 belonging to all cluster nodes rmcp port udp 7000 to 7100 Using the shell script setmlanfw sh for these settings Note setmlanfw sh is a tool for setting a management LAN port in iptables If a firewall other than iptables is used the ports specified in TABLE 6 4 Ports to open for the management LAN interfaces must be opened individually If PSA version 2 8 0 or earlier is installed and the shell script setmlanfw sh for these settings is used the existing settings are cleared when the iptables service stops The shell script setmlanfw sh for these settings adds settings to iptables To make settings with this script start the iptables service 1 Confirm the completion of the operations described in 6 2 7 Setting the management LAN IP address 2 Prepare a configuration file 147 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQ
243. internal PSA communication Syntax cd opt FJSVpsa sh 8 Execute snmpsetup sh in this directory When executed snmpsetup sh automatically generates an SNMPv3 password for internal PSA communication Syntax snmpsetup sh install 9 Start PSA Syntax sbin service y30FJSVpsa start 6 2 9 Installing a PSA update This section describes how to install a PSA update in Red Hat Enterprise Linux Execute the following commands in the order shown to first stop PSA services and then install the PSA package to update PSA The following description assumes that the work directory in the example below WORK DIR has the PSA package FJSVpsa V ER SREL tar gz already mapped Syntax sbin service y30FJSVpsa stop cd SWORK DIR FJSVpsa INSTALL sh 159 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E sbin service y30FJSVpsa start 6 2 10 Uninstalling PSA This section describes how to uninstall PSA in Red Hat Enterprise Linux Execute the following commands in the order shown to first stop PSA services and then uninstall the PSA package Syntax sbin service y30FJSVpsa stop bin rpm e FJSVpsa Note Stopping the iptables service does not delete the settings of the ports to open with the PSA to MMB communication LAN interfaces that were specified at installation Delete them manually as needed For details on the ports to
244. into the DVD drive Then power on the partition Remarks You can boot from the DVD drive either by selecting Force boot from DVD from Boot Selector or by specifying the DVD drive as the highest priority device to boot from in UEFI mode If the operating system supports UEFI mode you can install itin UEFI mode by using the following procedure to change the boot order 1 After powering on the partition press and hold down any key Space key for example other than the Enter key while the FUJITSU logo is displayed to display the Boot Manager Front Page 2 Select the following items from the menu in the order given in the Boot Manager Front Page Boot Maintenance Manager Boot Options Change Boot Order Change the order Specify UEFI DVD CD 0 as the highest priority device to boot from the remote storage DVD Specify UEFI Embedded DVD CD as the highest priority device to boot from the built in DVD For details on how to set the boot order see Changing the order of priority Change Boot Order in 5 6 1 Boot Options menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 83 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software Change Boot Order FIGURE 4 7 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu The following describes the meaning of the menu UEFI DVD CD n n 0 1 2 Specify this when starting the UEFI awa
245. ion Remarks You can boot from the DVD drive either by selecting Force boot from DVD from Boot Selector or by specifying the DVD drive as the highest priority device to boot from in UEFI mode If the operating system supports UEFI mode you can install itin UEFI mode by using the following procedure to change the boot order 1 After powering on the partition press and hold down any key Space key for example other than the Enter key while the FUJITSU logo is displayed to display the Boot Manager Front Page 2 Select the following items from the menu in the order given in the Boot Manager Front Page Boot Maintenance Manager Boot Options Change Boot Order Change the order 68 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software Specify UEFI DVD CD 0 as the highest priority device to boot from the remote storage DVD Specify UEFI Embedded DVD CD as the highest priority device to boot from the built in DVD For details on how to set the boot order see Changing the order of priority Change Boot Order in 5 6 1 Boot Options menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Change Boot Order Legacy Be Wi Boot Manager BUE SN FIGURE 4 2 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu The following describes the meaning of the menu UEFI DVD CD n n 0 1 2 Specify this when starting the UEFI aware
246. ions 1 Make the setting for booting the partition from remote storage For details on the setting see 1 6 3 Remote operation BMC in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN 2 Insert ServerView Suite DVD1 into the DVD drive Then power on the partition When using the remote storage DVD insert ServerView Suite DVD1 into the remote storage Then power on the partition Remarks If the operating system supports UEFI mode you can install itin UEFI mode by using the following procedure to change the boot order 1 Select Force boot from DVD from Boot Selector in the Power Control window of the MMB Web UI Then power on the partition 2 After powering on the partition press and hold down any key Space key for example other than the Enter key while the FUJITSU logo is displayed to display the Boot Manager Front Page 3 Select the following items from the menu in the order given in the Boot Manager Front Page Boot Maintenance Manager Boot Options Change Boot Order Change the order Specify UEFI DVD CD 0 as the highest priority device to boot from the remote storage DVD Specify UEFI Embedded DVD CD as the highest priority device to boot from the built in DVD 98 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software For details on how to set the boot order see Changing the order of priority Change Boot Orde
247. is item for BIOS mode Also specify Legacy Boot when using the built in DVD drive for installation in BIOS mode Specify Commit Changes and Exit Press the ESC key to return to the Front Page Specify Boot Manager Specify UEFI DVD CD 0 to use the remote storage DVD Specify UEFI Embedded DVD CD to use the built in DVD M oO ta f 3 After a moment the language selection window appears Select English for installation in English 63 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 Click the Next button on the initially displayed window without setting anything 5 Select Deployment in the Welcome to ServerView Installation Manager window 6 Select an installation mode and the operating system to be installed Then set up the operating system Remark The IP address of the LAN cannot be set through the operating system setup Set the IP address after the installation of the operating system 7 Click Install Installation begins 8 Replace the media with the operating system installation media according to the SVIM instructions 4 2 4 Configuring bundled software after the completion of installation After completing OS installation configure the bundled software 1 Confirm that the PSA management LAN IP address is not the same as the IP address used for the production network or management network For details in the c
248. ition The partition ID changes because a disk installed in a partition was moved to another partition Youare configuring a Windows cluster MSCS with partitions assigned the same number with the cluster spanning cabinets The same IP addresses are assigned so a configuration check detects an error indicating that a duplicate IP address was found Change the IP address setting by using the following procedure If you are changing the setting because of the above reason 1 you need to change the IP addresses of all partitions in the cabinet and the IP address of the PSA to MMB communication LAN on the MMB side to IP addresses in the same subnet Change the IP addresses on the MMB side from the MMB Web UI Notes Do not change the automatically set communication values Otherwise PSA MMB communication may be disabled making PSA functions unavailable Change PSA to MMB LAN settings only after PSA installation If changed before PSA installation the settings are overwritten by the installation Configuring the network adapter for the PSA to MMB communication LAN Configure the network adapter by using the following procedure Operations 1 Select Control Panel Network Connections gt gt A window displays a list of networks 164 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 2 Select PSANIF from the displayed list Then select Pr
249. k shall conform to local ordinances and local and national government regulations For details on the power supply equipment see the SPARC Enterprise PRIMEQUEST Common Installation Planning Manual C120 H007EN 2 4 1 Electrical specifications For details on the electrical specifications of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series see 1 3 Installation Specifications in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Hardware Installation Manual C122 H004EN For details on the power cables see 2 2 1 Basic interfaces and peripheral devices PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 or 2 2 2 Basic interfaces and peripheral devices PRIMEQUEST 1800E in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Hardware Installation Manual C122 HO004EN For details on the connectors and their shapes see 2 4 1 PRIMEQUEST 1000 series main unit in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Hardware Installation Manual C122 H004EN 2 4 2 Facility power requirements and characteristics To obtain the required degree of redundancy the facility must have two independent supplies of power Connect the circuit breakers to the power receiver provided by the electric power company or to a UPS uninterruptible power supply If the main unit operates in an environment that experiences frequent power failures or has a power source that often becomes unstable the component failure rate tends to rise The PRIMEQUEST 1000 series supports the basic connection configurations shown in the following diagrams Power line diagram for redundant power connection
250. l C122 E155EN 4 8 1 Advance setup Set up the following as needed 1 Set the LUN of the SAN storage unit 2 Configure the BIOS so that the LUN of the FC card is recognized For details on configuring the FC card see Chapter 2 Settings on the Fiber Channel Card FC Card in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN 3 Prepare a server running ServerView Operations Manager 4 Afterremoving the built in HDD of the PRIMEQUEST server confirm the partition settings with the MMB Setting the SB IOB GSPB configuration See 3 4 1 Setting a partition configuration Configuring Console Redirection See 3 4 6 Configuring Console Redirection Video redirection Enable Remote storage Enable Console redirection Enable Setting various modes See 3 4 5 Setting various modes 5 When connecting only the LUN of the SAN storage unit as the installation destination connect it to the PRIMEQUEST partition For details on the settings for the SAN storage unit see the manual supplied with the SAN storage unit 6 Assign I O spaces to the FC card card for boot path only SAS card SAS array controller card Onboard SAS controller GSPB SAS disk unit controller and SAS array disk unit controller For details on I O space assignment see 3 4 5 Setting various modes in this manual and 5 5 1 Configure I O Space Assignment menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 4
251. l port vswif1 The IP address to be set depends on the partition number Use the values in the table below 286 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation TABLE E 2 IP addresses to be set for virtual ports 172 30 0 4 172 30 0 5 Example with the partition number of 2 and the PSA MMB port group of vswifl esxcfg vswif a vswifl i 172 30 0 4 n 255 255 255 0 p PSA MMB esxcfg vswif 1 Name Port Group DVPort IP Family IP Address Netmask Broadcast Enabled TYPE vswif0 Service Console IPv4 192 168 0 2 255 255 255 0 192 168 0 255 true STATIC vswifl PSA MMB IPv4 172 30 0 4 N 255 255 255 0 172 30 0 255 true STATIC V This indicates that there is no line feed 5 Add the following setting to the PSA to MMB communication LAN Speed 100 Mbps Duplex full Example with the PSA to MMB communication LAN of vmnic0 esxcfg nics vmnicO s 100 d full 6 Set the PSA to MMB communication LAN IP addresses in the PSA configuration file File storage location etc opt FJS Vpsa usr tommbipsetup conf Setting values Enter the IP addresses set in Step 4 Setting example NETWORK TOMMBIP 172 30 0 4 The configuration work is completed through the above steps In the above configuration example the network is configured as follows 287 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation
252. lation 282 Settings after VMware 4 x SVmco Installation 292 Settings automatically added changed during PSA installation eese 142 162 176 249 Settings for system clock syncronization 296 Settings for terminal software esee 21 Setting Up the Dump Environment Linux 129 204 Setting Up the Dump Environment Windows 128 203 Setting up the NTP Server Windows 295 Setting various MOdES eee eee eeecseeeeeeceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeaee 52 Setup complete window seen 259 Setup windOow essere 258 264 Setup Workflow eese serene trenes 2 SNMP Community window example 229 SNMP Trap window example 230 SNMP v3 Configuration window example 231 Software Links dcr eniti rere 269 Software Watchdog window esee 276 Specifying an NTP Server 298 301 307 315 Starting the System 19 Status indicator types 31 Subm nu area eee eeds ee iae eE ooa pA tne teneis 29 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 2 Installation Procedures on the Built in HDD 110 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 2 Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage Unit 105 Synchronizati
253. le operating system It manages the configuration of devices in the console operating system and detects device problems It cannot run in the guest operating system and must not be installed in the guest operating system It may take time at least five minutes to start PSA after starting the operating system 291 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation E 5 Settings after VMware 4 x SVmco Installation The settings are required for SVmco operation For details on the SVmco settings see the ServerView Mission Critical Option user manual Contact your sales representative for inquiries about the ServerView manuals 292 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation E 6 Building a RAID Environment Using VMware 5 x Built in Disks The PRIMEQUEST 1000 series supports RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 1E RAID 5 RAID 6 and RAID 10 that use built in hard disks For details on building a RAID configuration using built in hard disks see the MegaRAID SAS Software the MegaRAID SAS Device Driver Installation and the Modular RAID Controller Installation Guide 293 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation E 7 Installing VMware 5 x Bundled Software The bundled software is stored in ServerView Suite DVD1 Copy the files from ServerView SuiteDVD1 and use them The bundle
254. lick Install Installationbegins 8 Replace the media with the operating system installation media according to the SVIM instructions 4 11 4 Configuring bundled software after the completion of installation After completing OS installation configure the bundled software For details about the following settings see the ServerView Mission Critical Option User Manual 1 Configure the PSA to MMB communication LAN network For details see the items in Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN 2 Configure the management LAN network For details see the items in Confirming management LAN settings 3 Install the SVmco package For details see the items in Installing SVmco 4 Make manual settings in the SVmco configuration file For details see Configuring SVmco 5 Check the firewall function For details see the items in Checking the firewall function opening ports Open the following ports for use with the PSA to MMB communication LAN interface TABLE 4 14 Ports to open for the PSA to MMB communication LAN interface udp snmp or 161 For sending and receiving psa mmb tcp 5000 For sending and receiving communeanon port icmp icmp type0 icmp type8 6 Restart the partition For details see the items in Restarting the partition 7 After installing SVmco make the required settings Set the management LAN parameters For details see the items in Settings after SVmco installation
255. ll the expansion package web server cd MTEP install Gd vis 5 Execute the following command to install the RAS support service rasinstall E 3 4 Installing VMware 4 x HRM server PRIMEQUEST This section describes how to install HRM server PRIMEQUEST For PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 1 Start the terminal with root privileges 2 Mount ServerView Suite DVD1 3 Copy the HRM server module to any directory of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server Then expand the files cp MNT SVSLocalTools Japanese HRM Linux NFJSVhrm tgz tmp MNTis the mount point This indicates that there is no line feed In the above example the any directory is tmp cd tmp tar xvzf FJSVhrmsr tgz 278 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation 4 Execute the following command hrm install sr sh 5 When the following message appears press the N key Select HRM Install Mode Use PRIMEQUEST Server Agent Y N N For PRIMEQUEST 1800E The procedure differs depending on whether ServerView Suite DVD1 has the HRM SR Linux FJSVhrmsr tgz See the respective procedure for each of the following HRM SR Linux FJSVhrmsr tgz is not available HRM SR Linux FJSVhrmsr tgz is not available and HRM Linux FJSVhrm tgz is available HRM SR Linux FJSVhrmsr tgz is available 1 Start the terminal with root privileges 2 Mount ServerView Suite DV
256. ll updates of PSA and other bundled software Check the latest versions of the software at their download sites and install the necessary updates For details on PSA see 6 2 9 Installing a PSA update 4 6 6 Configuring a software watchdog Remarks If you use SVOM 5 0 see When using SVOM 5 0 or later in E 2 Notes on VMware 4 x Installation 1 Start ServerView Operations Manager 2 Select ServerList 3 Right click the target partition in the server list on the left side Select Maintenance ASR Properties from the displayed menu 4 Select Watchdog in the displayed window 5 Specify the following for Software and click Apply Check the Active check box Select Continue for Action for cases of abnormal operation Enter a value between 1 and 100 minutes for Timeout 6 Enter your user name and password and press the Enter key 4 6 7 Completing VMware 4 x installation After completing the settings reboot the partition of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server 93 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 7 VMware 4 x Installation Procedures on the Built in HDD This section concisely describes the procedures for installing VMware 4 x on the built in HDD Start this work only after confirming the completion of the connection and configuration of the MMB 4 7 1 Advance setup Set up the following as needed 1 P
257. lowing Navigation bar Screen of the menu selected in the submenu area The following figure shows the content area Model PRIMEQUEST Active MMBAO FUJITSU em heini pinin Under Maintraxace Sac gt S yale Sian 1 ese 2 3 tee 2 Status display and settings area m emm FIGURE 3 8 Content area The content area is divided into the following three areas Title area The title area displays information on the content 30 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation This area also displays the Help button and Refresh button Use the Help button to display the help for the content Use the Refresh button to reload the content TABLE 3 8 Buttons in the title area Help button Displays help information When clicked the button displays a help window Refresh button Reloads only the content area The window displays the Refresh button only if there is information to be automatically updated If the window has no information to be automatically updated the window displays only the functions for settings and does not display the Refresh button There is no scrolling of the title area Status display and settings area The status display and settings area displays status and setting information related to the content A scroll bar is displayed on the screen when the area cannot display all the contents of
258. lt in HDD after the installation For details on connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN 1 Change and check the setting of detailed FC card information For details see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN 2 Start HBAnyware Set the following driver parameters For details on the setting values see the manual of the SAN storage unit Topology Queue Depth Queue Target Link Speed 3 Check registry information For details on how to check it see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN For details on the setting values see the manual of the SAN storage unit TimeOutValue 90 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 6 VMware 4 x Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage Unit This section concisely describes the procedures for installing VMware 4 x on the SAN storage unit Start this work only after confirming the completion of the connection and configuration of the MMB For details on configuring the SAN storage unit and FC card Fibre Channel card see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN 4 6 1 Advance setup Set up the following as needed 1 Set the LUN of the SAN storage unit 2 Configur
259. m the power distribution box 19 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation 3 3 Connecting and Configuring the MMB A field engineer will have constructed a test environment for the MMB to run test programs in it Therefore you need to reconfigure the MMB to switch from the test environment to that for actual operation Skip the steps for items already set by the field engineer After connecting the MMB perform the following from the MMB Web UI Registering a user account Configuring security Setting the time etc Connect and configure the MMB by using the following procedures TABLE 3 1 MMB connection and configuration flow Connecting the MMB console PC Initializing MMB settings Setting up the connection environment for actual operation Logging in to the MMB Initializing MMB settings Configuring the 5 network for actual operation Connect the MMB console PC to set up the environment for actual operation Initialize MMB settings before setting up the connection environment for actual operation The MMB is set for a test connection Set up the connection environment for actual operation Log in to the MMB There is also a description of the MMB Web UI window for reference The MMB is set for testing purposes so configure the network and Web servers for actual operation Make the required settings a
260. n ssssssssseeeeneeeeeenne nenne 321 FIGURE F 49 Create Basic Task Wizard window Start a Program sess 321 FIGURE F 50 Create Basic Task Wizard window Summary sss 322 FIGURE F91 Properties dished DOK 1 2 uenientes etra tete nate cct hm rud Pear ore er radeon ire eia 322 FIGURE F 52 Select User or Group window ssssessessssssesessseseeene eene enne enne nnn rnnt nnns nnn 323 XXV C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Tables Tables TABLE 1 1 Work performed by the user iiee retener nter ntes nece tuas ene cente ac tte eunte ac Pa e nte BP rPa dana 2 TABLE 2 1 Accessories required in main unit installation 11 TABLE 3 1 MMB connection and configuration flow nennen nennen nenne 20 TABLE 3 2 External interfaces of the MMB 1 ies e trennt thun nn nnn nnn thuc nnn rnnt 21 TABLE 3 3 Settings ror terminal SOTTWSEFB eiie Einer E ER FR Rete HIR EE RES SR BEER RE RSe c REIR RR RaOR P YR AE PPauE 21 TABLE 3 4 Required settings for external LAN connections sssssssssseeseeeeeee enne nnne nnne 24 TABLE 3 5 URL IG eni tor Dani oae er tet A bese pant Exile aes by n Eee c ERR E 26 TABLE 3 6 Default user account and pass WA uuu treten ern tente Freenet Ree end 26 TABLES System sius IDdiptOlB 22 iere ehe dey he ERR DRESSER URERREANEDIEEEXE ADM ERE RES E 28 RETE 230 4 1 Me 31 TABLE 3 9 See Indicater TVOEB eicer
261. n Partition Configuration Home 46 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation The Partition Home window appears For details on the Partition Home window see Partition Home window in 1 3 4 Partition Configuration window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Medel PRIMPOURST 808 Active DIM Ren e Past Nusaber MCD3ACIU FUJITSU Seria Nuner 145001400 Sr Partition Home Me Select a Eom SB fer the parson 80 ther chek the Apply Batten Heme SR uL a FIGURE 3 24 Partition Home window example 2 Select an SB as the Home SB of the partition Then click the Apply button to set it 3 Select the Home SB from the radio buttons for the specified partition An unmounted SB that is set as the Home SB is grayed out You can switch from the selected radio button on a grayed out row to a radio button on arow not grayed out From the grayed out row you can select another radio button but cannot then select the original radio button again 4 Click the Apply button gt gt A confirmation dialog box appears Note While the power to the target partition is on you cannot change the Home setting by clicking the Apply button A warning dialog box would appear 5 Click the OK button to continue processing or the Cancel button to cancel processing gt gt The browser returns to the Partition
262. n PRIMEQUEST Server Agent InstallShield Wizard InstallShield Wizard Complete Setup has finished installing PRIMEQUEST Server Agent on your computer Yes want to restart my computer now No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup Back ancal FIGURE B 9 Installation complete window B 3 4 Automatic configuration during PSA installation This section describes the values automatically set for PSA operation during PSA installation Service settings PRIMEQUEST Server Agent PRIMEQUEST PEM Command Service PRIMEQUEST PSA Environment Control Service Environment variable settings PATH variables The values used for PSA are added to existing PATH variables FJSVpsa INSTALLPATH variable A new variable is added Port setting The TCP 24450 port is set for use by PSA SNMP security settings The PSA installation configures SNMP Service security because PSA needs to accept SNMP packets from the MMB The settings depend on the selected items on the Security tab in the SNMP Service Properties dialog box during PSA installation With Accept SNMP packets from any host selected SNMP security is not configured With Accept SNMP packets from these hosts selected If neither the MMB IP address nor localhost is set SNMP security is configured 266 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Man
263. n This section describes how to back up MMB configuration information to a remote PC Use the Maintenance menu in the MMB Web UI window to save MMB configuration information Operations 1 Select Maintenance Backup Restore Configuration Backup Restore MMB Configuration gt gt The Backup Restore MMB Configuration window appears Medel PRIME OURST 1900F Arnve DIM Rep Past Nuslrr MCD3ACHI FUJITSU Serial Nune 145653400 State duwt Mwrnreranc gt Bacng Ranore Corfgunater Paccapiesore MME Ceonfigarsten Backup MMB Configuration Maly To backup te MME Configzsbon ciek Baciep beter _ Backup Restore MMB Configuration To renere thee MAL Confqpanesa celect o Se and cock Feier buon ex Peatore e D FIGURE 5 17 Backup Restore MMB Configuration window example 2 Click the Backup button gt gt The save destination dialog box of the browser appears 3 Select the save destination path Then click the OK button gt gt Download of the configuration information file begins 133 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 The backup file of the MMB configuration information has the following default name MMB_ backup date MMB version dat 7 2 Saving BIOS configuration information This section describes how to back up BIOS configuration information to a remote PC Use the Maintenance
264. n Manual HEE HEHE HEE EEE HEE HEE EE HEH HEE HEE FE HE HE EEE HEH HEE HEE HEE HEE E E E HEE E E E E E E E E The setting was completed 4 Execute iptables L n Then confirm that the MMLAN chain exists Execution example iptables L n Chain INPUT policy DROP target prot opt source destination 148 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E all 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Chain FORWARD policy DROP target prot opt source destination Chain OUTPUT policy DROP target prot opt source destination MMLAN all gt 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Chain MMLAN 2 references target prot opt source destination ACCEE udp 192 168 192 168 20 dpts 7000 ACCEE udp 192 168 0 192 168 0 0 24 spts 7000 ACCEE udp 192 168 0 192 168 0 1 dpt 162 ACCEE dp 192 168 0 1 192 168 0 0 24 spt 162 ACCEE dp 192 168 1 192 168 0 1 dpts 7000 ACCEE dp 192 168 0 1 192 168 1 spts 7000 ACCEE dp 192 168 1 192 168 0 1 dpt 162 ACCEE dp 192 168 0 1 192 168 1 spt 162 Note After changing the IP address of the management LAN interface delete the settings once and set their values again For details on how to delete the settings see 7 Configuration deletion procedure in 4 11 Firewall Setting Command for the Management LAN Interface setmlanfw sh in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Serie
265. n Unit Installation Chapter 2 describes the preparation before main unit installation This preparation includes work up to power cable connection CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Chapter 3 describes the work that must be done before you install an operating system on the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server The chapter also describes settings for actual operation and various setup work CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software Chapter 4 describes how to install the operating system and bundled software CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 Chapter 5 describes how to make various necessary settings after operating system installation on the PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Chapter 6 describes how to make PSA and various other necessary settings after operating system installation on the PRIMEQUEST 1800E CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation Chapter 6 describes the work performed after PRIMEQUEST 1000 series installation This work includes configuring NTP and security CHAPTER 8 Powering On and Off a Partition Chapter 7 describes partition power control APPENDIX A Lists of Settings Links Appendix A provides links to Appendix A List of Settings in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation Appendix B describes how to manually install and un
266. n the Built in HDD eseneeeennemmeenn 101 LI FIN RIG MM 101 19 2 Preparing TOF WS Alanon 2 Lou aosi deinen nir edenda toco nei Mei adn 101 LACECA DECIR ESO Ec ERROR EIE 102 4 9 4 Configuring a software watchdog Lu ed eec ete tede eL dote aise aes 104 4 8 5 Completing VMware 5 x instalation cesses eese ieesei esencia ett nean rne dran edad neta daa 104 2 8 6 Installing bundled Sonware 2 2 uie e te tere ict ee te tei Peu tee icu mua dese cec Lr e sed XE SURE ede EE REANO nad 104 4 10 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 2 Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage Unit 105 2 10 1 Advance setup and preparation 2 esee eee retener nace erts editt ra dae ke vat inani ded qaad dede 105 3 10 2 Preparing Tor Ietallalil 2 2 5 i oie ei Ente erede erre i eda 105 4 10 3 Installing the operating system usse eese nen accetta ctia eu eek dec npn nacti 106 4 10 4 Configuring bundled software after the completion of installation sees 108 4 10 5 Connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation 109 4 11 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 2 Installation Procedures on the Built in HDD 110 xviii C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Contents AV PWS BUI 110 2 11 2 Preparing Tor G5 El atDlt 2 2 0 aie oii eel baie Giese TEA aaa 110 4 11 3 Installing the operating system
267. nd setting SVmcovm see the ServerView Mission Critical Option User Manual Contact your sales representative for inquiries about the ServerView manuals 294 C122 E107 10EN APPENDIXF Setting up the NTP Server Windows This appendix describes how to specify and set of an NTP server for a specific Windows operating system This appendix is not needed for Active Directory member servers Active Directory member servers automatically synchronize the system clock with the domain controller F 1 Overview of NTP Client Settings 296 F 2 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2008 298 F 3 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2008 301 F 4 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2008 R2 307 F 5 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2012 315 PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows F 1 Overview of NTP Client Settings This appendix describes procedures for settings synchronizing the system clock with an NTP server for operating systems consisting of the following Windows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 R2 The setup steps do not distinguish between Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 R2 Windows Server 2003 and Windows Server 2003 R2 are both called Windows Server 2003 in this manual Windows Server 2008 Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 Windows Server 2012 R2 The setup steps do not
268. ndicated with lt Before the modification Setup for FJSVpsa Please do not remove the following lines sv com2sec psalocal localhost psaprivate lt sv group PsaRWGroup vl psalocal lt sv view fujitsu included 1 3 6 1 4 1 211 1 31 1 ff c0 lt sviaccess PsaRWGroup any noauth exact fujitsu fujitsu none lt rouser fjsvpsa master agentx agentxTimeout 360 agentxRetries 0 sysobjectid 1 3 6 1 4 1 211 1 31 1 2 100 2 0 End of Setup for FJSVpsa After the modification 4 Setup for FJSVpsa Please do not remove the following lines com2sec psalocal localhost psaprivate group PsaRWGroup vl psalocal view fujitsu included 1 3 6 1 4 1 211 1 31 1 ff c0 access PsaRWGroup any noauth exact fujitsu fujitsu none rouser fjsvpsa master agentx agentxTimeout 360 agentxRetries 0 sysobjectid 1 3 6 1 4 1 211 1 31 1 2 100 2 0 End of Setup for FJSVpsa 2 To reflect the change of snmpd conf restart snmpd sbin service snmpd restart 215 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 3 To reflect the setting restart PSA sbin service y30FJSVpsa stop sbin service y30FJSVpsa start 216 C122 E107 10EN CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation This chapter describes the work performed after PRIMEQUEST 1000 series installation This work includes configuring
269. nfirm this Changing settings vi etc selinux config ELinux disabled Edit this 146 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 2 4 Checking the firewall function opening ports Open any partition port that is required for operating PSA but is not open because of firewall settings Configure the management LAN interfaces and PSA to MMB communication LAN interfaces Settings related to the PSA to MMB communication LAN interface are required Usually the interfaces are automatically set during PSA installation 1 The settings related to the management LAN interface are required only for PRIMECLUSTER linkage Open the ports by executing the supplied shell script for these settings Alternatively use the iptables command or another command to make the settings manually 2 For RHEL6 see the information For PSA version 2 6 or later In PSA version 2 6 and later the ports are configured only when PSA is automatically installed from SVIM 2 n PSA version 2 6 and later only a chain for the management LAN MMLAN is created by execution of the shell script for settings setmlanfw sh Add the jump setting for the management LAN to INPUT or OUTPUT in iptables For details see Using the shell script setmlanfw sh for these settings Management LAN interfaces Open the following ports for use with the management LAN
270. nformation 12 Configure RAS Support Service For details see 6 9 Configuring Service Life Monitoring by RAS Support Service For service life monitoring of the BBU of a RAID card See 6 9 1 BBU service life monitoring for a RAID card For service life monitoring of the battery of a UPS See 6 9 2 Battery unit service life monitoring for a UPS 4 2 5 Connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation For details on connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN Also for details ondriver parameters see the readme file that comes with the driver 66 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 3 RHEL Installation Procedures on the Built in HDD This section concisely describes the procedures for installing RHEL on the built in HDD Confirm the MMB configuration and successful login to the MMB before starting the installation 4 3 1 Advance setup Set up the following as needed 1 Remove each built in HDD that is not the installation destination 2 Confirm the partition settings of the PRIMEQUEST server with the MMB For details see 3 4 Configuring a Partition Setting the SB IOB GSPB configuration See 3 4 1 Setting a partition configuration Configuring Console Redirection See 3 4 6 Configuring Console Redirection Video redirec
271. ng system to be installed Then set up the operating system Remark The IP address of the LAN cannot be set through the operating system setup Set the IP address after the installation of the operating system 7 Click Install Installation begins 103 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 8 Replace the media with the operating system installation media according to the SVIM instructions 4 9 4 Configuring a software watchdog 1 Start ServerView Operations Manager 2 Select ServerList 3 Right click the target partition in the server list on the left side Select Maintenance ASR Properties from the displayed menu 4 Select Watchdog in the displayed window 5 Specify the following for Software and click Apply Check the Active check box Select Continue for Action for cases of abnormal operation Enter a value between 1 and 100 minutes for Timeout 6 Enter your user name and password and press the Enter key 4 9 5 Completing VMware 5 x installation After completing the settings reboot the partition of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server 4 9 6 Installing bundled software For bundled software installation see E 7 Installing VMware 5 x Bundled Software 104 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 10 SUSE Linux E
272. nment Windows 6 6 Setting Up the Dump Environment Linux Configuring an Configuring an NTP Linux or Windows 6 7 Configuring the NTP Client NTP client client Saving Saving PSA Linux or Windows management management and information and configuration UEFI configuration information information Setting service Setting service life Linux or Windows life monitoring monitoring of battery units on RAID cards and UPSs Recovery procedure procedure after after the simple setup the execution of of ServerView Linux the simple setup agent tool including editconf sh PRIMEQUEST specific work 140 6 8 Saving Management and Configuration Information 6 9 Configuring Service Life Monitoring by RAS Support Service 6 11 Recovery Procedure after the Execution of the Simple Setup Tool editconf sh C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 2 Configuring PSA Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux This section describes confirmation of the required settings for PSA operation after operating system installation and corresponding features about the settings TABLE 6 2 Confirmation of the required settings for PSA operation and corresponding features about the settings Required E Automatic setting 1 Setting item As needed Manual setting 2 Required Configuring the PSA Automatic setting 6 2 1 C
273. nnne ennt ntes ens 288 TABLE E 5 VMware 5 x bundled software and its installation destination eeesessssessss 294 TABLE E 6 VMware 5 x setting procedure and setting destination sesssseenene 294 TABLE F1 Settings for system clock Synicrontggllpll i e eee alee idee iets cie ce eta egeta eren reina 296 xxvii C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Tables xxviii C122 E107 10EN CHAPTER 1 Installation Overview This chapter describes the workflow up to actual operation of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server For an overview of the hardware and software and the part names and functions of the server see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series General Description C122 B022EN Ti Setup WOOW e 2 PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 1 Installation Overview 1 1 Setup Workflow This section describes the workflow for the tasks required to prepare the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server for operation Setup work consists of tasks performed by a field engineer and other tasks performed by the user The setup workflow is described below AWARNING Field engineers perform the following tasks on this product Customers must not perform these tasks under any circumstances Otherwise electric shock injury or fire may result Newly installing or moving equipment Removing the front rear and side covers Installing and removing built in options Connecting and
274. no line feed The above example shows that Service Console exists in vSwitchO and the physical adapter is vmnicO 3 Disconnect the physical adapter from vSwitchO and then connect the physical adapter vmnicl which is used for the management LAN to vSwitchO Execute th sxcfg vswitch command to disconnect the physical adapter vmnicO from vSwitchO0 esxcfg vswitch U vmnicO vSwitchO0 f esxcfg vswitch 1 Switch Name Num Ports Used Ports Configured Ports MTU Uplinks vSwitchO 64 64 N 1500 284 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation PortGroup Name VLAN ID Used Ports Uplinks VM Network 0 0 Service Console O0 1 Execute the esxcfg vswitch command to connect the physical adapter vmnic1 to vSwitchO esxcfg vswitch L vmnicl vSwitchO0 esxcfg vswitch 1 Switch Name Num Ports Used Ports Configured Ports MTU Uplinks vSwitchO 64 64 N 1500 vmnicl PortGroup Name VLAN ID Used Ports Uplinks VM Network 0 0 vmnicl Service Console 0 T vmnicl 4 Execute the esxcfg vswif command to assign the IP address 192 168 0 2 to vswif0 esxcfg vswif i 192 168 0 2 n 255 255 255 0 vswif0 esxcfg vswif 1 Name Port Group DVPort IP Family IP Address Netmask Broadcast Enabled YPE vswifO0 Service Console IPv4 192 168 0 2 255 255 255 0 192 168 0 255 true TATIC This indicates that there is no line feed Configuring the PSA
275. nstallation All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors Operations 1 Make the setting for booting the partition from remote storage For details on the setting see 1 6 3 Remote operation BMC in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN 2 Insert ServerView Suite DVD1 into the DVD drive Then power on the partition Remarks You can boot from the DVD drive either by selecting Force boot from DVD from Boot Selector or by specifying the DVD drive as the highest priority device to boot from in UEFI mode If the operating system supports UEFI mode you can install it in UEFI mode by using the following procedure to change the boot order 1 After powering on the partition press and hold down any key Space key for example other than the Enter key while the FUJITSU logo is displayed to display the Boot Manager Front Page 2 Select the following items from the menu in the order given in the Boot Manager Front Page Boot Maintenance Manager Boot Options Change Boot Order Change the order Specify UEFI DVD CD 0 as the highest priority device to boot from the remote storage DVD Specify UEFI Embedded DVD CD as the highest priority device to boot from the built in DVD For details on how to set the boot order see Changing the order of priority Change Boot Order in 5 6 1 Boot Options menu
276. nstallation DVD Operations 1 Select Control Panel Add or Remove Programs Add Remove Windows Components The Windows Component Wizard appears 2 Select Management and Monitoring Tools Then click the Details button The Management and Monitoring Tools dialog box appears 3 Confirm that the Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP check box is checked Then click the OK button The screen returns to the Windows Component Wizard Remarks If the check box is not checked SNMP Service has not been installed To install SNMP Service check the check box Click the Next button in the Windows Component Wizard window Follow the instructions of the wizard for installation 256 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation B 2 3 Installing PSA Install the PSA package Prepare the ServerView Suite DVD supplied with the main unit Operations 1 Execute Tools General PSAMjpsaxxxx exe xxxx Version number The following window appears for installation preparations InstallShield Wizard Preparing to Install PRIMEQUEST Server Agent Setup is preparing the InstallShield Wizard which will guide you through the program setup process Please wait Extracting ISScriptl 1 Msi ena FIGURE B 1 Preparing to Install window 2 After the installation preparations are complete the following window appears Click the Next button to proceed
277. nt SVmco SVmco SVmco Configuring Configuring PSA to ServerView Mission Critical Option PSA to MMB MMB LAN User Manual LAN Linux Configuring Configuring PSA to Windows ServerView Mission Critical Option PSA to MMB MMB LAN User Manual LAN Windows Setting up the Setting up the dump Windows 5 3 Setting of sadump dump environment environment Setting up the Setting up the dump Linux 5 5 Setting Up the Dump dump environment Environment Linux environment Configuring an Configuring an NTP Linux or Windows 5 6 Configuring the NTP Client NTP client client Saving Saving PSA Linux or Windows 5 7 Saving Management and management management Configuration Information and information and configuration UEFI configuration information information Setting service Setting service life Linux or Windows 5 8 Configuring Service Life life monitoring monitoring of battery Monitoring by RAS Support Service units on RAID cards and UPSs 116 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 5 2 Configuring SVS SVagent SVmco After installing the operating system you need to configure SVS SVagent SVmco for operation For details on SVagent S V mco settings see the SVmco manual SVagent ServerView Operations Manager Installation ServerView Agents for Linux ServerView Operations Manager Installation ServerView Agents f
278. nt Spooler service is stopped the function cannot collect the correct configuration information because WMI reports an error 255 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation If the set value of the following registry key is less than 20000 20 seconds the system may hang during operating system shutdown Be sure to set a value equal to or greater than 20000 20 seconds The default is 20000 HKEY LOCAL MACHINENSYSTEMNCurrentControlSetControl WaitToKillServiceTimeout You can use the above registry key to specify the wait time ms before the service is terminated in the shutdown sequence B 2 2 Checks before PSA installation This section describes the checks to make before PSA installation Confirming PSA to MMB communication LAN settings Confirming management LAN settings Confirming the services required for PSA operation Confirming PSA to MMB communication LAN settings For details on how to confirm PSA to MMB communication LAN settings see 6 3 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN Confirming management LAN settings For details on how to confirm management LAN settings see 6 3 2 Confirming management LAN settings Confirming the services required for PSA operation SNMP Service is required for PSA operation Confirm the installation of SNMP Service by using the following procedure Remarks These operations require the Windows i
279. ntax cd SWORK DIR FJSVpsa INSTALL sh B 1 4 Automatic configuration during PSA installation The following table lists settings for PSA operation The installer automatically adds or updates these settings during PSA installation TABLE B 4 Settings automatically added changed during PSA installation syslog conf file Add setting snmpd conf file Add setting snmptrapd conf file Add setting etti services files Add Added port The installer does not check for duplicate port setting numbers when adding a setting to the fj webgate 24450 services file Change the setting as needed snmptrapd start option esewum mee Dedicated PSA to MMB Set IP Referring to 6 2 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN interface address communication LAN change settings as needed iptables setting Add Only a chain for PSA MMB communication is created during setting manual installation of PSA version 2 6 or later Referring to Checking the firewall function opening ports in B 1 6 Settings after PSA installation add the jump setting for the chain for PSA MMB communication to INPUT and OUTPUT chains manually SELinux configuration file Change SELinux is disabled only for RHELS If SELinux is disabled do etc selinux config not change the settings 249 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation SELinux setting Add The policy module is added for RHE
280. ntents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors F 3 1 Specifying an NTP Server 1 Select Control Panel Date and Time The Date and Time dialog box appears gf Date and Time x Date and Time Additional Clocks Internet Time Date Thursday July 08 2010 Time 12 47 56 AM oe S 1aassssssssssssuusssssssli GMT 08 00 Pacific Time US amp Canada Change time zone Daylight Saving Time ends on Sunday November 07 2010 at 2 00 AM The clock is set to go back 1 hour at this time IV Remind me one week before this change occurs How do I set the clock and time zone FIGURE F 6 Date and Time window 1 2 Click the Change settings button on the Internet Time tab Date and Time Additional Clocks Internet Time This computer is set to automatically synchronize with War centaine Next synchronization 7 15 2010 at 12 49 AM The clock was successfully synchronized with TE a on 7 8 2010 at 12 49 AM What is Internet time synchronization FIGURE F 7 Date and Time window 2 3 Set the following parameters in the Internet Time Settings dialog box Synchronize with an Internet time server Check the check box Server Enter an NTP server name 301 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows wf Internet Time Settings Configure Internet time settings
281. nterprise Server 11 Service Pack 2 Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage Unit This section describes the procedures for installing SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 11 Service Pack 2 referred to below as SLES11 SP2 on the SAN storage unit Confirm the MMB configuration and successful login to the MMB before starting the installation For details on configuring the SAN storage unit and FC card Fibre Channel card see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN 4 10 1 Advance setup and preparation Set up the following as needed 1 Set the LUN of the SAN storage unit 2 Configure the BIOS so that the LUN of the FC card is recognized For details on configuring the FC card see Chapter 2 Settings on the Fiber Channel Card FC Card in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN 3 After removing the built in HDD of the PRIMEQUEST server confirm the partition settings with the MMB Setting the SB IOB G SPB configuration See 3 4 1 Setting a partition configuration Configuring Console Redirection See 3 4 6 Configuring Console Redirection Video redirection Enable Remote storage Enable Console redirection Enable Setting various modes See 3 4 5 Setting various modes 4 Connect only the LUN of the SAN storage unit to which the OS is to be installed to the partition of the PRIMEQUEST server For details on the settings for the SAN stor
282. o give the highest priority to booting the storage unit where the operating system is installed For details see 1 3 1 Power Control window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 4 3 3 Installing the operating system This section describes the operating system installation with SVIM SVIM can perform the following types of operating system installation For the procedure for each mode see the ServerView Suite ServerView Installation Manager TABLE 4 2 Operating system installation by SVIM Quick mode You can simply use the minimum settings Use this mode to readily install the OS necessary for operating system installation This mode uses Fujitsu s recommended settings Guide mode You can specify setup information by This mode enables detailed settings following the instructions of the wizard Use the mode if you want to configure You can save the specified information in a installation with detailed RAID and configuration file for use during OS settings reinstallation All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors Operations 1 Make the setting for booting the partition from remote storage For details on the setting see 1 6 3 Remote operation BMC in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN 2 Insert ServerView Suite DVD1 into the DVD drive Then power on the partit
283. o then restart PSA Otherwise a display error may occur in the PSA window of the Web UI Moreover PSA would not be able to post any detected errors Notes on configuring Windows Server 2008 Do not stop the Windows Print Spooler service The information collection function of the operating system uses WMI Windows Management Instrumentation If the Print Spooler service is stopped the function cannot collect the correct configuration information because WMI reports an error If the set value of the following registry key is less than 20000 20 seconds the system may hang during operating system shutdown Be sure to set a value equal to or greater than 20000 20 seconds HKEY LOCAL MACHINHENSYSTEMNCurrentControlSetControl WaitToKillServiceTimeout Type REG DWORD default 20000 261 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation You can use the above registry key to specify the wait time ms before the service is terminated in the shutdown sequence The event log may have the following message recorded during PSA startup It does not indicate any operational problem PM child process abnormal end 6 750 tagt 1 0x00000000 FJSVpsa Event ID 62 B 3 2 Checks before PSA installation This section describes the checks to make before PSA installation Confirming PSA to MMB communication LAN settings Confirming the services required for PSA opera
284. of the AC power supply is on For details on the power cable connections see 2 9 Connecting the Power Cables To power on the system again after disconnecting the power cable connect the power cable to the AC inlet on the main unit and to the AC power supply Notes After disconnecting the power cable from the AC inlet waitat least 10 seconds before reconnecting the power cable to power on the system again The detection of an overcurrent trips the breaker of the AC power supply or the optional power distribution box to cut off power The overcurrent indicates that a malfunction such as a short circuit occurred in the main unit In such cases do not power on the system again Instead contact your sales representative or a field engineer Power off The procedure for turning off the main power is as follows Confirm that the System Power LED of the DVDB is off before turning off the main power e g UPS power distribution box If you turn off the main power e g UPS power distribution box while the System Power LED of the DVDB is on data may be damaged Operations 1 Power off the main unit Power it off from the MMB For details see 8 1 2 Powering off a partition 2 Confirm that the System Power LED of the DVDB is off Remarks If the System Power LED of the DVDB is on the system cannot be powered off If the Alarm LED is on contact your sales representative or a field engineer 3 Disconnect the power cable fro
285. of the main unit Prevent rapid rises in the ambient temperature during winter Such an abrupt temperature change may cause condensation to form in the main unit Allow sufficient warm up time before starting operation Do not install the main unit close to a photocopier air conditioning unit welder or other device that generates electromagnetic noise Do not install the main unit close to a device that generates large amounts of electrical noise When installing the main unit do not connect it to the power supply line for an elevator in the facility since this would expose it to sudden voltage drops Implement antistatic measures at the installation site Confirm that the power supply voltage and frequency are adequate according to the respective ratings shown on the main unit Do not insert or drop foreign matter into the openings of the main unit The main unit contains high voltage components If any metallic matter or other electro conductive object enters the main unit through an opening it may cause a short circuit This may lead to fire electric shock or damage to the main unit For details on maintenance of the main unit contact the distributor where you purchased your product or your sales representative 6 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 2 Preparing for Main Unit Installation 2 2 Before Installing the Main Unit Be sure that you understand the system configuration and have acquired
286. og for this task when click Finish When you click Finish the new task will be created and added to your Windows schedule lt Back Finish Cancel FIGURE F 50 Create Basic Task Wizard window Summary Click the Finish button 9 Click the Change User or Group button in the Properties dialog box ey General Triggers Actions Conditions Settings History Name ntp sync Location V Author Administrator Description Security options When running the task use the following user account AN Administrator Change User or Group Run only when user is logged on Run whether user is logged on or not Do not store password The task will only have access to local computer resources Run with highest privileges Hidden Configure for Windows Vista Windows Server 2008 FIGURE F 51 Properties dialog box 10 Select User or Group dialog box appears Set the following parameter Enter the object name to select System 322 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows Select this object type User Group or Builtin security principal Object Types From this location Enter the object name to select examples System Check Names cones FIGURE F 52 Select User
287. ollowing file PSA installation folder etc opt FJS V psa usr pnwatchdog conf Example C fujitsu FJS Vpsa etc opt FJS Vpsa usr pnwatchdog conf 2 Specify the value of the following key The default is 0 Section WATCHDOG Key TIMER Setting value unit seconds 0 Watchdog Timer disabled 1 to 6000 Watchdog Timer monitoring time Remarks Determine the setting value by measuring the time taken for a memory dump in the applicable partition If the measured time exceeds 6000 seconds one hour and 40 minutes specify 0 Watchdog Timer disabled If the specified time is too short for a memory dump the Watchdog Timer times out and triggers a Hard Reset In such cases a memory dump cannot normally be acquired 6 4 8 Setting the management LAN IP address Set the partition management LAN IP address in PSA For details on the management LAN see 1 3 Management LAN in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN Note Here set the IP address on the partition instead of the IP address on the MMB Edit the PSA installation folder etc opt FJSV psa usr ipsetup conf file Change the following IP address in an editor or similar application Syntax NETWORK Management IP lt management LAN IP address gt Example of input 195 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E NETWORK ManagementIP 192 168 0 1 Resta
288. ols The Network Protocols window appears For details on the Network Protocols window see 1 5 4 Network Protocols window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 231 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation Medel PRIMPOURST png Acne DIME 5 Past Nuxbet MCDSACHI Fujitsu Serial Numbers 14909400 Sr TTE Moturerie Configuraaon 2 Memmork Pretocote Network Protocols Help Cark the Apply Button to apply al changes Web HTTP HTTPS C Enable 5 Dedh Erbie C Dur 23 C Erki Dedk LL 2j FIGURE 7 10 Network Protocols window example 2 Specify each item in SSH 3 Click the Apply button 5 4 Configuring HTTPS Configure HTTPS for the MMB You can configure it with Administrator privileges To enable HTTPS a valid SSL certificate must have been registered If no valid SSL certificate is registered any attempt to enable HTTPS results in an error Specify a verified certificate as the valid SSL certificate Alternatively specify a self signed certificate created in the MMB window A Fujitsu certified service engineer may have already configured HTTPS If no change is needed proceed to the next setting item Operations 1 Click Network Configuration Network Protocols The Network Protocols window appears For details on the Network Protocols window see 1 5 4 Network Protocols window in th
289. ommunication LAN seessssssesseseeeenee nennen 163 6 3 2 OGonfirming management LAN SUNOS iiec ertt tnt ER negent tp er rt ere anre teen 165 6 3 3 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition sssesssssssssssssseseeeee enne eene 165 6 3 4 Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB cec ecceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeees 167 6 3 5 Configuring the Windows Firewall sesesssssesesesessesseeen eene nnne nnne nnn nnns entrent nnd 167 6 3 6 Setting the Watchdog Timer for monitoring after a STOP error fatal system error 169 6 3 7 Setting the management LAN IP address ssessssssseseeessseeeeee nennen enne ennt nnn nre 170 B Installing a PSA UPAR cerent reete E ee ho ee ett ate ped beer te onn ha ae eR na ke rua Ee aia 170 5 2 9 Eininstslll ng ESSE oret nett P Ere brute coe Ere e eec REF eiie xin iba edd E edes Rega 173 6 4 Configuring PSA Windows Server 2008 uccesse retenti rr terrere er ee eere eet erede pnus 175 6 4 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN eessssssseeeeeeeneennen nnne eene 177 B2 Contirming management LAN BELIBGS oae rere ete tia ett te eR epe eh eerte rn en cheat terea 177 6 4 3 Installing the PSHED Plugin driver 1 cerent eren nennen entsteht 178 6 4 4 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition sssesssssessssssseeee
290. on PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 9 Configuring Service Life Monitoring by RAS Support Service For the use of RAID cards and UPSs configure the BBU Battery Backup Unit service life monitoring by RAS Support Service SVIM automatically installs the RAS Support Service For details on the manual installation and service life monitoring setting procedures for RAS Support Service see the RAS Support Service User s Guide for Linux or Windows For details on SVIM see the ServerView Installation Manager 6 9 1 BBU service life monitoring for a RAID card The BBU ona RAID card is a service life component RAS Support Service performs service life monitoring When starting RAS Support Service checks for the RAID cards that have a BBU in order of PCI bus number according to ServerView RAID information It will monitor those RAID cards RAS Support Service performs service life monitoring and sends messages for replacement notification at the following times TABLE 6 16 Message for advance notification of replacement and replacement notification message RAID card Start time for sending messages for advance notification Time for sending replacement notification of replacement message After about 2 years from the start of use or replacement After about 3 years of the BBU Operations 1 Start the GUI of RAS Support Service Windows Log in to the operating system Start the GUI Linux Open a Web browser Access the specified URL Log in
291. on The NTP client function of the MMB adjusts time by using another NTP server as reference For stable NTP operation specify multiple NTP servers at least three servers in RHEL from each NTP client Operations in the Date Time window 1 Click Network Configuration Date Time gt gt The Date Time window appears For details on the Date Time window see 1 5 1 Date Time window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 40 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Model PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 Active MMB 0 Part Number MCD3AC111 Serial Number 1480915001 Status Normal Maintenance Date Time Click the Apply Button to apply all changes LLL E 5 Modify the Time 5 lnc eo CEN CEN a Time zone Asia v Tokyo v z NTP Enable Disable NTP Time Correction Mode Step Slew NTP Server f10 0 8 3 NTP Server2 f0 23 4 3 NIP Server3 footdbg10 Current Sync Status 10 23 43 2012 10 18 12 5453 FIGURE 3 18 Date Time window example 2 Enter values in the required fields 3 Click the Apply button Operations in the Management LAN Port Configuration window 1 Click Network Configuration Management LAN Port Configuration gt gt The Management LAN Port Configuration window appears For details on the Management LAN Port Configuration window see
292. on Interval and Startup Settings of NTP Service M 308 316 Synchronization Interval Setting 298 302 System Information window example 40 System status indicators sss 28 T Task Scheduler window 303 310 319 Jypes of Work tiones 116 140 Types of WOEk inre tto erre 116 140 U UEFI Settings e prre ettet hare ee poop cds 242 Uninstall Complete window 174 202 Update installation complete window 173 198 Update installation window 172 197 URL to enter for login eee 26 User List window example esses 38 V VMware 5 x bundled software and its installation destination TEE 294 327 VMware 5 x setting procedure and setting destination 294 VMware vSphere 4 x Client eese 289 W Watchdog tab in the VMware 4 x software window PAR Windows Firewall window eesseeeeeeeee 181 Windows Time Properties window 309 318 Work after Installation eseeeeeeeeneeenne 217 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 139 PSQQE2 115 Work before Operating System Installation 17 Work performed by the user sees 2
293. onfiguring the PSA to to MMB MMB communication LAN communication LAN Confirming Manual setting 6 2 2 Confirming management management LAN LAN settings settings Confirming SELinux Automatic setting 6 2 3 Confirming SELinux function function settings settings Checking the firewall Automatic setting 6 2 4 Checking the firewall function opening function opening ports ports Setting the management Manual setting 6 2 7 Setting the management LAN LAN IP address IP address As needed Setting the destinations Manual setting 6 2 5 Setting the destinations of of traps from a partition traps from a partition Setting the destinations Manual setting 6 2 6 Setting the destinations of of traps and e mail via traps and e mail via the MMB the MMB Configuring SNMP to Manual setting 6 2 8 Configuring SNMP to use use duplicate disks duplicate disks Installing a PSA update Not applicable 6 2 9 Installing a PSA update Uninstalling PSA 3 Not applicable 6 2 10 Uninstalling PSA Automatic setting Values are automatically set during PSA installation You may need to change an automatically set value See the section listed in the table 2 Manual setting Values are not automatically set during PSA installation Make settings as described in the section referred to in the table 3 To operate the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server you need to first install PSA Otherwise the following restrictions apply T O e g PCI
294. onization on all clients 4 Serei ne a TERM sce Moped fe Path to executable C Windows system32 svchost exe k LocalService Startup type Automatic Delayed Start f ti Service status Started Start Stop Pause Resume You can specify the start parameters that apply when you start the service from here Start parameters l FIGURE F 27 Windows Time Properties window 7 If the W32Time service is stopped click the Start button If the W32Time service is running click the Stop button to pause the service and then click the Start button 8 Click the OK button to close the Windows Time Properties dialog box F 4 3 Event Task Settings 1 Open Start Administrative Tools Task Scheduler 309 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows Task Scheduler Ele Action View Hep Tax s bls Task Scheduler Summary Last refreshed 7 6 2010 11 02 16 PM Hj 1 Task Scheduler Library a You can use Task Scheduler to create and manage common tasks that your computer will carry out automatically at the times you specify To begin click a command in the Action menu Tasks are stored in folders in the Task Scheduler library Ta view ar nerfarm an aneratinn an an i Status of tasks that have started in th Last 24 hours hd Summary 0 total 0 running 0 succeede
295. only secure connections Require encyption Gyeride block rules Block the connections Learn more about these settings Cancel Apply FIGURE 6 9 General tab in SNMP Service UDP In Properties 5 Click the Scope tab Select Any IP address for Local IP Address Select These IP Addresses in Remote IP Address Then click the Add button 182 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E SNMP Service UDP In Properties iud eit EMOVE uc Pa o Local subnet Edit HEITGVE FIGURE 6 10 Scope tab in SNMP Service UDP In Properties 6 The IP Address dialog box appears Click Predefined set of computers Select Local subnet from the list Then click the OK button 183 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Specify the IP addresses to match This IP address or subnet p Examples 192 168 0 12 192 168 1 0 24 2002 Sd3b 1a31 4 208 74fFfe33 6c43 2002 9d3b 1 a31 4 208 74ff fe39 0 112 C This IP address range From To Predefined set of computers Default gateway Learn more about specifying IP addresses Cancel FIGURE 6 11 IP Address dialog box 7 Click the OK button to close the SNMP Service UDP In Prop
296. onment it is necessary to specify OFF for the STP function of the switch that connects to the management LAN used for communication with the MMB 6 2 3 Confirming SELinux function settings This section describes the SELinux settings and how to confirm them Other OS settings For RHEL5 If the partition OS with PSA installed is running RHELS disable the SELinux functions When installing PSA the SELinux functions are automatically disabled Confirm that the SELinux functions are disabled If the SELinux functions are enabled disable them For RHEL6 0 RHEL6 1 If the partition OS with PSA installed is running RHEL6 0 RHEL6 1 disable the SELinux functions When installing PSA the SELinux functions are not automatically disabled Check the SELinux function setting If the SELinux functions are enabled disable them For RHEL6 2 or later If the partition OS with PSA installed is running RHEL6 2 or later it operates irrespective of whether the SELinux functions are enabled or disabled The procedure for confirming the SELinux function setting and disabling the SELinux functions is as follows Confirm that the following command displays disabled when operating the system with the SELinux functions disabled If the command displays anything other than disabled disable the functions by editing the config file etc selinux config Confirming settings cd etc selinux more config SELinux disabled Co
297. op sbin service y30FJSVpsa start Editing snmpd conf vi etc snmp snmpd conf Add the following lines according to the SNMP version used The lines of definitions can be in any order trapsink HOST COMMUNITY PORT SNMPv1 trap setting trap2sink HOST COMMUNITY PORT SNMPv2 trap setting trapsess SNMPCMD ARGS HOST PORT SNMPv3 trap setting The following describes the settings in detail SNMPv1 SNMPv2 trap setting trapsink HOST COMMUNITY PORT SNMPv1 trap setting trap2sink HOST COMMUNITY PORT SNMPv2 trap setting The setting defines the host receiving the trap i e the trap destination A Cold Start trap is sent to the defined host during snmpd startup If the partition is set to send SNMP traps a trap is sent from the partition following any authentication failure Youcan specify multiple trap destinations by specifying multiple hosts on the trapsink and trap2sink lines As an alternative to specifying COMMUNITY you can specify a character string on the trapcommunity line The trapcommunity command defines a default community character string for sending traps To use trapcommunity to set a community character string specify the string before the trapsink and trap2sink lines trapcommunity STRING f Community name setting As an alternative to specifying PORT you can use the general purpose SNMP trap port 162 153 C122 E107 10EN
298. open see TABLE 6 5 Ports to open for the PSA to MMB communication LAN interfaces 160 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 3 Configuring PSA Windows Server 2003 This section describes confirmation of the required settings for PSA operation after operating system installation and corresponding features about the settings TABLE 6 7 Confirmation of the required settings for PSA operation and corresponding features about the settings Required E Automatic setting 1 Setting item As needed Manual setting 2 Configuring the PSA to Manual setting 6 3 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB MMB communication LAN communication LAN Confirming management Manual setting 6 3 2 Confirming management LAN LAN settings settings Configuring the Manual setting 6 3 5 Configuring the Windows Windows Firewall Firewall Setting the management Manual setting 6 3 7 Setting the management LAN LAN IP address IP address As needed Setting the destinations of Manual setting 6 3 3 Setting the destinations of traps traps from a partition from a partition Setting the destinations of Manual setting 6 3 4 Setting the destinations of traps traps and e mail via the and e mail via the MMB MMB Setting Watchdog for Manual setting 6 3 6 Setting the Watchdog Timer monitoring after a STOP for monitoring after a STOP error error fatal system error fatal system er
299. operties from the right click menu Notes If there is no connection named PSANIF PSA has probably not been installed Always change the settings after PSA installation Do not change the connection name PSANIF Otherwise the settings can be overwritten by the automatically set values in a PSA update 3 Select Internet Protocol TCP IP Then click the Properties button gt gt The Internet Protocol TCP IP Properties dialog box appears 4 Set the IP address and subnet mask 5 To apply the NIC settings for the dedicated PSA to MMB communication LAN restart PSA by using the following steps Select Control Panel Administrative Tools Services Right click PRIMEQUEST Server Agent in the right side of the window Then select Restart Making settings through a remote desktop connection To configure the PSA to MMB communication LAN through a remote desktop connection you need a console session connection Establish this connection by using the following procedure 1 Select Start Run gt gt The Run dialog box appears 2 Enter mstsc v lt servername ip address gt console in the Open field Then click the OK button Specify the connected server name or the IP address in lt servername ip address gt You cannot specify its virtual IP address in the cluster You can check the details of mstsc options by entering mstsc 6 3 2 Confirming management LAN settings Make settings f
300. or Windows SVmco ServerView Mission Critical Option user manual 117 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 5 3 Setting of sadump The following items in sadump are set for each partition Validation of sadump Dump collection address Compression at the time of dump collection Transition after dump collection Re use of the dump collection address Make the sadump settings from the BIOS setup menu Before making the settings you need to reserve an area for the dump device at the dump collection address Register information and memory contents are output to the dump device when there is a system fault For this reason the capacity of the device that outputs the dump is determined by matching the memory size Obtain an estimate of the required area from the formula given below and reserve the area Amount of memory installed 512 MB The dump device can use disks and disk partitions To create a dump device on a disk partition create the disk partition when installing the operating system To set a device on the ETERNUS as the dump device you need to configure the UEFI driver in advance For details on the setting procedure see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN All the screenshots are examples of what is displayed The displayed contents differ according to the system configura
301. or details on the Access Control window see 1 5 10 Access Control window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 225 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation Migak E FRIMEGQLEST LEED cioe YAI Fart Number MUCIEGACLEEI Serial Maker BELL Tram tinal Access unir irs CE AH Fiar bum Ez kt usce ales Sede iler oen thee et dei cb Eas Fetare Fre bna be det ix ceno Be te Fa n 1 pai E zj z d E d E AHTra rar rim Renee niar Canca FIGURE 7 4 Access Control window example 2 Select the radio button of the filter you want to edit Adding or editing a filter Operations 1 To add a filter click the Add Filter button To edit a filter click the Edit Filter button Depending on whether you are adding or editing the filter the Add Filter window or Edit Filter window appears For details on the Add Filter and Edit Filter windows see Add Filter Edit Filter window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 226 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 7 Work after Installation Add Filter FIGURE 7 5 Add Filter window example 2 Enter values in the required fields You can set up to 64 filters Remarks Kiat PRIMEQUESI L3HE Part inna bow MCT Sanal Kumbar Iaw So Chek De Ag Fle w spy All cw A canc EB Amr cm Specify the IP
302. or the management LAN If necessary also configure any duplication with teaming or GLS for example After completing the above network settings for the management LAN perform the operations in 6 3 7 Setting the management LAN IP address Note In the PRIMEQUEST environment it is necessary to specify OFF for the STP function of the switch that connects to the management LAN used for communication with the MMB 6 3 3 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition For direct transfer of a PSA expansion trap from a partition set the trap destination and PSA trap notification by using the following procedure Remarks SNMPVv3 is not supported in Windows 165 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Make settings only as needed Operations management software needs these settings to manage events by partition Even if this setting is skipped traps are sent via the MMB Thetrap destination must be running both a trap receiving application and a trap manager to be able to receive standard SNMP Service traps Operations 1 Edit the PSA installation folder etc opt FJS Vpsa usr psatrap conf file Example of setting PSA trap notification PSATRAP PSATRAP_SET lt 0 or 1 gt Setting value 1 Enables PSA trap notification from the partition 0 Disables PSA trap notification from the partition Example of input PSATR
303. or where you purchased your product or your sales representative Prepare the following 1 Prepare the following disk image VMware 4 x media 91 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 2 Change FC cabling to single path connecting only one FC cable 4 6 3 Installing VMware 4 x Install VMware 4 x by following the instructions in the VMware vSphere Software Handbook For details on this handbook contract your sales representative Before starting installation see E 2 Notes on VMware 4 x Installation 4 6 4 Installing bundled software After completing installation of the operating system configure the bundled software Installing ServerView Agent See E 3 1 Installing ServerView Agent Installing ServerView RAID See E 3 2 Installing ServerView RAID Installing RAS Support Service See E 3 3 Installing RAS Support Service PRIMEQUEST Installing HRM server See E 3 4 Installing VMware 4 x HRM server PRIMEQUEST Installing PSA 1800E See E 3 5 Installing VMware 4 x PSA Installing SVmco 1800E2 See the ServerView Mission Critical Option User Manual 4 6 5 Configuring bundled software Configure the bundled software For details on confirming and configuring the LAN see E 4 1 Configuring the network 1 Confirm the PSA to MMB communication LAN and management LAN The PSA to MMB communication LAN uses
304. oring after a STOP error fatal system error Installing the PSHED Plugin driver For details on how to install the PSHED Plugin driver see 6 4 3 Installing the PSHED Plugin driver 267 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation 268 C122 E107 10EN APPENDIX C Software Links For details on the software bundled with the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series hardware see 3 3 Bundled Software in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series General Description C122 B022EN C 1 General Description and Types of Bundled Software 270 PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX C Software Links C 1 General Description and Types of Bundled Software See 3 3 Bundled Software in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series General Description C122 B022EN 270 C122 E107 10EN APPENDIX D Configuring the SAN Boot Environment For details on configuring the SAN boot environment see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation This appendix describes how to install VMware vSphere using aRAID environment configured in built in hard disks as an example It also provides notes on installation VMware vSphere is referred to below as VMware 4 x VMware 5 x or VMware E 1 Building a RAID Environment Using VMware 4 x Built in DISKS Y 273 E 2 Notes on VMware 4
305. ortant data all of the data on the hard disk must be erased before disposal or transfer of the product However it can be difficult to completely erase all of the data from the hard disk Simply initializing reformatting the hard disk or deleting files on the operating system is insufficient to erase the data even though the data appears ata glance to have been erased This type of operation only makes it impossible to access the data from the operating system Malicious third parties can restore this data If you save your confidential information or other important data on the hard disk you should completely erase the data instead of simply carrying out the aforementioned operation to prevent the data from being restored xiii C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Preface To prevent important data on the hard disk from being leaked when the product is disposed of or transferred you will need to take care to erase all the data recorded on the hard disk on your own responsibility Furthermore if a software license agreement restricts the transfer of the software operating system and application software on the hard disk in the server or other product to a third party transferring the product without deleting the software from the hard disk may violate the agreement Adequate verification from this point of view is also necessary Support and service SupportDesk available only in Japan for a fee For stable sy
306. ot F Do not store password The task will only have access to local computer resources Run with highest privileges Hidden Configure for Windows Vista Windows Server 2008 x OK Cancel FIGURE F 35 Properties dialog box 10 Select User or Group dialog box appears Set the following parameter Enter the object name to select System Select user or Group Select this object type User Group or Builtin security principal Object Types Erom this location WIN UEAROGI3VTQ Locations Enterthe object name to select examples System Check Names FIGURE F 36 Select User or Group window Click the OK button 313 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows 11 Click the OK button to close the Properties dialog box 314 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows F 5 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2012 The procedures in this chapter requireAdministrator privileges All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors F 5 1 Specifying an NTP Server 1 Select Control Panel Set the time and date The Date and Time dialog box appears Date and Time Additional Clocks Internet Time Date Thursday November 1 2012 Time 11 27 46 PM
307. pd 2600 2005 08 17 14 50 03 pq server fujitsu com 192 168 0 162 via 192 168 0 162 TRAP SNMP v1 community V public SNMPv2 SMI enterprises 211 1 31 1 2 100 3 Cold Start Trap 0 Uptime 0 00 00 00 This indicates that there is no line feed 6 4 5 Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB You can set the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB by using the MMB Web UI For details on MMB trap destinations see 7 5 2 Configuring SNMP For details on e mail destinations see 7 4 Configuring SMTP Remarks Make settings only as needed Operations management software needs these settings to manage events by partition 6 4 6 Configuring the Windows Firewall For operation with the Windows Firewall enabled the following ports must be open to enable them to send and receive data from the MMB 180 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E SNMP Service uses UDP port 161 to receive data from the MMB fjpsawg exe uses TCP port 24450 to receive data from the MMB fjpsammbs exe uses a port to send data to the MMB TCP port 5000 on the MMB side fjpsammbs exe uses ICMP as the protocol for the MMB Operations 1 Select Start Administrative Tools Windows Firewall with Advanced Security 2 The Windows Firewall with Advanced Security window appears Click Inbound Rules in the left pane The Inbound R
308. placement and error notification iii C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Preface PRIMEQUEST 1000 Provides information on operation methods and C122 E110EN Series Tool Reference settings including details on the MMB PSA and UEFI functions PRIMEQUEST 1000 Lists the messages that may be displayed when a C122 E111EN Series Message Reference problem occurs during operation and describes how to respond to them PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Describes REMCS service installation and operation C122 E120EN REMCS Installation Manual PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Defines the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series related terms C122 E116EN Glossary and abbreviations PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Gives a revised version of APPENDIX D Configuring C122 E155EN SAN Boot Environment the SAN Boot Environment in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Configuration Manual Series Installation Manual C122 E107EN This manual describes procedures for installing the SAN boot environment and provides the latest information including notes on design Related manuals The following manuals relate to the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series You can access these manuals at the following site http jp fujitsu com platform server primequest manual e Contact your sales representative for inquiries about the ServerView manuals ServerView Suite Describes how to install and start ServerView None ServerView Operations Operations Manager in a Windows environment Manager Quick
309. ported 3 Configure the OS To use sadump kdump must be configured beforehand After configuring kdump you need to make the following additional settings Setting to not reboot after panic Set the kernel parameter kernel panic to 0 the default is 0 Otherwise the system automatically reboots after panic and there is no chance to start sadump Configure etc sysctl conf as follows kernel panic 0 Setting to stop the system after kdump Set default in etc kdump conf to halt or shell Otherwise the system automatically reboots when kdump fails and there is no chance to start sadump Setting to start sadump Set blacklist kvm intel in etc kdump conf Otherwise SMI is blocked and sadump cannot start Example of etc kdump conf ext4 LABEL dump path core_collector makedumpfil message level 1 d 31 disk timeout 60 default shell blacklist kvm intel 129 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 Setting for an NMI to start kdump A kdump start by an NMI is needed at the beginning of the procedure to start sadump Configure etc sysctl conf as follows kernel unknown nmi panic 1 4 Start sadump and check Start sadump as follows 1 Send an NMI to start kdump Select Partition from the MMB Web UI Then select NMI in Power Control and click Apply 2 If kdump does not start start sadump Sel
310. ppropriate to your operation mode Initialize MMB settings Registering a user account Setting the system name Setting the date and time After you initialize the above settings we recommend backing up the setting information For details on how to back up the specified information see 3 5 Saving Configuration Information 20 3 3 1 Connecting the MMB console PC 3 3 2 Initializing MMB settings 3 3 3 Setting up the connection environment for actual operation 3 3 4 Logging in to the MMB 3 3 5 How to view the Web UI window 3 3 6 Configuring the MMB network 3 3 7 Configuring telnet 3 3 8 Configuring a DNS server 3 3 9 Configuring Alarm E Mail 3 3 10 Registering a user account 3 3 11 Setting the system name 3 3 12 Setting the date and time C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors 3 3 1 Connecting the MMB console PC This section describes how to connect the MMB console PC To reconfigure the system for actual operation connect the COM port on the MMB console PC to the RS 232C port external interface on the MMB by using an RS 232C crossover cable For details on the mounting location and external interfaces of the MMB see FIGURE 3 1 Mounting location and external interf
311. r ABC0123456789 Under Maintenance Status Normal Partition 02 3 Partition User Administration Network Configuration Maintenance 2 System System Status 1 T eem FIGURE 3 7 Submenu area The submenu area display is as follows The area displays up to three menu levels One level is added to the submenu breadcrumb trail when the user goes deeper than three levels or when the submenu area displays a scroll bar for a large number of menu items When displayed the added submenu is the lowest menu on the submenu breadcrumb trail and the top submenu in the submenu area Each submenu has one of the following icons to indicate whether it has lower level menus This symbol indicates that the submenu has lower level menu items E This symbol indicates that the submenu has lower level menu items and is currently expanded L This symbol indicates that the submenu has no lower level menu items 29 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Level 1 submenu item 1 Level 2 item 1 C Level 2 item 2 Level 2 item 3 C Level 3 item 1 Level 3 item 2 Level 1 submenu item 2 Level 1 submenu item 3 Placing the cursor on a submenu highlights the submenu The selected submenu has a different background color The background colors of menus at different levels depend on the level Content area The content area displays the fol
312. r in 5 6 1 Boot Options menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Change Boot Order p o ded DUD CD t Manager BUE SN FIGURE 4 11 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu The following describes the meaning of the menu UEFI DVD CD n n 0 1 2 Specify this when starting the UEFI aware OS from the external DVD CD drive media The n in UEFI DVD CD n is a sequential number starting from 0 assigned in the order that DVD CD devices are recognized The assigned number remains stored based on the connection location information as long as the device is not disconnected from the system UEFI Embedded DVD CD Specify this item when using the built in DVD drive for installation in UEFI mode UEFI Shell Specify this menu when starting UEFI Shell The PRIMEQUEST 1000 series does not use UEFI Shell Legacy Boot Specify this item for BIOS mode Also specify Legacy Boot when using the built in DVD drive for installation in BIOS mode 4 Specify Commit Changes and Exit 5 Press the ESC key to return to the Front Page 6 Specify Boot Manager 7 Specify UEFI DVD CD 0 to use the remote storage DVD Specify UEFI Embedded DVD CD to use the built in DVD 3 After a moment the language selection window appears Select English for installation in English 4 Click the Next button on the initially displayed window without setting anything 5 Select Deployment in t
313. r 2008 R2 Services W32Time TimeProviders NtpClient Windows Server 2012 There is no line feed in the above registry key name SpecialPollInterval type REG_DWORD value 900 decimal 296 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows Task description Target OS Startup Settings Setthe Windows Time service to start automatically in Computer Windows Server 2008 R2 of NTP Service Management Services and Applications Services only Windows Server 2012 Windows Server 2008 R2 Event Task Register the following in Task Scheduler to synchronize with the Windows Server 2008 Settings System time when the time can be acquired from an NTP server Windows Server 2008 R2 Log System Source Time Service ID 37 Windows Server 2012 The w32tm resync command will run For detailed procedures see following chapter F 2 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2003 F 3 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2008 F 5 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2012 F 5 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2012 297 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows F 2 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2003 The procedures in this chapter require Administrator privileges All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors F 2 1 Specifying
314. r VMware 4 x Configuring the PSA to MMB communication T LAN E 4 1 Configuring the network Confirming management LAN settings E 4 1 Configuring the network Confirming SELinux function settings No settings required Confirming the firewall function E 4 2 Configuring the firewall nm Same as for RHEL Setting the destinations of traps from a partition 1 Pe 6 2 5 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition n Same as for RHEL Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via RAOT 2 the MMB 6 2 6 Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the e MMB Same as for RHEL Setting the management LAN IP address 6 2 7 Setting the management LAN IP address hes Same as for RHEL Configuring SNMP to use duplicate disks DAP 6 2 8 Configuring SNMP to use duplicate disks Configuring the default gateway E 4 3 Configuring the default gateway Remarks PSA is provided only with the PRIMEQUEST 1800E All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors E 4 1 Configuring the network This section describes the network settings required to install and operate PSA Use the following workflow to perform the work Confirming the PSA to MMB communication LAN and management LAN Configuring the management LAN Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN Usually the network is configured as shown below immediately after the ins
315. r VMware 4 x PSA Installation After completing the installation press the Alt F1 keys to log in to the ESX Console UMware ESX 4 0 0 build 20816 FUJITSU SU PRIMEQUEST x Genuine Intel R CPU 0000 1 8 16 GB Memoru Download tools to manage this host from http 77 10 10 10 10 To open the ESX const To return to this st FIGURE E 1 Completion of VMware 4 x installation When VMware 4 x is used fatal system errors such as a panic are not detected automatically Therefore perform the following procedures after installation and set the Watchdog Timer for detecting such fatal system errors For setting the Watchdog Timer monitoring use ServerView Operations Manager V4 92 14 or later Note The setting procedure varies with the version of ServerView Operations Manager SVOM being used Check the version number and follow the appropriate procedure below When using SVOM 4 92 1 Start ServerView Operations Manager 2 Select ServerList 3 Right click the target partition in the server list on the left side Select Maintenance ASR Properties from the displayed menu 4 Select Watchdog in the displayed window 5 Specify the following for Software and click Apply Check the Active check box Select Continue for Action for cases of abnormal operation 274 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation Enter a value between 1 and 1
316. r can be restarted select the restart option and click the Finish button 6 3 9 Uninstalling PSA This section describes the PSA uninstallation procedure Remarks Uninstalling PSA deletes all the files in the PSA installation folder Save the necessary files before uninstallation To confirm the PSA installation folder check the environment variable FJSVpsa_INSTALLPATH Operations 1 Select Control Panel Add or Remove Programs 2 Select PRIMEQUEST Server Agent from the list of currently installed programs Then click Change Remove gt gt A deletion confirmation message appears Confirm Uninstall xi Are you sure you want to completely remove PRIMEQUEST Server Agent and all of its Features FIGURE 6 6 Confirmation message dialog box 173 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 3 Click the OK button gt gt Uninstallation begins Immediately after uninstallation is completed the maintenance complete window appears 4 Click the Finish button PRIMEQUEST Server Agent InstallShield Wizard Uninstall Complete InstallShield Wizard uninstalled succeeded in the uninstallation PRIMEQUEST Server Agent It is necessary to reactivate to delete PRIMEQUEST Server Agent completely No will restart my computer later Remove any disks from their drives and then click Finish to complete setup FIGU
317. ration file for configure installation with detailed RAID and OS settings use during reinstallation All screenshots are display examples andthe actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration andother factors Operations 1 Make the setting for booting the partition from remote storage For details on the setting see 1 6 3 Remote operation BMC in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN 2 Insert ServerView Suite DVD1 into the DVD drive Then power on the partition When using the remote storage DVD insert ServerView Suite DVD1 into the remote storage Then power on the partition Remarks If the operating system supports UEFI mode you can install it in UEFI mode by using the following procedure to change the boot order 1 Select Force boot from DVD from Boot Selector in the Power Control window of the MMB Web UI Then power on the partition 2 After powering on the partition press and hold down any key Space key for example other than the Enter key while the FUJITSU logo is displayed to display the Boot Manager Front Page 3 Select the following items from the menu in the order given in the Boot Manager Front Page Boot Maintenance Manager Boot Options Change Boot Order Change the order Specify UEFI DVD CD 0 as the highest priority device to boot from the remote storage DVD Specify UEFI Embedded DVD CD as the highest priority devic
318. rd mounting date on the destination partition Partition 0 RAID card 01 RAS Support Service screen Partition 0 with BBU RAID card 802 Battery RAID Card 01 2009 11 01 without BBU Battery RAID Card 02 2009 11 01 RAID card 03 with BBU Partition 0 RAID card 01 RAS Support Service screen Partition 0 with BBU RAID card 4802 Battery RAID Card 401 2009 11 01 without BBU Battery RAID Card 02 Clearthe value previously input RAS Support Service screen Partition Partition 1 RAID card 01 1 with BBU Battery RAID_Card 01 2009 44 013 Reset FIGURE 6 34 RAS Support Service screens move to another partition The PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server can have multiple partition configurations For example suppose a partition requires many CPUs during the day and a lot of I O at night the partition configuration must change between day and night This means changes in the SB and IOB connection configuration In this case to move a RAID card to another partition determine the primary partition for service life monitoring and then set the partition in RAS Support Service If both partitions are set by mistake notifications from both partitions will be issued in service life monitoring for the same RAID card 212 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 9 2 Battery unit service life monitoring for
319. re OS from the external DVD CD drive media The n in UEFI DVD CD n is a sequential number starting from 0 assigned in the order that DVD CD devices are recognized The assigned number remains stored based on the connection location information as long as the device is not disconnected from the system UEFI Embedded DVD CD Specify this item when using the built in DVD drive for installation in UEFI mode UEFI Shell Specify this menu when starting UEFI Shell The PRIMEQUEST 1000 series does not use UEFI Shell Legacy Boot Specify this item for BIOS mode Also specify Legacy Boot when using the built in DVD drive for installation in BIOS mode 3 Specify Commit Changes and Exit Reset System to reboot the partition 3 After a moment the language selection window appears Select English for installation in English 4 Click the Next button on the initially displayed window without setting anything 5 Select Deployment in the Welcome to ServerView Installation Manager window 6 Select an installation mode and the operating system to be installed Then set up the operating system Remark The IP address of the LAN cannot be set through the operating system setup Set the IP address after the installation of the operating system 7 Click Install Installation begins 84 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 8 Repla
320. remote IP addresses does this rule match C Any IP address These IP addresses 192 168 1 1 Add Edit Hemoye Learn more about specifying scope lt Back Next gt Cancel FIGURE 6 15 New Inbound Rule Wizard Scope 12 The wizard displays the Action window as indicated at the upper left Select Allow the connection Then click the Next button 188 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E New Inbound Rule Wizard E3 Action Specify the action that is taken when a connection matches the conditions specified in the rule Steps Rule Type What action should be taken when a connection matches the specified conditions Program Protocol and Ports Allow the connection Scope Allow connections that have been protected with IPsec as well as those that have not Action C Allow the connection if it is secure Profile Allow only connections that have been authenticated and intearity protected through the use of IPsec Connections will be secured using the settings in IPsec properties and rules in the Name Connection Security Rule node 5 Reguire the connections to be encypted Require privacy in addition to integrity and authentication Bveride block rules Useful for tools that must always be available such as remote administration tools If you specify this option you must also specify an authorized
321. rence C122 EI10EN Bledel PRIMPQUEST 58008 Active DIM Ran p Past Nuxbrt MCD3ACHI Fujtrsu Serial Nuper 149003 0 Sr CIE Reserved SB Configuration He LJ a o 0 o g y Caed am 2 FIGURE 3 25 Reserved SB Configuration window example 2 In the SB column check the check box of a partition to designate it as the standby partition 3 Click the Apply button Remarks Unchecking the check box of a Reserved SB in the Reserved SB Configuration window changes the SB to a free SB 48 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Reserved SB mounting requirements For 1800E2 1800E the Reserved SB must meet the following conditions regarding the number of CPUs Ina partition configured with one SB one CPU mounted per SB is permitted Ina partition configured with multiple SBs two CPUs mounted per SB are required If the above mounting conditions are not met a message dialog box appears This inhibits the setting of a Reserved SB Notes The type of CPU on the Reserved SB must be the same as on the other SBs configured in the partition An SB that has a different type of mounted CPU cannot be defined as the Reserved SB An SB with 8 GB DIMMs 16 GB DIMMs or 32 GB DIMMs mounted cannot be mixed with an SB having mounted memory of another capacity in the same partition This means an SB with 8 GB
322. repare a server running ServerView Operations Manager 2 After removing the built in HDD of the PRIMEQUEST server confirm the partition settings with the MMB Setting the SB IOB GSPB configuration See 3 4 1 Setting a partition configuration Configuring Console Redirection See 3 4 6 Configuring Console Redirection Video redirection Enable Remote storage Enable Console redirection Enable Setting various modes See 3 4 5 Setting various modes 3 Assign I O spaces to the SAS card SAS array controller card Onboard SAS controller GSPB SAS disk unit controller and SAS array disk unit controller For details on I O space assignment see 3 4 5 Setting various modes in this manual and 5 5 1 Configure I O Space Assignment menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 4 7 2 Preparing for Installation To prepare for installation also see the VMware information Forthe VMware information contact the distributor where you purchased your product or your sales representative Prepare the following 1 Prepare the following disk image VMware 4 x media 2 Disconnect all the FC cables 3 Mount the disk image through a video redirection connection 4 Configure the RAID environment For details see the MegaRAID SAS Software the MegaRAID SAS Device Driver Installation or the LSI MegaRAID R SAS Software contained on the SVS DVD 5 Change the boot order to give the highest priority in start
323. resses does this rule match Any IP address Which remote IP addresses does this rule match Select These IP addresses Then click the Add button Enter the IP address of the PSA to MMB communication LAN on the MMB side The wizard displays the Action window as indicated at the upper left Select Allow the connection Then click the Next button The wizard displays the Profile window as indicated at the upper left Check all the Domain Private and Public check boxes Then click the Next button The wizard displays the Name window as indicated at the upper left Enter PSAICMP in Name Then click the Finish button 194 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 4 7 Setting the Watchdog Timer for monitoring after a STOP error fatal system error If a STOP error fatal system error occurs in the system the following situation results After you select Partition Power Control from the MMB Web UI the window displays Stop Error under System Progress for the relevant partition The operating system acquires a memory dump Youcan set monitoring with the Watchdog Timer to perform recovery after the system freezes or otherwise becomes unresponsive in the above event Immediately after the specified time elapses the MMB performs a Hard Reset to reboot the operating system Operations 1 Open the f
324. ring Any No Allow No File and Printer Sharing Spooler Service R File and Printer Sharing Any No Allow No iSCSI Service TCP In iSCSI Service Any No Allow No key Management Service TCP In Key Management Service Any No Allow No Netlogon Service NP In Netlogon Service Any No Allow No OD Network Discovery LLMNR UDP In Network Discovery Y Filter by Group gt view d G Refresh ix Export List H Hep FIGURE 6 8 Windows Firewall window 3 Select and right click SNMP Service UDP In in the Inbound Rules list Then click Properties The two default profiles for SNMP Service UDP In are Domain and Private Public Perform steps 3 to 7 for both profiles 4 The SNMP Service UDP In Properties dialog box appears Click the General tab Then check the Enabled check box in General checked by default 181 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E SNMP Service UDP In Properties Ea Users and Computers Protocols and Ports Scope Advanced General Programs and Services This is a predefined rule and some of its properties cannot be modified General 2 Name a SNMP Service UDP In Description Inbound rule for the Simple Network Management a Protocol SNMP Service to allow SNMP traffic UDP m v Enabled Action n Allow the connections ry Allow
325. ror Installing a PSA update Not applicable 6 3 8 Installing a PSA update Uninstalling PSA 3 Not applicable 6 3 9 Uninstalling PSA Automatic setting Values are automatically set during PSA installation You may need to change an automatically set value See the section listed in the table 2 Manual setting Values are not automatically set during PSA installation Make settings as described in the section referred to in the table 3 To operate the PRIMEQUEST 1800E server you need to first install PSA Otherwise the following restrictions apply T O e g PCI Express card hard disk failure notification and trap notification to the administrator are disabled Failure notification using symptom detection and trap notification to the administrator are disabled Threshold exceeded in S M A R T monitoring of HDDs Operations management software cannot collect information on the partition side Even under an REMCS agreement no software errors are reported Remarks 161 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E SVIM installs PSA as it installs the operating system For details on SVIM see the ServerView Installation Manager For details on how to manually install PSA see APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation The following table lists settings for PSA operation The installer automatically adds or updates
326. ror mode and configure POST 3 Click the Apply button gt gt A confirmation dialog box appears 4 Click the OK button Remarks To enable the new settings in the Mode window you need to power off and on the partition 54 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation 3 4 6 Configuring Console Redirection To remotely install an operating system you need to first configure Console Redirection Set Console Redirection to the same subnet as the management LAN 1 Click Partition Console Redirection Setup gt gt The Console Redirection Setup window appears For details on this window see 1 3 6 Console Redirection Setup window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Medel PRIMPQOUEST 18008 Arnve DIME p Past Nube MCDSACHH FUJITSU Sesia Nunbei 148093460 State IE Parttor Coresie Redrectce Sap IP 4 Console Redirection Setup Heo _ Cock the Apply Button to apply al changes LJ n n loc LJ Lu 9 o o n Dabe C Dinbi C Dustle NN LI UmE Berl 9 Ense Duae C Dusk Dustle m 9 beste Enej Enade a C Drbe C Duae Duitie 8 Ya S fase 5 Eas Duas C Duakbbe C Duakis 3 SVD KH5 4 161 X VMware 104 fo ft fF B amp B fc fa Fo ba lh Be bs p aig 3 FIGURE 3 30 Console Redirection Setup window example 2 Set the IP address 3 Enable each
327. rovided only with the PRIMEQUEST 1800E 1 Start the terminal with root privileges 2 Mount ServerView Suite DVDI 3 Copy the PSA module to any directory of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server Then expand the files cp MNT SVSLocalTools Japanese PSA SR Linux N FJSVpsa XXXRHEL5 tgz tmp MNT is the mount point This indicates that there is no line feed XXX depends on the version In the above example the any directory is tmp 280 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation cd tmp tar xvzf FJSVpsa XXXRHEL5 tar gz 4 Execute the following command cd FJSVpsa INSTALL sh SVIM 5 After the installation of PSA make the required settings For details on the setting method see PSA Setting Procedure for VMware and 6 2 Configuring PSA Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux E 3 6 Installing SVmco For details on installing SVmco see the SVmco manual 281 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation E 4 Settings after VMware 4 x PSA Installation The settings after PSA installation for VMware 4 x partly differ from those for RHEL This section describes only the different parts For details on the parts of the setting procedure that are the same as those for RHEL see the following TABLE E 1 Settings after PSA Installation VMware 4 x Settings after PSA installation Fo
328. rt PSA to reflect the new NIC settings for the management LAN Restarting PSA 1 Click Start Administrative Tools Services 2 Select PRIMEQUEST Server Agent in the right side of the window 3 Select Action Restart from the menu bar to restart PRIMEQUEST Server Agent 6 4 9 Installing a PSA update This section describes the PSA update installation procedure Remarks Using a fix program of the same version as the installed PSA version PSA uninstallation begins when you click the OK button in the confirmation message dialog box After that PSA is reinstalled For details on how to acquire fix programs contact the distributor where you purchased your product or your sales representative Operations 1 Save the fix program fjpsaxxxx exe to your chosen folder 2 Start the saved fix program gt gt The following window appears for installation preparations 196 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E InstallShield Wizard Preparing to Install PRIMEQUEST Server Agent Setup is preparing the InstallShield Wizard which will guide you through the program setup process Please wait Preparing to Install ey FIGURE 6 21 Preparing to Install window 3 The following window appears when installation preparations are completed Click the Next button to proceed gt gt The program upd
329. rvalds Red Hat the Shadowman logo and JBoss are registered trademarks of Red Hat Inc in the U S and other countries Intel and Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation Ethernet is a registered trademark of Fuji Xerox Co Ltd in Japan and is a registered trademark of Xerox Corp in the United States and other countries VMware is a trademark or registered trademark of VMware Inc in the United States and other countries Novell and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server are trademarks of Novell Inc Xen is a trademark or registered trademark of Citrix Systems Inc or its subsidiaries in the United States and other countries Other company names and product names are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners Trademark indications are omitted for some system and product names in this manual Safety Precautions List of important alert items The following tables list the important alert items contained in this manual AWARNING This indicates a hazardous potentially dangerous situation that is likely to result in death or serious personal injury if the user does not perform the procedure correctly Work Warning Location category Setup Field engineers perform the following tasks on this product 1 1 Setup Customers must not perform these tasks under any circumstances Workflow Otherwise electric shock injury or fire may result Newly installing or moving equipment Removing the
330. rvice life monitoring for a UPS sssssssssssssssssseseeeeeen nennen nnne 136 CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E sees 139 WD OT Uo MEC 140 6 2 Configuring PSA Linux Red Hat Enterprise Linux eeseseseeesssiesessseseee nennen nnne 141 6 2 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN esssessesessessese enne nnne nennen nnne 142 6 2 2 Contirming management LAN Settings nennen treni eE innen enia uten RE aiaiai iaa 146 p 22 Confirming SELimax MACION SETS Lune cod rer rt ree aaa aaa pe tne Ee ret ertt beet reina 146 6 2 4 Checking the firewall function opening ports sssssessessssseneeenereeenn nennen 147 6 2 5 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition 2 eee ee cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeenaeeneees 152 6 2 6 Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB sse 156 6 2 7 Setting the management LAN IP address iiie entente ter etna aAA AAi 156 6 2 8 Configuring SNMP to use duplicate disks seeeesssessesseesss essen enne enne tn nennen nnne 157 0 2 9 UST eM a PaA OC 159 6o 0 Liningiglling PIS coc dice casa since E ERR eletti atlun etes a EE e aE EEE 160 6 3 Gonliguring PSA Windows Server 2003 use cte ntt haee eb recita vae e redeo ra Rede Euge 161 6 3 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB c
331. s Power line diagram for dual power connections For details on the power line configurations for redundant power connections and dual power connections see 2 3 Power Cable Connections in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Hardware Installation Manual C122 HO004EN 2 4 3 Grounding The PRIMEQUEST 1000 series is shipped with grounded three wire power cables You need to connect the power cables to outlets with ground terminals To determine the type of power supply in your building contact the building manager or a qualified electrical engineer 9 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 2 Preparing for Main Unit Installation 2 5 Checking the Installation Site Before installing the main unit confirm that the installation site has enough space for the required service maintenance area and for accommodating the peripheral devices For details on checks of the installation site see Chapter 1 Installation Information in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Hardware Installation Manual C122 H004EN 10 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 2 Preparing for Main Unit Installation 2 6 Preparing to Install the Main Unit TABLE 2 1 Accessories required in main unit installation lists the accessories required in main unit installation Prepare these accessories in advance TABLE 2 1 Accessories required in main unit installation No 2 Phillips screwdriver Used to mount the unit in a rack
332. s 4 Open Start Administrative Tools Services Q Service E lni x Ele Action View Help e mio s Bm gt a n mp 4 Services Local Services Local Windows Time Name Description Status s T On As a 4 Windows Firewall Windows Fi Started Automatic Local Service Stop the service 4 Windows Font Cac Optimizes Manual Local Service Restart the service 3 Windows Installer Adds modi Manual Local System 4 Windows Managem Providesa Started Automatic Local System Description lt Windows Modules I ins Started Manual Local System Maintains date and time synchronization x on all dients and servers in the network 1f this service is stopped date and time synchronization will be unavailable If this Automatic D service is disabled any services that WinHTTP Web Prox WinHTTP i Manual Local Service a a a acl 4 Wired AutoConfig The Wired Manual Local System WMI Performance Provides p Manual Local System 5 Workstation Creates an Started Automatic Network S d X Extended 4 Standard FIGURE F 26 Services window 5 Right click the Windows Time service Select Properties from the context menu 6 Set Automatic Delayed Start in Startup Type in the Windows Time Properties dialog box Windows Time Properties Local Computer E xj Service name W32Time Display name Windows Time Taree jaintains date and time synchr
333. s Tool Reference C122 E110EN For PSA version 2 6 or later Add the MMLAN setting chain to INPUT and OUTPUT chains At this time take care to prevent interruptions by an existing REJECT setting in an INPUT or OUTPUT chain or by a user definition chain Example REJECT setting in INPUT and FORWARD iptables L Chain INPUT policy ACC target prot source destination ACCEE all 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 state RI D ESTABLISHE ACCEE icmp 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ACCEE all 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ACCEE tcp 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 state NEW tcp dpt 22 REJEC all 01 50 07 0 0 0 0 0 reject with icmp host prohibited Chain FORWARD policy ACCE target prot opt source destination REJECT all 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 reject with icmp host prohibited 149 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Chain OUTPUT policy ACC target prot opt source destination Chain MMLAN 2 references target prot opt source destination ACCEE udp Pu 192 168 0 0 24 192 168 0 dpts 7000 ACCEE udp 192 168 0 1 192 168 0 0 24 spts 7000 ACCEE udp 192 168 0 0 24 192 168 0 1 dpt 162 ACCEE dp 192 168 0 1 192 168 0 0 24 spt 162 ACCEE dp 192 168 1 192 168 0 1 dpts 7000 ACCEE dp 192 168 0 1 192 1684 1 spts 7000 ACCEE dp 192 168 1 192 168 0 1 dpt 162 ACCEE dp 192 168 0 1 192 168 1 spt 162
334. s the highest priority device to boot from in UEFI mode If the operating system supports UEFI mode you can install it in UEFI mode by using the following procedure to change theboot order 1 After powering on the partition press and hold down any key Space key for example other than the Enter key while the FUJITSU logo is displayed to display the Boot Manager Front Page 2 Select the following items from the menu in the order given in theBoot Manager Front Page Boot MaintenanceManager Boot Options Change Boot Order Change the order Specify UEFI DVD CD 0 as the highest priority device to boot from the remote storage DVD Specify UEFI Embedded DVD CD as the highest priority device to boot from the built in DVD For details on how to set the boot order see Changing the order of priority Change Boot Order in 5 6 1 Boot Options menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 111 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software Change Boot Order M UEFI DUD CD 0 ficpi PNPOR08 0x0 Pc i 0 UEFI Embedded DUD CD x18 0x7 USB 0x0 0x0 UEFI Shell Legacy Boot Windows Boot Manage Move Selection Up Move Selection Down lt Enter gt Complete Entry Esc Exit Entry FIGURE 4 14 Example of display of the Change Boot Order menu The following describes the meaning of the menu UEFI DVD CD n n
335. same procedure as that for the RPM package Remarks The FJSVfefpcl package runs together with PSA to enable the functions for stopping Watchdog software and reporting the panic status at the OS panic occurrence time Also a configuration using PCL PRIMECLUSTER provides an HBA blocking function to obtain high speed switching of PCL nodes Under a PRIMEQUEST environment the package must be installed even if PCL PRIMECLUSTER is not used Confirming the status of the iptables service Confirm the status of the iptables service If the iptables service has stopped the iptables settings were not made correctly during PSA installation Start the iptables service as needed Note If PSA version 2 8 0 or earlier is installed when the iptables service has stopped the iptables service starts with the settings of the PSA to MMB communication LAN written over the existing port settings Deal with this problem in the following way To use the iptables service Start the iptables service before installing PSA 248 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation To use a firewall tool other than iptables Stop the iptables service B 1 3 Installing PSA Execute the following command to install the PSA package The following explanation is based on the assumption that the PSA package FJSVpsa VER S REL tar gz has been extracted in the work directory SWORK DIR Sy
336. sert the ServerView Suite DVD1 DVD into the DVD drive 78 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 2 Double click the file in the DVD drive name gt HotFixes SR IO folder to run it If the folder contains the following two files select a file according to the Windows type TABLE 4 4 If the folder contains two files OS type Name of file to be run xx version number Windows Server 2003 SR IO registry xx Win2003 reg R2 Windows Server 2008 SR IO registry xx Win2008 reg R2 Windows Server 2012 Registry setting not required R2 If the folder contains one file it is a common file for Windows TABLE 4 5 If the folder contains one file Name of file to be run xx version number Windows Server 2003 R2 SR IO registry xx E0 reg Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 R2 Registry setting not required 3 Remove the ServerView Suite DVD1 DVD from the DVD drive 3 After completing the setting reboot the unit 4 Confirm that the PSA management LAN IP address is not the same as the IP address used for the production network or management network For details see 6 3 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN Remarks The PSA management LAN is automatically assigned an IP address Confirm that the IP address is not the same as the IP address used for the production network or manag
337. ss check box is unchecked initial setting The following From address set in Virtual IP Address Hostname in the Network Configuration Network Interface window is sent to the SMTP server The address should be in the same format as Hostname In FQDN format root Hostname Except in FQDN format root localdomain localdomain The e mail address set in From becomes the From address of the e mail sent to the e mail recipient To To specify an FQDN as an SMTP server name a DNS server must be set After selecting Network Configuration Network Interface you can set a DNS server 3 Click the button appropriate to your needs To set conditions for sending e mail Filter button Toenable the settings Apply button To send test e mail Test E Mail button Specify e mail send conditions 1 To specify e mail send conditions click the Filter button in the Alarm E Mail window 36 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation gt gt The Alarm E Mail Filtering Condition window appears For details on the Alarm E Mail Filtering Condition window see Alarm E Mail Filtering Condition window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Medel PRIMPQUEST 18008 Past Nuxsbrt MCDSACHH FUJITSU Serial Number 1450031400 Sri Arnve MINES Meturcr Confgurinen Alam E Mail Alarm E Mail Filtering Condition Hato Selec
338. stallation B 1 2 Checks before PSA installation This section describes the checks to make before PSA installation Confirming PSA to MMB communication LAN settings Confirming management LAN settings Confirming the functions required for PSA operation Confirming the status of the iptables service Confirming PSA to MMB communication LAN settings For details on how to confirm PSA to MMB communication LAN settings see 6 2 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN and 6 2 7 Setting the management LAN IP address Confirming management LAN settings For details on how to confirm management LAN settings see 6 2 2 Confirming management LAN settings Confirming the functions required for PSA operation The following table lists the packages required for PSA operation Execute the rpm command to confirm the installation of each package The packages that must be installed depend on the CPU architecture x86 x64 246 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation TABLE B 1 Packages required for PSA operation RHEL5 gdb x x x x 1386 rpm gdb x x x x x86_64 rpm Im_sensors x x X xX X 1386 rpm Im_sensors x x xX xX X 1386 rpm net snmp x X xX xX x x 1386 rpm lm sensors x x x x x x86 64 rpm net snmp utils x x x x net snmp x x x x X x x86 64 rpm X X 1386 rpm net snmp libs x x x x x x 1386 rpm ICS X X X x 1386 rpm net snmp libs x x x x x x x86 64 rpm net snmp utils x
339. stallation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 9 VMware 5 x Installation Procedures on the Built in HDD This section concisely describes the procedures for installing VMware 5 x on the built in HDD Start this work only after confirming the completion of the connection and configuration of the MMB 4 9 1 Advance setup Set up the following as needed 1 Prepare a server running ServerView Operations Manager 2 After removing the built in HDD of the PRIMEQUEST server confirm the partition settings with the MMB Setting the SB IOB GSPB configuration See 3 4 1 Setting a partition configuration Configuring Console Redirection See 3 4 6 Configuring Console Redirection Video redirection Enable Remote storage Enable Console redirection Enable Setting various modes See 3 4 5 Setting various modes 3 Assign I O spaces to the SAS card SAS array controller card Onboard SAS controller GSPB SAS disk unit controller and SAS array disk unit controller For details on I O space assignment see 3 4 5 Setting various modes in this manual and 5 5 1 Configure I O Space Assignment menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 4 9 2 Preparing for Installation To prepare for installation also see the VMware information Forthe VMware information contact the distributor where you purchased your product or your sales representative Prepare the following 1
340. stem operation we recommend concluding our SupportDesk agreement which provides a maintenance and operation support service SupportDesk agreement customers receive a same day response service for hardware problems They are eligible for regular checkups remote notification of potential failure predictions and information on system problems Moreover they can avail themselves of other services such as troubleshooting support by phone for hardware and software problems and access to operation support information from a dedicated website for our customers For details see Product support on the SupportDesk homepage http jp fujitsu com solutions support sdk index html Product and service inquiries For all product use and technical inquiries contact the distributor where you purchased your product or a Fujitsu sales representative or systems engineer SE If you do not know the appropriate contact address for inquiries about the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series use the Fujitsu contact line Fujitsu contact line We accept Web inquiries For details visit our website https www s fujitsu com global contact computing PRMQST_feedback html Warranty If a component failure occurs during the warranty period we will repair it free of charge in accordance with the terms of the warranty agreement For details see the warranty Before requesting a repair If a problem occurs with the product confirm the problem by referring to 11 2 Troubleshooting in
341. storage unit and FC card Fibre Channel card see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN 4 4 1 Advance setup Set up the following as needed 1 Set the LUN of the SAN storage unit 2 Configure the BIOS so that the LUN of the FC card is recognized For details on configuring the FC card see Chapter 2 Settings on the Fiber Channel Card FC Card in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN 3 After removing the built in HDD of the PRIMEQUEST server confirm the partition settings with the MMB Setting the SB IOB GSPB configuration See 3 4 1 Setting a partition configuration Configuring Console Redirection See 3 4 6 Configuring Console Redirection Video redirection Enable Remote storage Enable Console redirection Enable Setting various modes See 3 4 5 Setting various modes 4 Connect only the LUN of the SAN storage unit as the installation destination to the partition of the PRIMEQUEST server For details on the settings for the SAN storage unit see the manual supplied with the SAN storage unit 5 Assign I O spaces to the FC card card for boot path only SAS card SAS array controller card Onboard SAS controller GSPB SAS disk unit controller and SAS array disk unit controller For details on I O space assignment see 3 4 5 Setting various modes in this manual and 5 5 1 Configure I O Space Assignment menu in the PRIME
342. sufficient memory or internal handles For this reason the settings are changed to the following values Upper limit on memory used 536 870 912 bytes Upper limit on internal handles 65 536 Remarks 162 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E Execute the SNMP security setting command setsnmpsec in the following situations For details on the command see 4 8 SNMP Security Setting Command setsnmpsec in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Having installed PSA you will be changing the SNMP Service security setting from Accept SNMP packets from any host to Accept SNMP packets from these hosts You will be changing the MMB IP address In the initial startup of PSA following installation the Web UI may display the error message E 33077 PSA is Not Active 01 0000 in the PSA window This happens because PSA requires extra time to acquire system sensor data only during the initial startup Wait a few minutes Then refresh the display If you change the MMB IP address or the management LAN IP address on the partition be sure to then restart PSA Otherwise a display error may occur in the PSA window of the Web UI Moreover PSA would not be able to report detected errors Notes on configuring Windows Server 2003 Do notenable Visual Notification in the options of Dr Watson diagnosis software bundle
343. system Syntax sbin ifconfig a Example of output 143 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E ethO eth1 and lo shown on the left side are the interface names etho sbin ifconfig a Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 D0 B7 53 89 C3 inet addr 10 24 17 149 Bcast 10 24 17 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 inet6 addr fe80 2d0 b7f f653 89c3 64 Scope Link UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 1107704 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 2653820 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 390009908 371 9 MiB TX bytes 809006934 771 5 MiB Link encap Ethernet HWaddr 00 0E 0C 21 83 97 inet addr 192 168 0 162 Bcast 10 24 17 255 Mask 255 255 255 0 inet6 addr fe80 20e cff fe21 8397 64 Scope Link UP BROADCAST RUNNING MULTICAST MTU 1500 Metric 1 RX packets 1538726 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 TX packets 356 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 carrier 0 collisions 0 txqueuelen 1000 RX bytes 341051195 325 2 MiB TX bytes 22862 22 3 KiB Base address 0x5cc0 Memory fobfe0000 fc000000 Link encap Local Loopback inet addr 127 0 0 1 Mask 255 0 0 0 inet6 addr 1 128 Scope Host UP LOOPBACK RUNNING MTU 16436 Metric 1 RX packets 3865 errors 0 dropped 0 overruns 0 frame 0 2 Execute the ethtool command to find the NIC of the PSA to MMB communication LAN
344. system and applications for operations make settings for acquiring memory dumps For details on memory dumps and paging files see 11 4 4 Setting up the dump environment Windows in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN 128 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 5 5 Setting Up the Dump Environment Linux In RHEL you can prepare an environment enabling the most reliable acquisition of dumps by combining the kdump function which is a standard operating system function and the sadump function of hardware 5 5 1 How to use sadump This section describes the procedure for sadump sadump allows you to store memory dumps under situations like the following whereas the standard RHEL function kdump does not allows this OS panic or hang before the kdump service starts Error while kdump is running 1 Prepare Install the following two packages corresponding to the kernel version used kernel debuginfo common kernel debuginfo 2 Configure the UEFI Referring to 5 3 Setting of sadump configure the UEFI for sadump Note the following points Set RECYCLE in Set up Manager to lt Enable gt Otherwise every time after sadump acquires a memory dump the dump device must be configured again Select Create a dump device in Dump device Manager and set Create mode to lt Single gt lt Multiple gt is not sup
345. t 4 Back Cancel FIGURE B 7 Setup window 3 Specify the installation destination Then click the Next button 264 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation The default installation path for PSA is Program Files Fujitsu or Program Files x86 Fujitsu To change the installation destination click the Browse button and specify another installation destination PRIMEQUEST Server Agent InstallShield Wizard Fa Select Features Select the features setup will install Select the features you want to install and deselect the features you do not want to install PRIMEQUEST Server Agent Sn 108 MB Destination Folder C Program Files Fujitsu Browse Space Required on C 108 MB Space Available on C 122201 MB Disk Space Installshield lt Back Cancel FIGURE B 8 Select Features window 4 After the installation is completed the following window appears Click the Finish button 5 You may need to restart your computer If so a confirmation dialog box appears The dialog box asks whether you want to restart the computer immediately Check whether the computer can be restarted at this time If the computer can be restarted select the restart option and click the Finish button 265 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallatio
346. t configured With Accept SNMP packets from these hosts selected If neither the MMB IP address nor localhost is set SNMP security is configured WMI Windows Management Instrumentation settings PSA uses WMI to acquire information on PCI Express cards and SCSI devices WMI is installed as standard with Windows These settings include settings on the size of memory and number of internal handles used by WMI to collect this information If the system has many LUNS for devices such as RAIDs it may not have sufficient memory or internal handles For this reason the settings are changed to the following values Upper limit on memory used 536 870 912 bytes Upper limit on internal handles 65 536 B 2 5 Settings after PSA installation This section describes the settings for items after PSA installation Setting the destinations of traps from a partition Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB Configuring the Windows Firewall Setting Watchdog for monitoring after a STOP error fatal system error Setting the destinations of traps from a partition For details on how to set the destinations of traps from a partition see 6 3 3 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB For details on how to set the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB see 6 3 4 Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB Configuring the Windows Firewall For
347. t the ternz corrktces and chck Sw Apply Baton ieventy F Enor Yung F let 2 Parm AS Specied Porites 3yrs 7A Specerd PSU V Eae ge rs pue pu ee FICbe E SPP R 067341 a SAFUG SAS E SARN B SASUS RIVE E O Fuon TNI B APC boi Aysom ie AS 7 Spectin Por F DMN LR ZI E Vows ETewenwat F Ota Appy Cavosi ua E FIGURE 3 13 Alarm E Mail Filtering Condition window example 2 Select values in the required items Multiple selected items are evaluated with the AND condition Multiple options selected in an item are evaluated with the OR condition 3 Click the Apply button 3 3 10 Registering a user account Register as many MMB user accounts as needed in the initial settings You can register up to 16 accounts For details on how to back up the specified information see 3 5 Saving Configuration Information Operations 1 Click User Administration User List gt gt The User List window appears For details on the User List window see 1 4 1 User List window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 37 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Medel PROQUEST Low Armve AAIE Past Nast MCD3ACIH FU Serial Number 149053400 Sra Uer Adrmitraten 2 User Lat User List a ick the Add User Guten te ade B new uper Select a weer then cok the Edt Famove User bution to edit or remove the
348. tall Complete window 4 Click the Finish button 5 To delete the PSHED Plugin driver you need to restart the operating system Be sure to confirm that the operating system can be restarted before restarting it 202 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 5 Setting Up the Dump Environment Windows You can use the standard operating system functions of Windows to acquire dumps Before you can acquire dumps you need to allocate an area for them in the system For details on how to set up the dump environment see 11 4 4 Setting up the dump environment Windows in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN 6 5 1 Memory dump files and paging files A memory dump file stores debug information on any STOP error fatal system error that has occurred in the system After installing the operating system and applications for operations make settings for acquiring memory dumps For details on memory dumps and paging files see 11 4 4 Setting up the dump environment Windows in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN 203 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 6 6 Setting Up the Dump Environment Linux In RHEL you can prepare an environment to enable secure acquisition of dumps by using the standard operatin
349. tallation 0 cccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeaaeseeeeeeeeaaeeees 259 B 2 5 Settings alter PSA Inetallatiort 1 uuu cec nece en reni eene eite tan ote reae ced e Race tiic 260 B 2 5 Installing a PSA UDOBEB iiinie die nt ttr ne tpa bae dudas Fear et eoe m mu grau ct cdieestbaceeteandaaale 260 H2 y Dninetallie IPSA eoi terrere Ente te edo d esten ect Elea iad en Eu BOE RE Pa Re veo eet 260 B 3 Manually Installing PSA Windows Server 2008 sse nennen 261 Eel WS nio EEUU 261 B 3 2 Checks before PSA instalation oiii tesudaci ade acetone tane tete peonia Rena des nehme naniii 262 LecwaAncrclp pd UC 263 XX C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Contents B 3 4 Automatic configuration during PSA installation essesssssssseeeeeeenennnenen nnn 266 EOM Selings alter PSA 312 0 Mm 267 APPENDIX C Sofware LINKS 2 14er dicc Ide redet Bee Re ke dian abe a decease 269 C 1 General Description and Types of Bundled Software sssssssssssseseeeseeeenn eene 270 APPENDIX D Configuring the SAN Boot Environment essssssssssesesee eene enne 271 APPENDIX E Notes on Viviwale Installation 1 eerie eret ptit nnt ine peu Eten Ex SE De nro ENRERE 272 E 1 Building a RAID Environment Using VMware 4 x Built in Disks esee 273 E 2 Notes on YMware 4 x Installation iue eren ne exped nn NEREA 274 E3
350. tallation of the operating system The interface name BUS number and other names must be replaced with suitable character strings according to the environment 282 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation Virtual switch vSwitchO z Physical adapter Virtual machine port group ont VM Network im NEN 00 19 0 Service console port Service Console vswifO Physical adapter vmnic1 Network interface 0d 00 0 FIGURE E 5 Network configuration immediately after installation of OS Remark For details on each command used in the settings below use man for confirmation Note Do not set the host name before setting the IP address of vswifO which exists by default immediately after the installation of the operating system If you do so VMware 4 x may change the value of etc hosts to an unintended value The description here is based on the assumption that vswif0 is used as the management LAN Confirming the PSA to MMB communication LAN and management LAN 1 The PSA MMB communication LAN uses the physical adapter assigned BUS number 0000 00 19 0 The management LAN uses an arbitrary physical adapter Execute the esxcfg nics command to confirm the physical adapters used for the PSA to MMB communication LAN and management LAN f esxcfg nics 1 Name PCI Driver Link Speed Duplex MAC Address MTU Description vmnicO 00 19 00 e1000e Up 100Mbps Half 00 17 42
351. tart a Program Add arguments optional resynd Finish Start in optional lt Back Cancel FIGURE F 33 Create Basic Task Wizard window Start a Program Click the Next button 8 Check the Open the Properties dialog for this task when I click Finish check box on the Summary screen 312 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows Create Basic Task Wizard E o xj Summary Create a Basic Task Trigger Name nte sync When an Event Is Logged Description Action Start a Program Trigger o an event On event Log System Source Time Service Event ID 37 Action start a program SystemRoot System32 w32tm exe resync M Open the Properties dialog for this task when I click Finish When you click Finish the new task will be created and added to your Windows schedule FIGURE F 34 Create Basic Task Wizard window Summary Click the Finish button 9 Click the Change User or Group button in the Properties dialog box ntp sync Properties Local Computer xd General Triggers Actions Conditions Settings History disabled Mme payee na Location V Author WIN UEAROGBVTQAdministrator Description Security options When running the task use the following user account WIN UEARO6BVTQ Administrator Change User or Group Run only when user is logged on C Run whether user is logged on or n
352. the driver and utility can be used for the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series 2 Execute the downloaded file by double clicking it The prompt screen for the cmd exe a window with a black background is displayed for a while and then the file is extracted 3 After the extraction is completed the window is automatically closed The downloaded file is extracted and folders or files are newly created Remark If the window is not closed in spite of the display of Installation Completed in the window click the Finish button to close the window 4 Double click storportminiportkit XXXXX exe in the extracted FC vKXXXXX directory to run it Remark XXXXX represents the version and must be replaced with a suitable character string 2 Make the registry setting Remarks No registry setting is required for Windows Server 2012 1 Insert the ServerView Suite DVD1 DVD into the DVD drive 2 Double click the file in the DVD drive name gt HotFixes SR IO folder to run it 87 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software If the folder contains the following two files select a file according to the Windows type TABLE 4 7 If the folder contains two files OS type Name of file to be run xx version number Windows Server 2003 SR IO registry xx Win2003 reg R2 Windows Server 2008 SR IO registry xx Win2008 reg R2 Windows Server 2012 Regis
353. the partition All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors 8 1 1 Powering on a partition The procedure for powering on the partition is as follows Operations 1 Log in to the MMB Web UI The MMB Web UI window appears 2 Click Partition Power Control The Power Control window appears For details on the Power Control window see 1 3 1 Power Control window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Medel PRIMPQUEST png Active DIME 2 Part Nusler MCD3ACIHI Fujtrsu Serial Number 145051400 Sri TEE Power Control Select a Power Coats opasa bow cae oc more parens Hue cack de Apply battce te take effect X SVIM RHS 4 101 On H i 2j FIGURE 8 1 Power Control window example 3 Select Power On in Power Control for the partition that you are going to power on Then click the Apply button 236 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 8 Powering On and Off a Partition 4 A confirmation dialog box appears Click the OK button to continue processing or the Cancel button to cancel processing Remarks If the power to the partition is already on or if thespecified control fails because the power is currently off a warning messageappears If the power to all partitions is off the partitions cannot be powered on for some time 8 1 2
354. the security level in the 1 option includes authentication Otherwise you can omit the option 154 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E A authPassword This is the authentication password at least eight characters This setting must match that on the manager side The option takes effect only if the security level in the 1 option includes authentication Otherwise you can omit the option x privProtocol This is the protocol for SNMPv3 message encryption Currently the only supported privacy protocol is DES The option takes effect only if the security level in the 1 option includes encryption Otherwise you can omit the option X privPassword This is the encryption password at least eight characters This setting must match that on the manager side The option takes effect only if the security level in the l option includes encryption Otherwise you can omit the option The following example shows how to send SNMPv3 traps with the PRIMEQUEST account to enable authentication and encryption The traps are sent to the manager of port 162 with IP address 192 168 0 162 trapsess v 3 0x800007e58026577a9f 421950a84 u PRIME authPriv a MD5 A 00000000 x DES X 11111111 192 168 0 162 162 N SNMPv3 trap setting Y This indicates that there is no line feed After setting the tr
355. these settings during PSA installation Note Do not change the settings that were automatically added or changed during PSA installation Otherwise PSA may not operate normally TABLE 6 8 Settings automatically added changed during PSA installation 1 Service settings PRIMEQUEST Server Agent PRIMEQUEST PEM Command Service PRIMEQUEST PSA Environment Control Service 2 Environment variable PATH variable Adds the value used by PSA to the existing PATH settings variable FJSVpsa INSTALLPATH variable Adds a new variable 3 Port settings It sets PSA to use the TCP 24450 port 4 SNMP security settings Security is set for SNMP Service because PSA needs to accept SNMP packets from the MMB The settings depend on the selected items on the Security tab in the SNMP Service Properties window during PSA installation With Accept SNMP packets from any host selected SNMP security is not configured With Accept SNMP packets from these hosts selected The MMB IP address is set If no value is specified for localhost localhost and SNMP security are configured 5 WMI Windows PSA uses WMI to acquire information on PCI Express cards and SCSI Management Instrumentation devices WMI is installed as standard with Windows settings These settings include settings on the size of memory and number of internal handles used by WMI to collect this information If the system has many LUNs for devices such as RAIDs it may not have
356. this manual and 5 5 1 Configure I O Space Assignment menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 4 2 2 Preparing for Installation No RHEL distribution DVD is available for RHEL installation Users who have purchased a RHEL subscription will need to create a RHEL distribution DVD Customer Portal https access redhat com home Create an image of the RHEL distribution DVD Creating an image of the RHEL distribution DVD Log in to Red Hat s customer portal https access redhat com download the image file of the distribution DVD to another system Note 61 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software The image file of the distribution DVD varies with minor releases and the architecture for x86 for Intel64 Download the DVD image file appropriate to your needs Remarks To download the file you will need to register a subscription to Red Hat from Red Hat s customer portal Preparing for boot Change FC cabling to single path connecting only one FC cable 4 2 3 Installing the operating system This section describes the operating system installation with SVIM SVIM can perform the following types of operating system installation For the procedure for each mode see the ServerView Suite ServerView Installation Manager TABLE 4 1 Operating system installation by SVIM Quick mode You can simply use the minimum settin
357. ting System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E 3 Confirm that PRIMEQUEST PSHED Plugin Driver appears under System Devices in the Device Manager If the Device Manager does not display the driver repeat the procedure from step 1 6 4 4 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition For direct transfer of a PSA expansion trap from a partition set the trap destination and PSA trap notification by using the following procedure Remarks SNMPv3 is not supported in Windows Make settings only as needed Operations management software needs these settings to manage events by partition Even if this setting is skipped traps are sent via the MMB The trap destination must be running both a trap receiving application and a trap manager to be able to receive standard SNMP Service traps Operations 1 Edit the PSA installation folder etc opt FJS V psa usr psatrap conf file Example of setting PSA trap notification PSATRAP PSATRAP_SET lt 0 or 1 gt Setting value 1 Enables PSA trap notification from the partition 0 Disables PSA trap notification from the partition Example of input PSATRAP PSATRAP Sl 2 Restart PSA to apply the settings For details on how to restart PSA see Restarting PSA 3 Click Start Administrative Tools Services 4 Double click SNMP Service in the right side of the window gt gt The SNMP Service Properties dialog box appears 5 Click the Trap t
358. tion norit rnnt Re urne aiian nre an rains 57 CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software esse 59 4 1 Installation Procedure for the Operating System and Bundled Software sssssssss 60 4 2 RHEL Installation Procedures on the SAN Storage Unit essssssseseseeeeenne en 61 4 2 1 Advance setup and preparation eeeeeeseesssseseeseseseeeeeeeee enenatis nennen 61 2 2 2 Prepaid TOF Kestalld MOL 22 ee lie te SL ue Rees dec rerom A eed ee 61 4 2 3 Installing the operating System icu ederet iie enit eter an cote di s ene ine uet ra denkt ki nme reine u rn 62 xvii C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Contents 4 2 4 Configuring bundled software after the completion of installation seessseesess 64 4 2 5 Connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation sessseeeeeeene 66 4 3 RHEL Installation Procedures on the Built in HDD sesessssssesessesseseeeneeee nennen nnne 67 Ae chr gp Mc 67 LAW PRS CSG Tor rrr MET 67 2 3 3 Installing the Operating System encrassar akena RED iia 68 4 3 4 Configuring bundled software after the completion of installation ccccssccccecesssesseeeeeeeesssssseees 70 4 3 5 Connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation sssssseeeeeene
359. tion All the windows shown here are examples of what is displayed The displayed contents differ according to the system configuration Operations 1 Display the Device Manager menu of the UEFI For details on displaying the Device Manager menu see Chapter 5 UEFI Menu Operations in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 118 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 Device Manager FIGURE 5 1 Example of the Device Manager menu 2 Select Configure sadump and press the Enter key gt gt The main menu sadump appears sadump setup tool ver 1 0 FIGURE 5 2 Main menu sadump 3 Select Set up Manager and press the Enter key gt gt The sadump setup menu appears 119 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 Set up Manager FIGURE 5 3 sadump setup menu 4 Select Enable for ENABLE Set up Manager Enable perpe FIGURE 5 4 sadump setup menu 5 Select Commit changes and Exit and press the Enter key After the settings are reflected the screen returns to the main menu sadump 120 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 5 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 sadump setup tool ver 1 0 FIGURE 5 5 Main menu sadump 6 S
360. tion Confirming PSA to MMB communication LAN settings For details on how to configure the PSA to MMB communication LAN see 6 4 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN Confirming the services required for PSA operation SNMP Service is required for PSA operation Add SNMP Service by using the following procedure Operations 1 Click Start Administrative Tools Server Manager 2 Select Features Add Function SNMP Service in the Server Manager window 3 Confirm that the SNMP Service check box is checked Then click the OK button The screen returns to the Windows Component Wizard Remarks If the check box is not checked SNMP Service has not been installed To install SNMP Service check the check box Click the Next button in the Windows Component Wizard window Follow the instructions of the wizard for installation 262 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation Add Features Wizard xi E Select Features Features Select one or more features to install on this server Confirmation Features Description Progress TERTHO ER Simple Network Management Protocol g Quality Windows Audio Video Experience SNMP Services includes the SNMP Results Remote Assistance Service and SNMP WMI Provider Remote Differential Compression Remote Server Administration Tools Removable Storage Manager RPC over HTTP Proxy S
361. tion Enable Remote storage Enable Console redirection Enable Setting various modes See 3 4 5 Setting various modes 3 Assign I O spaces to the SAS card SAS array controller card Onboard SAS controller GSPB SAS disk unit controller and SAS array disk unit controller For details on I O space assignment see 3 4 5 Setting various modes in this manual and 5 5 1 Configure I O Space Assignment menu in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 4 3 2 Preparing for Installation No RHEL distribution DVD is available for RHEL installation Users who have purchased a RHEL subscription will need to create a RHEL distribution DVD Create an image of the RHEL distribution DVD Creating an image of the RHEL distribution DVD Log in to Red Hat s customer portal https access redhat com download the image file of the distribution DVD to another system Note The image file of the distribution DVD varies with minor releases and the architecture for x86 for Intel64 Download the DVD image file appropriate to your needs Remarks To download the file you will need to register a subscription to Red Hat from Red Hat s customer portal Preparing for boot 1 Disconnect all the FC cables 67 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 2 Mount the disk image of the RHEL distribution DVD on remote storage 3 Change the boot order t
362. tiple files cannot be selected Deleting all exported files Click the Delete All button Deleting a specific file Select the radio button of the chosen file Then click the Delete button Multiple files cannot be selected For details on the subsequent operations see Saving a snapshot to a file in CSV format below Saving a snapshot to a file in CSV format This section describes how to save a snapshot of information in PSA to a file in CSV format You can perform this operation by clicking the Export button as described in step 2 in Listing exported files Operations 1 Enter a key phrase in the Export window Then click the Export button gt gt After export is completed successfully the browser returns to the Export List window Remarks The keyword is a supplementary phrase assigned to the exported data Enter a keyword consisting of up to 50 characters If you do not want to enter a keyword leave the field blank 207 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Operating System Installation PRIMEQUEST 1800E You can use the following characters in a keyword Single byte alphanumeric characters Single byte space Single byte symbols except lt gt amp V Miedel PRIMPOURST png Active DIME p Past Naxbrt MCDSACLU Fujitsu Serial Nunbei 145691460 States ine we od Export ej Clic the D 207 button to expert al data Please eter lerivord to be adia
363. to MMB communication LAN 1 Execute the esxcfg vswitch command to create a virtual switch vSwitch1 esxcfg vswitch a vSwitchl esxcfg vswitch 1 Switch Name Num Ports Used Ports Configured Ports MTU Uplinks vSwitchO0 64 64 N 1500 vmnicl PortGroup Name VLAN ID Used Ports Uplinks VM Network 0 vmnicl Service Console 0 vmnicl vSwitchl 64 1500 285 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation PortGroup Name VLAN ID Used Ports Uplinks V This indicates that there is no line feed 2 Execute the esxcfg vswtich command to connect the physical adapter vmnicO to the virtual switch esxcfg vswitch L vmnicO vSwitchl f esxcfg vswitch 1 Switch Name Num Ports Used Ports Configured Ports MTU Uplinks vSwitchO0 64 64 N 1500 vmnicl PortGroup Name VLAN ID Used Ports Uplinks VM Network 0 0 vmnicl Service Console 0 1 vmnicl vSwitchl 64 64 1500 vmnicO PortGroup Name VLAN ID Used Ports Uplinks 3 Add the port group PSA MMB to the created switch esxcfg vswitch A PSA MMB vSwitchl f esxcfg vswitch 1 Switch Name Num Ports Used Ports Configured Ports MTU Uplinks vSwitchO0 64 64 N 1500 vmnicl PortGroup Name VLAN ID Used Ports Uplinks VM Network 0 0 vmnicl Service Console 0 1 vmnicl vSwitchl 64 1500 vmnicO PortGroup Name VLAN ID Used Ports Uplinks PSA MMB 0 0 vmnicO 4 Execute the esxcfg vswif command to create a virtua
364. try setting not required R2 If the folder contains one file it is a common file for Windows TABLE 4 8 If the folder contains one file OS type Name of file to be run xx version number Windows Server 2003 R2 SR IO registry xx E0 reg Windows Server 2008 R2 Windows Server 2012 R2 Registry setting not required 3 Remove the ServerView Suite DVDI DVD from the DVD drive 3 After completing the setting reboot the unit 4 Confirm that the PSA management LAN IP address is not the same as the IP address used for the production network or management network For details in the case of the PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 see the ServerView Mission Critical Option User Manual For details in the case of the PRIMEQUEST 1800E see 6 2 1 Configuring the PSA to MMB communication LAN Remarks The PSA management LAN is automatically assigned an IP address Confirm that the IP address is not the same as the IP address used for the production network or management network If the IP addresses are identical change the PSA management LAN IP address Also if the subnets are identical change the subnet setting on the MMB side 5 Confirm management LAN settings 1 Confirm the management LAN settings for linkage to higher layer software such as Systemwalker 2 Specify OFF for the STP function of the switch that connects to the management LAN used for communication with the MMB See 6 3 2 Confirming management LAN settings
365. ttempting to disconnect the cable push it with a flathead screwdriver Forcibly inserting a finger may cause personal injury or damage the unit Do not place anything on top of the main unit Do not work above or on top of the main unit Prevent rapid rises in the ambient temperature during winter Such an abrupt temperature change may cause condensation to form in the main unit Allow sufficient warm up time before starting operation Do not install the main unit close to a photocopier air conditioning unit welder or other device that generates electromagnetic noise Do not install the main unit close to a device that generates large amounts of electrical noise Do not connect the main unit to the same power supply line as an elevator in the facility or other equipment that would expose it to sudden voltage drops Implement antistatic measures at the installation site Confirm that the power supply voltage and frequency are adequate according to the respective ratings shown on the main unit Do not insert or drop foreign matter into the openings of the main unit The main unit contains high voltage components If any metallic matter or other electro conductive object enters the main unit through an opening it may cause a short circuit This may lead to fire electric shock or damage to the main unit For details on maintenance of the main unit contact the distributor where you purchased your product or your sales representative
366. tting in INPUT and FORWARD iptables L n Chain INPUT policy ACCEPT target prot opt source destination ACCEPT all 0 00 0 0 0 0 0 state R jp ESTABLISHE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 state NEW tcp dpt 22 ACCI icmp 0 0 0 ACCI 1 0 05 0 ACCI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 REJEC 0 0 0 0 0 0 reject with icmp host prohibited Chain FORWARD policy ACCEPT target prot opt source destination REJI 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 reject with icmp host prohibited Chain OUTPUT policy ACCEPT target prot opt source destination Chain PSA MMB LAN 2 references target prot opt source destination ACCEPT 1 0 0 0 0 ACCEPT 0 0 0 0 ACCI 0 0 0 0 icmp type 8 ACCI 0 0 ACCEPT 0 0 ACCI 0 0 ACCI 0 0 ACCI 0 0 ACCI 0 0 Ce Ce Ce Ce 0 0 icmp type 0 0 0 udp dpt 161 0 0 udp spt 161 0 0 tcp dpt 24450 0 0 tcp spt 24450 0 0 tcp spt 5000 C O O Oo O O C O OC Q Q OQ CO OO 2 Q DO O O O O O OC O O O C OO Q QO O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O 251 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX B Manual PSA Installation and Uninstallation 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 tcp dpt 5000 1 Confirm that the PSA MMB LAN chain has been created sbin iptables L iptables L Execution result Chain INPUT target ACCEE ACCEE ACCEE ACCEE REJEC
367. tting value unit seconds 0 Watchdog Timer disabled 1 to 6000 Watchdog Timer monitoring time Set the management LAN IP address Make this setting only if you need to change the management LAN IP address For details see 6 3 7 Setting the management LAN IP address Install updates of PSA and other bundled software Check the latest versions of the software at their download sites and install the necessary updates For details on PSA see 6 3 8 Installing a PSA update Configure the dump area Confirm that the hard disk has enough free space before collecting a memory dump For details see 11 4 4 Setting up the dump environment Windows in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Administration Manual C122 E108EN Configure the NTP client Configure the NTP server on the operating system side For details see 7 2 Configuring NTP Save management and configuration information For details see 6 8 Saving Management and Configuration Information 89 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 15 Configure RAS Support Service For details see 6 9 Configuring Service Life Monitoring by RAS Support Service For service life monitoring of the BBU of a RAID card See 6 9 1 BBU service life monitoring for a RAID card For service life monitoring of the battery of a UPS See 6 9 2 Battery unit service life monitoring for a UPS 4 5 5 Connecting the SAN and bui
368. tworking Neighbor Discovery Adve Core Networking Any Yes Allow No coe Networking Neighbor Discovery Solicit Core Networking Any Yes Allow No core Networking Packet Too Big ICMPv6 In Core Networking Any Yes Allow No core Networking Parameter Problem ICMP Core Networking Any Yes Allow No coe Networking Router Advertisement IC Core Networking Any Yes Allow No Ocore Networking Teredo UDP In Core Networking Any Yes Allow No coe Networking Time Exceeded ICMPv6 In Core Networking Any Yes Allow No networking Router Solicitation ICMPv6 In Core Networking Any Yes Allow No Distributed Transaction Coordinator RPC Distributed Transaction Coordi Any No Allow No Distributed Transaction Coordinator RPC EP Distributed Transaction Coordi Any No Allow No Distributed Transaction Coordinator TCP In Distributed Transaction Coordi Any No Allow No File and Printer Sharing Echo Request ICM File and Printer Sharing Any No Allow No File and Printer Sharing Echo Request ICM File and Printer Sharing Any No Allow No File and Printer Sharing NB Datagram In File and Printer Sharing Any No Allow No W File and Printer Sharing NB Name In File and Printer Sharing Any No Allow No File and Printer Sharing NB Session In File and Printer Sharing Any No Allow No File and Printer Sharing SMB In File and Printer Sharing Any No Allow No File and Printer Sharing Spooler Service RPC File and Printer Sha
369. u oases E aa 294 E 7 2 Configuring BBU service life monitoring 2cccc cccccccceeescecsscceneecceeseneceasacrensuscsnasceensaceensactadacnesnenaeee 294 E 7 5 Inscatlina and selling SYMEON cciias tert ge teta En bo cetur ea ex pente raperet E era etes 294 APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows c ccececeeseneeeeeeeeeeesaeeeaeeeeeaaeseeaeeeeeaaeseceeeeetaeeteeaaees 295 Fal Quveorviga or NTP Cient Seinge sic ciae reed cree ect Lee ree tee aane eut edt c Seis 296 F 2 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2003 ececccecesccceesenceeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeesaaeesaaaeeseaaeaeseeaaaaeseaaeeesesaneeeeeaaes 298 F221 Speci ying an NTP Sener 220 001 ee eel ei aie 298 F22 Synchronization Interval Seting uiu eri aiitce ca sandsncacecansdeteenscesacdecentessnes eieeacia rna dea cer kis 298 F3 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2008 lesus teen toc enean dero CH dee a Edna 301 Fad Speciyno an NIP BENEI MC 301 3 2 Sonchremsetom mierna SEI a occi eere ia sleidc 302 guRam uds MM H 303 F 4 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2008 IB sede ieget eet kate ceto Tere a Rice ken iei 307 F41 Speciying an NIP DENE CL 307 F 4 2 Synchronization Interval and Startup Settings of NTP Service sssssssese 308 PAS Event AGH BOTS MATT 309 Fo NTP Settings in Windows Server 2012 1 1 eerie coit rre adler 315 F91 Speciyng an NIP SEV TL 315 F 5 2 Synchronization Interval and Startup Settings of NTP Service
370. ual PSA Installation and Uninstallation B 3 5 Settings after PSA installation This section describes the settings for items after PSA installation Setting the destinations of traps from a partition Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB Configuring the Windows Firewall Setting Watchdog for monitoring after a STOP error fatal system error Installing the PSHED Plugin driver Note From Properties in the Event Viewer do not change the operation in When maximum log size is reached for the system log or application log to Do not overwrite events clear log manually Otherwise after the log reaches the maximum log size no errors are output to the log so PSA will be unable to detect any errors Setting the destinations of traps from a partition For details on how to set the destinations of traps from a partition see 6 4 4 Setting the destinations of traps from a partition Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB For details on how to set the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB see 6 4 5 Setting the destinations of traps and e mail via the MMB Configuring the Windows Firewall For details on how to configure the Windows Firewall see 6 4 6 Configuring the Windows Firewall Setting Watchdog for monitoring after a STOP error fatal system error For details on how to set Watchdog for monitoring after a STOP error fatal system error see 6 4 7 Setting the Watchdog Timer for monit
371. ual may differ from the actual product screen displays vil C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Preface The IP addresses configuration information and other such information appearing in this manual are display examples and differ from that displayed during actual operation Alert messages This manual uses the following alert messages to prevent users and bystanders from being injured and to prevent property damage This indicates a hazardous potentially dangerous situation that is likely to result in death or serious personal injury if the user does not perform the procedure correctly This indicates a hazardous situation that could result in minor or moderate personal injury if the user does not perform the procedure correctly This also indicates that damage to the product or other property may occur if the user does not perform the procedure correctly This indicates information that could help the user use the product more efficiently Alert messages in the text An alert statement follows an alert symbol An alert statement is indented on both ends to distinguish it from regular text Similarly one space line is inserted before and after the alert statement AWARNING Only Fujitsu certified service engineers should perform the following tasks on this product and the options provided by Fujitsu Customers must not perform these tasks under any circumstances Otherwise electric shock injur
372. ules list appears in the center pane windows Firewall with Advanced Security 0000000000000 Bilal Ed File Action View Help 453 AE E MO esa windows Firewall with Advanced 5 Bef rocund Rues Bj Outbound Rules Bay Connection Security Rules m E Monitoring Actions Inbound Rules a i New Rule Y Filter by Profile Y Filter by State gt OBITS Peercaching Content In BITS Peercaching errs Peercaching RPC BITS Peercaching Any No Allow No BITS Peercaching RPC EPMAP BITS Peercaching Any No Allow No CJ BITS Peercaching WSD In BITS Peercaching Any No Allow No Uf COM Network Access DCOM In COM Network Access Any No Allow No core Networking Destination Unreachable Core Networking Any Yes Allow No core Networking Destination Unreachable Core Networking Any Yes Allow No Ocore Networking Dynamic Host Configurati Core Networking Any Yes Allow No core Networking Internet Group Managem Core Networking Any Yes Allow No Ocore Networking IPv6 IPv6 In Core Networking Any Yes Allow No core Networking Multicast Listener Done I Core Networking Any Yes Allow No Ocore Networking Multicast Listener Query Core Networking Any Yes Allow No core Networking Multicast Listener Report Core Networking Any Yes Allow No Ocore Networking Multicast Listener Report Core Networking Any Yes Allow No core Ne
373. up to DVD boot For details see 1 3 1 Power Control window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN 94 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software 4 7 3 Installing VMware 4 x Install VMware 4 x by following the instructions in the VMware vSphere Software Handbook For details on this handbook contract your sales representative Before starting installation see E 2 Notes on VMware 4 x Installation 4 7 4 Installing bundled software After completing installation of the operating system configure the bundled software Installing ServerView Agent See E 3 1 Installing ServerView Agent Installing ServerView RAID See E 3 2 Installing ServerView RAID Installing RAS Support Service See E 3 3 Installing RAS Support Service PRIMEQUEST Installing HRM server See E 3 4 Installing VMware 4 x HRM server PRIMEQUEST Installing PSA 1800E See E 3 5 Installing VMware 4 x PSA Installing SVmco 1800E2 See the ServerView Mission Critical Option User Manual 4 7 5 Configuring bundled software Configure the bundled software For details on confirming and configuring the LAN see E 4 1 Configuring the network 1 Confirm the PSA to MMB communication LAN and management LAN The PSA to MMB communication LAN uses the physical adapter assigned BUS number 0000 00 19 0 The management LAN uses an arbitrary p
374. v FIGURE F 19 Properties dialog box 10 Select User or Group dialog box appears Set the following parameter Enter the object name to select System Select User or Group D 21x Select this object type User Group or Buitin securty principal Object Types Erom this location WIN E4RWFA9ITGE Locations Enterthe met name to select examples pem sers FIGURE F 20 Select User or Group window Click the OK button 11 Click the OK button to close the Properties dialog box 306 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX F Setting up the NTP Server Windows F 4 NTP Settings in Windows Server 2008 R2 The procedures in this chapter require Administrator privileges All screenshots are display examples and the actually displayed contents vary depending on the system configuration and other factors F 4 1 Specifying an NTP Server 1 Select Control Panel Set the time and date The Date and Time dialog box appears LT x Date and Time Additional Clocks Internet Time Date Tuesday July 06 2010 Time 10 30 58 PM Ey UTC 08 00 Pacific Time US amp Canada Change time zone Daylight Saving Time ends on Sunday November 07 2010 at 2 00 AM The clock is set to go back 1 hour at that time IM Notify me when the clock changes Get more time zone information online
375. value in MMB 0 IP Address or MMB 1 IP Address in the Network Interface window and then click the Apply button The network is suspended and the Web UI is disconnected to enable the settings You can connect to the Web UI again by selecting the Web UI menu If you change the virtual IP address The MMB Web UI is disconnected You need to log in again to use the MMB Web UI Remarks Once the virtual IP address is set Web browsers have access through the virtual IP address of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series server They cannot access the MMB Web UI through the specified physical IP address of MMB 0 or MMB 1 The maintenance terminal and REMCS has access through the address specified in Maintenance IP Address You can specify the address by selecting Network Configuration Network Interface 32 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 3 Work before Operating System Installation Operations Click Network Configuration Network Interface gt gt The Network Interface window appears For details on the Network Interface window see 1 5 2 Network Interface window in the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Tool Reference C122 E110EN Medel PRIME QUEST png Active DIM Re Past Naxber MCDSACI FU Seria Nune 1495001400 Sri dns o d Meters Confuraon Herarcek Interface IPs Interface Ll Cart the Apply batten foc al changes to taka effect MACE Vua Pyevw ad TP Addons seeccees
376. ver Windows Ms 4x 4 Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it For you Open regedit exe Cancel Browse FIGURE F 3 Run window 2 Open the following key and set 900 for the SpecialPollInterval value HKEY LOCAL MACHINENSYSTEMNCurrentControlSetNServicesNW32Time TimeProviders NtpClient SpetcialPollInterval Type REG DWORD Data 900 decimal 5 Registry Editor File Edit View Favorites Help cg w32Time a Name Type Data E Config lab Default REG SZ value not set C Enum aS AlowNonstandar REG DWORD 0x00000001 1 C Paramet R8 CompatibilityFlags REG DWORD 0x80000000 214748364 a Security R8 CrossSiteSyncFlags REG DWORD 0x00000002 2 2 i ab DilName REG SZ C WINDOWS system32 2 Rg Enabled REG_DWORD 0x00000001 1 HE wasvc ss R EventLogFlags REG_DWORD ox00000001 1 H E Wanarp amp S InputProvider REG DWORD 000000001 1 WDICA RSLargesampleSkew REG DWORD Ox00000003 3 H E wdmaud RS ResolvePeerBack REG DWORD 0x00000007 7 H WebClient Re ResolvePeerBack REG_DWORD OxO000000F 15 a WinHttpAutc EE Nx REG DWORD 0x00000384 900 E winmgmt ab SpecialPollTimeRe REG MULTI Sz time windows com 0 Loon ee TT D 4 hl My Computer HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE SYSTEM CurrentControlSet Services W32Time TimeProviders NtpClient A FIGURE F 4 Registry Editor window 3 Close the Registry
377. wing command to display the libnl package information and confirm that libnl has been installed rpm qi libnl If libnl has not been installed execute a search for the install medium of the distribution for the libnl package and execute the following command to install the package rpm ivh libnl version release arch rpm Remark version release and arch must be replaced with suitable character strings 2 Download the driver and utility of MC OJFC11 or MC OJFC21 from the following URL http jp fujitsu com platform server primequest download Note The downloaded binary file has a description about the PRIMERGY but the driver and utility can be used for the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series 3 Copy the downloaded file to an arbitrary directory of the PRIMEQUEST 1000 series and then expand tar xvzf F1010350 tar gz 4 The following files are extracted 71 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software HBA API LIB enterprise kitfiles install uninstall readme txt Remark For details on how to install SNIA HBA API library see the readme txt extracted in the HBA API LIB folder 5 After the installation is completed reboot the unit 8 Install updates of PSA and other bundled software Check the latest versions of the software at their download sites and install the necessary updates For details on PSA
378. with any optional product not certified by Fujitsu Maintenance AWARNING Only Fujitsu certified service engineers should perform the following tasks on this product and the options provided by Fujitsu Customers must not perform these tasks under any circumstances Otherwise electric shock injury or fire may result Newly installing or moving equipment Removing the front rear and side covers Installing and removing built in options Connecting and disconnecting external interface cables Maintenance repair and periodic diagnosis and maintenance ACAUTION Only Fujitsu certified service engineers should perform the following tasks on this product and the options provided by Fujitsu Customers must not perform these tasks under any circumstances Otherwise product failure may result Unpacking an optional Fujitsu product such as an optional adapter delivered to the customer Modifying or recycling the product A CAUTION Modifying this product or recycling a secondhand product by overhauling it without prior approval may result in personal injury to users and or bystanders or damage to the product and or other property Note on erasing data from hard disks when disposing of the product or transferring it Disposing of this product or transferring it as is may enable third parties to access the data on the hard disk and use it for unforeseen purposes To prevent the leakage of confidential information and imp
379. work For details see the items in Confirming management LAN settings 3 Install the SVmco package For details see the items in Installing SVmco 4 Make manual settings in the SVmco configuration file For details see Configuring SVmco 5 Check the firewall function For details see the items in Checking the firewall function opening ports Open the following ports for use with the PSA to MMB communication LAN interface TABLE 4 12 Ports to open for the PSA to MMB communication LAN interface udp snmp or 161 For sending and receiving psa mmb tcp 5000 For sending and receiving communication p rt icmp icmp typeO icmp type8 6 Restart the partition For details see the items in Restarting the partition 7 After installing SVmco make the required settings 108 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operating System and Bundled Software Set the management LAN parameters For details see the items in Settings after SVmco installation 4 10 5 Connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation For details on connecting the SAN and built in HDD after the installation see the PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series SAN Boot Environment Configuration Manual C122 E155EN Also for details on driver parameters see the readme file that comes with the driver 109 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 4 Installing the Operat
380. x Installation 274 E 3 Installing VMware 4 x Bundled Software 277 E 4 Settings after VMware 4 x PSA Installation 282 E 5 Settings after VMware 4 x SVmco Installation 292 E 6 Building a RAID Environment Using VMware 5 x Built in A 293 E 7 Installing VMware 5 x Bundled Software 294 PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation E 1 Building a RAID Environment Using VMware 4 x Built in Disks The PRIMEQUEST 1000 series supports RAID 0 RAID 1 RAID 1E RAID 5 RAID 6 and RAID 10 that use built in hard disks For details on building a RAID configuration using built in hard disks see the MegaRAID SAS Software the MegaRAID SAS Device Driver Installation and the Modular RAID Controller Installation Guide 273 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual APPENDIX E Notes on VMware Installation E 2 Notes on VMware 4 x Installation Install VMware 4 x by following the instructions in the VMware vSphere 4 x Software Handbook For details on the VMware 4 x information and procedures that you need to know for PRIMEQUEST system configuration contact the distributor where you purchased your product or your sales representative Note the following points during VMware 4 x installation To make the network settings for the PRIMEQUEST 1800E use the steps in E 4 Settings afte
381. xecuted more than once as many PRIMEQUEST PSHED Plugin drivers as the number of times executed are installed If the installation batch is executed multiple times no operational problems occur but multiple PRIMEQUEST PSHED Plugin drivers are displayed by the Device Manager In this case uninstall all the PRIMEQUEST PSHED Plugin drivers and then reinstall one according to the following procedure After the reinstallation the operating system must be restarted Record the number of times PRIMEQUEST PSHED Plugin Driver appears under System Devices in the Device Manager 2 Execute the following PSHED Plugin driver uninstallation batch as many times as the number recorded in step 1 PSHED Plugin driver uninstallation batch storage location PSA uninstallation folder MjpsaplgWlugin uninstall bat Default C Program Files x86 Fujitsu FJS VpsaMjpsaplg plugin_uninstall bat 3 Restart the operating system 4 Confirm that no PRIMEQUEST PSHED Plugin Driver appears under System Devices in the Device Manager 5 Reinstall the PRIMEQUEST PSHED Plugin driver according to Operations below Operations 1 Open the following folder and double click plugin install bat PSA installation folder fjpsaplg Example C Program Files x86 Fujitsu FJS VpsaMjpsaplg 2 Restart the operating system Then the driver starts running 178 C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual CHAPTER 6 Work after Opera
382. y or fire may result Newly installing or moving equipment Removing the front rear and side covers Installing and removing built in options Connecting and disconnecting external interface cables Maintenance repair and periodic diagnosis and maintenance The List of important alert items tables list important alert items Product operating environment This product is a computer intended for use in a computer room environment For details on the product operating environment see the following manual PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Hardware Installation Manual C122 HO04EN Notes If you have a comment or request regarding this manual or if you find any part of this manual unclear please take a moment to share it with us by filling in the form at the following webpage stating your points specifically and sending the form to us https www s fujitsu com global contact computing PRMQST_feedback html The contents of this manual may be revised without prior notice The PDF file of this manual is intended for display using Adobe Reader in single page viewing mode at 100 zoom The PRIMEQUEST 1800E2 1800E model supports only 200 V power supply viii C122 E107 10EN PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual Preface Trademarks Microsoft Windows and Windows Server are trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and or other countries Linux is a registered trademark of Linus To

PRIMEQUEST 1000 Series Installation Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents